Audio

194: Copywriting Strategies To Increase Ecommerce Sales With Karon Thackston

194: Copywriting Strategies To Increase Ecommerce Sales With Karon Thackston

Today I’m happy to have Karon Thackston back on the show. If you don’t remember Karon, I had her on episode 74 where we talked about how to optimize an Amazon listing for maximum sales.

She’s been helping ecommerce clients get both higher rankings in search and higher conversion rates with the power of copy for the last 25 years. She’s the author of 10 books and she runs the popular site MarketingWords.com which I recommend that you check out.  

Anyway, last time we focused on tactics for optimizing Amazon listings. Today, we’re going to talk about copywriting strategies to increase sales.

What You’ll Learn

  • Karon’s recommended way of getting reviews.
  • Recent changes to Amazon search.
  • Does enhanced brand content make a difference?
  • The most common mistake with copywriting
  • Karon’s recommended launch process
  • How Amazon search differs from Google search.

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.
Sellers Summit

Transcript

You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrapped business owners, and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not in business. Now today I brought Karon Thackston back on the show, and today we’re going to talk about copywriting strategies to increase sales for physical products online.

But before we begin, I want to give a quick shout out to Klaviyo who is a sponsor of the show. Now I’m super excited to talk about Klaviyo because they are the email marketing platform that I use for my ecommerce store, and I depend on them for over 20% of my revenues. Now, Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for ecommerce, and here is why it is so powerful.

Klaviyo can track every single customer who has shopped in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week, easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special auto-responder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and there is full revenue tracking on every single email.

Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used and you can try them for free at mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Once again that’s mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.

Now I also want to give a shout out to Privy who is also a sponsor of the show. Privy is the tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store. Now what does Privy do? Privy is an email list growth platform, and they manage all of my email capture forms. And in fact I use Privy hand in hand with my email marketing provider.

There is a bunch of companies out there that will manage your email capture forms, but I use Privy because once they specialize in e-commerce. Right now I’m using Privy to display a cool wheel of fortune pop up. Basically a user gives their email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store. Customers love the gamification aspect of this. And when I implemented this form email sign ups increased by 131%.

So bottom line, Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers, which I then feed to my email provider to close the sale. So head on over to Privy.com/Steve, and try it for free. And if you decide you need some of the more advanced features, use coupon code MWQHJ For 15% off. Once again that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/Steve, now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here is your host Steve Chu.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast. Today I have Karon Thackston back on the show. Now if you don’t remember Karon, I actually had her back on Episode 74 where we talked about how to optimize an Amazon listing for maximum sales. And she’s been helping e-commerce clients get higher rankings in search and higher conversion rates with the power of copy for the last 25 years. And she’s the author of ten books; she runs the popular site MarketingWords.com, which I recommend that you check out.

But anyways, last time we focused on tactics for optimizing Amazon listings. Today we’re going to talk about more copywriting strategies to increase sales, and just get a pulse on the overall landscape on Amazon today. And with that, welcome to the show Karon, how are you doing today?

Karon: Hey great, how are you?

Steve: Yeah I’m doing great, and I’m really glad to have you back. It’s funny that one of my students actually posted about you on the Facebook group, and that’s when I realized, hey I haven’t had Karon back on the show for a very long time. I definitely had to have you back.

Karon: Well I appreciate it, and I like hanging out in your group. You guys have some great ideas and conversations going on in there. So, always interesting when I spend some time over in your space of the Facebook landscape.

Steve: So I know you actually deal with a lot of Amazon clients. And so what I want to talk to you about first is since you have a previous post on the matter, how is the Amazon landscape changed, what are some of the issues that have been popping up within your community?

Karon: I am still finding a lot of people that come in from other communities, or folks that are in our Facebook group that are newbies that aren’t quite getting a handle on what changes have taken place as far as keywords go and the whole new Amazon 250 thing.

Steve: Why don’t you give an introduction just in case people listening don’t know what you’re talking about?

Karon: Yeah, let’s start from the beginning. Amazon way back five, six, seven years ago probably started out with a 250 character maximum in the search term fields. Some categories now show that as generic keyword fields. And they changed that a couple of years ago to 5,000 characters, which a lot of people still think that the 5,000 character limit is in place, which is Amazon’s fault.

I think they should put hard stops there. However, earlier this year Amazon made an official announcement after a lot of speculation that they were in fact going back to the 250 character limit. Amazon listed as 250 bytes, and bytes differ. A byte equals one character if it’s a letter or number. A byte can equal two characters if it’s some special question mark or special character on the keyboard, which you typically would never have in your search terms anyway.

Steve: What about spaces?

Karon: Spaces don’t count, they used to. Amazon is saying spaces don’t count in the 250 now. So you get a couple of we still stick to 250 or below instead of trying to guess how many spaces we had in there. That gives us six more characters. It’s not worth all the trouble to do that in my opinion. So now we’re back to 250. You do not have to fill out all of the search term fields or the generic keyword fields whichever one your particular category says. You can put them all in one field if you want to.

However if you go past 250 characters, Amazon will ignore everything that you’ve put into the search term fields. And people are still of the impression that because the field will actually hold the 5,000 characters, the total of five fields will hold 5,000 characters that they’re still allowed to do that. So they’ve either left 5,000 characters worth of keywords and phrases in the backend, which are probably now not being indexed or used for ranking at all because 5,000 is way more than 250, or they’re not understanding what needs to go in the back end keywords and what doesn’t.

If you have the keyword in your title, in your bullets or Amazon says in your description, then you don’t need to repeat it in your backend search term fields.

Steve: That’s interesting, so that implies that the bullet points are now indexed?

Karon: It does, and we have seen that for a very, very long time. In many style guides, not all of them, some of them are still anciently old and have never been updated. But in the updated style guides, probably about half of them tell you, you would be better off to put keywords in your title, your bullets, and your description than to put them in the search terms. Amazon makes a point of stating that the search terms are optional. They’ve said that for a very long time.

They make a point of saying that when you put anything in the backend search terms or generic keywords, whichever one you assess, that it is, to paraphrase, you’re making a suggestion. And Amazon is not in any way, shape, or form obligated to use the information you put in the search terms.

They would much prefer that it be in the copy somewhere. And this goes — my suspicion, underline the word suspicion is that eventually just like Google, Amazon will say bye-bye to the search term fields, or either they just won’t give them any credit at all whether they make it public or not like Google did with the meta keyword tag years ago.

I haven’t heard that from anybody at Amazon, but Amazon is following down the Google path from years ago with a lot of their changes. So it makes sense that they would eventually say if the keyword or phrase is that important, it needs to be in your copy not in the backend.

Steve: Here is something funny that did happen to me. So I had more than 250 characters on one of my listings at one point. And then one day for that particular listing all the sales tanked, and I wondered what happened. I looked and all of my keywords had disappeared.

Karon: Really?

Steve: Yeah, it was the weirdest thing. And then there was another listing ahead where I exceeded 250 also, and then the sales just kind of tanked one day. And then I removed almost all the keywords and just used like maybe three or five on each line, and then the sales just came back.

Karon: I see, here is something that has people confused too, because you’re hearing all these different stories like yours. Now I had never heard anything about somebody’s keywords just disappearing before, that’s a new one for me. But because there’s so many variations of what’s going on, and because Amazon historically never rolls anything out to everybody across the board at the same time, you get people that say, well I took all my keywords out and it ruined my listing. Or I went down to 250 and all my traffic going away, or the reverse, all of my traffic went away until I went to below 250 characters and then it came back.

So people get really frustrated not knowing what to do. And because every listing is unique, there are points where you’re just going to have to test and tweak and like you, you paid attention. You had things happening, you went in there, and saw, okay well I still have too many key phrases or keywords, let’s just dial it back so I might see what happens and fix the problem. So patience is key, testing is key.

Steve: So what is your best practice, what is your recommendation in general now with these keywords?

Karon: Yeah right now we are going with high le [ph] relevant search terms in the backend. We aren’t doing anything that’s extremely broad. If it’s not a synonym, a substitute for what you’re calling the product, you know if you have a stainless steel water bottle or something to that effect, some people would put water jug in the backend or something around that. If you would not substitute a water jug for this water bottle, then don’t use that is one of my rules of thumb.

It needs to be people have the mindset of, well if you’re looking for a water jug then you need something that’s going to deliver water. So maybe they would be interested in a water bottle too. To me that’s too broad.

Steve: So do you have your clients now fill out all of the 250 characters?

Karon: If they are not highly relevant and have a really good search volume, we don’t. I am not somebody that will tell you use every character available to you regardless of what you put in there, because we have seen too many times where using irrelevant keywords has actually turned around and bitten people in the rear end. You get folks with the water jug example.

They’re looking for water jug, yours pops up, and the picture maybe the water bottle kind of looks like a jug or something. So they click on it, they go over and go, this thing only holds 20 ounces, that’s not a jug, that’s a bottle, they click away. That bounce if it’s repeated over time, Amazon pays attention. And they’re going to start demoting you in the search rankings because they only want to list the products that are selling.

So when you lose your rankings you’re also going to lose your sales, or either your PPC costs are going to go way up, and you’re going to have to drive them with an additional fee through their monetary system. But there’s too many times where going broad has turned around and ruined everything. So we stick with the relevant words.

Steve: Okay and presumably though that the rankings would only go down for that specific keyword, but you’re saying that putting less relevant keywords will ruin your rankings in general. Is that correct?

Karon: Not necessarily for everything, no. I don’t have any proof that it would ruin the listing for everything. For the terms that you’ve put in there that are broad, that’s going to drag it down. However, Amazon would be looking at the listing overall is my guess. So if you’re dropping for a handful of keywords that are too broad, it’s still going to drag your data down.

Steve: Okay and so just your overall product conversion metrics is what you’re saying essentially?

Karon: Right.

Steve: Okay and then you’ve had clients where you’ve removed some of these faulty keywords and their sales have increased?

Karon: We have. We have also had clients where we have put all of the relevant keywords in the copy and had nothing in the backend, and they did wonderful. Now let me stop here and say pay attention to what I’m getting ready to tell you. I am not advocating that you do that. We ran three tests, one two, three, that’s it. So it’s in its very early stages. But to me that is a mild indicator that Amazon is actually for once in its life doing what it says, and it really does prefer to have the keywords in the copy.

So our rule of thumb at Marketing Words is put as many keywords and phrases in the title, bullet, and description as you can without it sounding stupid.

Steve: Okay, that’s good advice actually.

Karon: You don’t want to confuse or irritate customers. They’re the ones sitting there holding the credit card. Getting great rankings is awesome, but if you can’t get anybody to buy what’s the point?

Steve: So I’ve actually heard rumors also that like the first line of the keywords has more weighting than the others. Do you have any evidence of that?

Karon: I don’t, we typically at this point in time are just telling people to put everything you’ve got in the first field. But I haven’t heard anything about it being more powerful than the others.

Steve: What about the first ten characters let’s say of the title?

Karon: Not the first ten, I mean I haven’t heard anything about the first ten. What I have been told by a couple of different leadership team members at Amazon were that the first 80 were indexed and used for ranking. The others might be indexed, but at least according to these people, not necessarily used in Amazon’s ranking algorithm.

Steve: Okay, I mean I know that sometimes the total gets truncated depending on what device you are on. So it pays to put your messaging I guess towards the front of the title so it never gets truncated depending on the device and the screen size.

Karon: Right, and sometimes you’re not going to get a whole message through there. I mean the [inaudible 00:16:00], a little tiny. You get something like 35, 37 characters, that’s not a lot of space.

Steve: Yeah, so however we talked about manipulating all these keywords and titles and that sort of thing. And you know Amazon doesn’t really allow you to easily split test these things. So I was hoping we would talk about your process for doing the testing to make sure in fact that one of your changes is actually making a difference.

Karon: Yeah absolutely. There are some common mistakes that most people make when they’ve never done any testing, and they’re doing it manually. Obviously there are service tools out there that you can use to conduct split tests and what have you, but you still have to know what to test. So what we do through group, a monthly group that we have called a listing lab. It’s not a copywriting service; it won’t teach you how to write listings.

It’s specifically for testing listings you already have, is create two lists a month, two tests a month that you would do either through a tool that you have a subscription to or manually either one, and also teach people how to do the testing. So the first thing would be actually using a tool that allows you to do what’s called multivariate testing. If you’re doing things manually, you would want to make one change to your title, or one change to one bullet, or one change to your search term section or something to that effect, which is slow.

But if you go in and you take out a keyword that was in your title and put a different one in, and you tweak a bullet and you found three other search terms you think would be great in your backend, and you get wonderful results, you have no idea which of those three brought about the change. So you don’t know whether to keep tweaking your title or change some more bullets or put more keywords, or take those keywords out. So, do one test at a time, and only change one element at a time so that you are fully aware of what did or did not make a difference.

Steve: What tool did you recommend? You mentioned some tools, what have you use in the past?

Karon: Well the only thing — we don’t actually do testing as a service at Marketing Words. So what a lot of the people in Listing Lab, and a lot of our other clients use is one called Splitly.

Steve: Okay yeah.

Karon: I have not used that tool, so I can’t tell you anything about it. But I have not heard anybody that’s come back and said anything negative about it so far. There may be people, but the reports so far are good with Splitly. So if you don’t want to do all of these things manually, you can use a tool like that or something else that’s available, and set them up to run automatically.

Steve: So you recommended testing exactly one thing, letting it run for two weeks and then changing it back, right?

Karon: If it’s possible we like to do the same amount of sessions looking at traffic instead of [overlapping 00:19:21]. But with smaller listings sometimes you don’t have that luxury. If you’re only getting a few hits a day, you may just have to do the time frame and wait two weeks and take a look at it.

Steve: How many sessions are required to come to a conclusion or not a conclusion but to get a good idea?

Karon: In a perfect world you’d want to do a thousand or more.

Steve: A thousand or more sessions, okay. And how do you determine whether it’s actually statistically significant or not?

Karon: This is where you get to go looking your data, and I’m a data geek so that thrills me. But a lot of people go; oh you got to be kidding me. It’s really simple an Amazon. If you go into reports and then business report, say you looked down the left hand side, you want to look at details by child item. Even if you don’t have variations in the listing, the details by child items seems to be more specific and more accurate.

You can look at the number of sessions which tells you how many shoppers have been to your page. You can look at of course the number of sales. And in there is something called unit session percentage that is Amazon’s version of a conversion rate. So taking a look at all of these will give you a general idea about whether you’ve had success with your listing or not. If you’ve put in new search terms, look at your sessions. Has that driven more traffic, did you have the same amount of sessions when you look at the dates or the amount of traffic previously as you had in this test, or did it go up down what have you?

If you got more traffic, did that traffic result in more sales? If you got more traffic but nobody bought, then maybe you need to take those search terms out and try some other ones that would drive traffic that would convert to sales. So digging around in there, I could get lost digging around in the data all day long.

Steve: Yeah, I just have a couple of questions. I mean this isn’t really a true split test because it’s two weeks for example and then you’re changing it up in two weeks. So there just seems like there’s so many variables in play, right? There could be seasonality, there could be like a social media mention that happened that drove a lot of sales like how do you kind of factor all those things in?

Karon: That’s why you want to look at a large number of sessions when possible, because that’s usually going to happen over a longer period of time. You can also go back and look for trends. If you’ve been doing testing for a while and you’re used to looking in the data, you can go back and look at what happened over a 30 day period previously, or over a three month period previously. But you do have to be aware of your own products.

So if you have a product that’s seasonal for summer only, and you’re doing testing in January, you’re probably going to get inaccurate results. So you’ve got to incorporate some common sense into this as well. But you are correct, usually with ABs, you’ve got two tests running simultaneously, so it sort of accounts for some of these anomalies. And you can’t necessarily do that in Amazon. They will not allow you to create two identical listings and then tweak each one to run them side by side.

Steve: Right, so I guess — so this is like a very long term thing this split testing, right?

Karon: It’s not a quick fix and it’s for people who understand the value of testing and want to get in the habit of doing that every month and seeing how they’re able to improve those listings.

Steve: I was going to say like it implies that you should only do larger changes to your listing so that the changes are more obvious. So what are some of the things that you recommend people split test immediately?

Karon: Definitely the search terms. Especially with a limited number of characters that are being used by Amazon now, you want to be sure that the ones that you put back there (a) are actually helping and (b) are driving visitors to your pages that are converting. A lot of the information can be found in PPC campaigns. If sellers are running those sponsored ads, you can dig in there and find more detailed information down to the keyword level that will also help you make those determinations.

But that would be one of the first things that I would do especially with all the changes going on. I would also recommend testing the variations of keywords that you put in the title. So if you’re selling dog treats, crunchy dog treats, chewy dog treats, jerky dog treats, dog treats for allergy dogs, you’ve got all these different variations, they all still have dog treat in them. So I would suggest testing the variations of dog treat, or whatever key phrase applies to your product of course, and seeing which one of those polls better.

A lot of times people immediately go for the ones with the highest search volume, but often ones with lower search volume that are referred to as long tail key phrases that are more specific have a higher conversion rate.

Steve: Okay and so that’s just a matter of testing. I’m surprised actually that you didn’t talk about the image, like for some reason the first thing I think about in terms of conversion is the main header image.

Karon: Well Marketing Words does words. So it’s not marketing images, it’s marketing words. So we don’t have anything at all to do with images or any other part of the listing, only the ones that deal with words.

Steve: Okay, let’s talk about enhanced brand content for a little bit. Have you noticed with your clients where using this has dramatically increased conversions?

Karon: No.

Steve: No, okay interesting.

Karon: We have not. It has made some improvements, but not to the point where I’m ready to tell every seller you need to develop a branding, get into the brand registry and what have you. I have seen a lot of talk in various Facebook groups where people have said after going through everything to get the EBC listing up and the additional cost and yada, yada, yada, it was okay.

Steve: Interesting okay, because it’s a lot of work to actually put up the EBC on all of your listings?

Karon: It is, and it gets expensive. If you’re not doing the listings yourself I mean obviously it takes a lot more work for whoever is developing the listing. So if you’re not doing yourself, you’re paying that to somebody to do it, there’s an additional cost there, there’s an additional cost with Amazon. But it has not — we haven’t seen the comments from people, our clients or in other Facebook groups that have backed up what Amazon said with 25% improvements in sales and all the statistics that they originally quoted.

Some people are getting, but I would say at least half of the comments we’ve seen have been, uh it’s okay.

Steve: Okay, so in terms of priority, where should you be focusing your optimization efforts?

Karon: In the title and the bullets. The description is sometimes being indexed, sometimes the whole thing is not being indexed, sometimes you get the first however many characters that are being indexed. And honestly at this point I have not found any rhyme or reason to it. I can’t identify any common denominators at this particular point in time. The bullets however do seem to be indexed reliably. So I would focus on including the search terms in the title and in the bullet points at this point.

Steve: So a couple of minutes ago you mentioned testing the backend keywords, and then you maybe earlier in the interview you mentioned that one of your clients had nothing in their keyword fields. I was just curious what the rationale was for not having any keywords in the backend?

Karon: We wanted to see what would happen.

Steve: Okay, so it’s just a test, you don’t actually recommend this, right?

Karon: No. What I was saying do not. We did it with three listings only. I do not recommend that you run out and remove the search terms from the backend.

Steve: Okay. Let’s switch gears a little bit and let’s talk about reviews, review copy, right? Ever since Amazon has allowed people to opt out of getting e-mails, it’s been harder to get them. So it makes it even more important to kind of improve the copy on your solicitation emails so you actually get a good percentage of reviews. So what is your recommendations there?

Karon: There are a couple of things that happen that I think contribute greatly to e-mails not being opened, or customers not responding to review request emails. And one of them is that virtually every seller out there is using the exact same template that every other seller is using. The other thing is that the subject lines, people are defaulting to putting the product name and the order number in the subject line, which for a lot of people is an indicator that the message is a spam message.

They’re trying to trick you into, oh your charge of $427 for your order has been fulfilled, those kind of spammy messages, and they put the order number in there and what have you. So one thing that I recommend is doing unique review request e-mails, which is a lot more work than using the exact same template for every single product that you have.

However, we have actually had folks that have used the suggestions in the review advantage eBook that we have that emailed us back and said, you know what, I just got two thank you comments for the review request emails that we’re sending out. And that just never happened before that I’ve seen. So people are looking for helpful useful information. It all boils down to the, what’s in it for me mindset of clients.

When they get emails that all look the same and all pretty much say the same thing, and they are give me, give me give me, you know we want you to leave a review, and could you please do this, and could you click over here and give feedback, and all the information that’s in there. And then they get different emails that say, hey you just purchased this brand new skillet from us, and here’s a couple of recipes you can try, or here are some tips for keeping that brand new nonstick skillet in perfect use, some things that you may not be aware of, or here are some ways that you can do other things with the skillet besides frying. Maybe you remind them that the handle is not rubberized. It’s a metal handle, so it can go straight in the oven too.

And when you start giving information that customers find useful and helpful and are grateful for, then you increase the chances that you’re going to get reviews. You certainly do ask for a review in the email as well. Not only that but you create a lot of goodwill too.

Steve: For those resources that you mentioned, are you implying that you are linking people and taking them off to a different site or just within the email?

Karon: Within the email, absolutely not linking to another website.

Steve: Okay, and then no attachment – actually I don’t even know if you can do attachments, and nothing along those lines, right? These are simple content messages?

Karon: Right, within the email themselves. And yes certain attachments are allowed by Amazon, but what we recommend is including it in the body content of the email.

Steve: I just want to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six-day mini course on how to get started in e-commerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell all the way to getting your first sales online.

Now this course is free and can be obtained at mywifequitherjob.com/free. Just sign up right there on the front page via e-mail, and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again that’s mywifequitherjob.com/free, now back to the show.

And what about the subject line. You said don’t use the product and the order number, what are some examples of emails that have been working really well for your clients?

Karon: A number of tips. Email works well for example three unique ways to use your new nonstick skillet, or five tips for getting the most from your new nonstick skillet, or something to that effect. You could also do, if there are things — I wouldn’t use this if there isn’t something urgent that needs to be said, but if there are use tips that people need to be aware of the immediately, you could say stop, or warning, or wait, don’t use your new skillet until you read this.

Steve: Interesting.

Karon: It needs to be true however. So if its — we’ve used to that for example with baby products that there was something that needed to be done with the product before the first use or what have you. So it was justified then, but don’t use that type of subject line just to get attention and then not deliver with an urgent message.

Steve: So it’s almost like running a blog and an e-mail newsletter at that point. You’re sending out content?

Karon: Mostly content with the request for the review.

Steve: Okay, and can you just talk about like the phrasing, say you provide a good piece of content and then you say something like, well if you enjoyed this content, would you mind helping us spread the word. What are some of the exact words that people have been using when you get to the review part of the e-mail?

Karon: You cannot legally say if you have done anything, then come and do this, that’s now against Amazon’s terms of service. They want these to be completely unbiased. So the review actually comes in as pretty straightforward. You say thanks for buying, here’s the information that we want to share with you, and then when you get to the request for review, you simply state, we would love to have your opinion about your new skillet, please take however many minutes and leave a product review on Amazon.

Say we understand you’re busy, if you’re willing and have a few minutes, would you please leave a review. But nothing about if you’ve loved your skillet, we’d love to have your opinion, if you appreciated the tips we’ve given, all of that. Amazon is now considered as a way to incentivize the review essentially. It’s some sort of manipulation because you’re not saying regardless of what you think, if you liked it or not come and leave a review.

Steve: Okay and your examples have implied that you should be sending out product specific e-mails. But let’s say you have too many skews to do that, what is a good I guess generic way to write the e-mail?

Karon: That would be a difficult thing to do for the approach that we take. If you have lots of different skews that are the same but different, lots of different types of shampoo for hair growth for example, but maybe one has added jojoba oil or something else, slight differences in there, you could probably write in groups and use tips that were applicable to all the different types of shampoo. But in order to use the approach that we talk about in the review advantage eBook, I don’t think you’d be able to do a generic one.

Steve: Okay, so it seems like the general like at a very high level at least, the advice is to provide some sort of value through your content, and then ask for the review?

Karon: Exactly.

Steve: Okay and then phrase the e-mail not like a receipt type of e-mail, but like a piece of content that someone would actually want to read?

Karon: Exactly.

Steve: Okay and can you just kind of comment on some of the results that you’ve had with some of the students in your class when switching over to this method?

Karon: Right, well it’s not a class, it’s just an eBook that somebody…

Steve: Oh it’s an eBook okay.

Karon: It’s an eBook, but like I mentioned before, when people have applied this we’ve gotten comments back either in the Facebook group or that have emailed to us saying that they’re actually getting thank you notices from the customers. Sometimes the customers are leaving it in Amazon feedback or in the review itself saying the information that this seller provided, one of them was child probiotic drops. And the information that the seller provided in the email he sent was extremely useful to me in knowing how to best use the probiotic drops with my eight month old or nice touch or something to that effect. And that’s not an entirely uncommon thing to have happen if you provide quality content.

Steve: Okay and it’s kind of want to conclude this interview by asking you what are some of the common mistakes that you’re still seeing people make on their Amazon listings?

Karon: Five hundred character bullets.

Steve: Five hundred character bullets okay.

Karon: They drive me crazy for a couple of different reasons. On mobile for one thing, I don’t think people pay enough attention to Amazon mobile. They work on a desktop or a laptop computer and they’re looking at their listings on Amazon. But when you 500 characters per bullet with five bullets that all show on the page depending on the layout that your listing ends up having on Amazon is a big chunk of words, and it’s really reader unfriendly. It’s even more so if you look at it on a mobile phone, and you literally have to keep scrolling three or four times to get all the information, and all the person is seeing is a big chunk of words.

We much prefer, and we have gotten much better results with bullets that are at least half that length or shorter, because you get more that show up especially in the format with the pictures at the top and the three bullets are showing at the bottom and you have to click them all, and on mobile devices where you only get the three that are going to show before you click the arrow. So shorter bullets is a biggie.

Steve: Interesting, that’s like counter-intuitive because since the bullets are indexed it seems like you’d want to put more information there. I actually personally have not noticed on my phone because there’s always a show more when I shop on Amazon on my phone which collapses everything. I actually only see like the first bullet point in fact, or the first two maybe.

Karon: But when the bullets are shorter, more show.

Karon: Okay, any other mistakes that you’ve seen? I’m sure you see a lot of plain mistakes, any other ones that come to your attention?

Karon: Yes, with the keyword research, I still think that people are going too broad; they’re not being relevant enough with Amazon.

Steve: Give me an example of that actually, a quick example.

Karon: Something that a lot of people do is they’ll go broad and use accessories. So we will go back to the water bottle example. And maybe it’s a water bottle that you can use when hiking because it has little carabiner hook to put on your backpack or what have you. They’ll put things in the search terms like camping accessories, way too broad. Yes you might be able to use water bottle while you are camping, but most people are not going to consider that a camping accessory.

Steve: Okay, got you. So it seems like the general trend that you’re advising is to just focus on less, less is more essentially?

Karon: Less is more.

Steve: Okay, well Karon I did want to give you an opportunity to talk about — like the last time we talked I think you only had maybe five or six eBooks or products available. Now I looked and I think you have over ten I want to say. So can you talk about what you have to offer, and what you’ve added lately since the last time we spoke?

Karon: Sure absolutely. The Amazon product description boot camp is something that we added a little while back, and it is a live event that is recorded. We just closed that out a couple of months ago, so it is fully updated. The replays of that webinar, which were four sessions, we went for four weeks, and all of those are now available up on our site. And I will send you Steve a coupon so that people can save 20% off of the Amazon product description boot camp.

This is very detailed. We where you through keyword research, you watch several sessions of keyword research, doing the titles, doing the bullet points, doing description, but we also get into Amazon mobile, and we also get into the basics of testing as well in all these video sessions. Something else that we added is called Listing Lab, which we talked about briefly just a minute ago.

That is a testing group, it is not of course. It’s for people who want to start testing their listings and need help figuring out what to test and how to test. That gives you two tests that I have created each month that you can either manually implement on however many listings you want, or you can use it along with a tool like Splitly or some other Amazon split testing tool if you use those types of things. So that is something that can help you gradually over time see improvements with your listings as well.

And then there’s the review advantage eBook, which is the one we just talked about that has all of the suggestions and the formatting and the how tos of how to create those review request e-mails that do include helpful content for your shoppers as well as a request for their review. And I’ll send you coupon codes for all of these.

Steve: I’ll link all this stuff up in the show notes. I do you want to just give a quick endorsement; the eBook that you offer on just Amazon listing optimization is excellent. I highly recommend everyone go pick it up. It’s really inexpensive, and it’s a no brainer.

Karon: Thank you, that’s Amazon Advantage, the Amazon Advantage eBook. I appreciate that very much.

Steve: Well Karon I appreciate your time, and thanks a lot for coming on the show.

Karon: Thank you, see you next time.

Steve: All right, take care.

Hope you enjoyed that episode. Copywriting plays a huge role in sales, and it’s nice to get it straight from someone who has helped hundreds of ecommerce store owners improve their sales. For more from information about this episode, go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode194.

And once again I want to thank Privy.com for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use to turn visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture, exit intent, and site targeting tools that make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it’s so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop ups for any primer that is closely tied to your ecommerce store. If you want to give it a try, it is free. So head on over to Privy.com/Steve, once again that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/Steve.

I also want to thank Klaviyo which is my email marketing platform of choice for ecommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on auto pilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O, once again that’s mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.

Now, I talk about how I use all these tools on my blog, and if you’re interested in starting your own ecommerce store, head on over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six-day mini course. Just type in your email, and I’ll send you the course right away, thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

193: How To Hire Skilled Filipino Employees At A Fraction Of The Cost With John Jonas

How To Hire Skilled Filipino Employees At A Fraction Of The Cost With John Jonas

Today I’m happy to have John Jonas on the show. John is an entrepreneur who has been making a full time income online since 2004. He runs the popular site OnlineJobs.ph and he’s helped thousands of entrepreneurs succeed by teaching them how to replace themselves through outsourcing.

Over the years, I’ve come to realize that there are many tasks that can be outsourced to someone virtually and John’s methods makes it so easy. Enjoy the episode!

What You’ll Learn

  • How to start a Filipino outsourcing company from the United States.
  • How to get traction for a job board
  • How he got his first few customers.
  • John’s process for hiring a great Filipino employee

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.
Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrapped business owners, and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. Now today I’m thrilled to have John Jonas on the show.

Many successful entrepreneurs I know outsource a lot of their work to the Philippines because you can find great workers at a fraction of the cost. Well John Jonas is the founder of onlinejobs.ph, which is a job board for Filipino workers. And today he’s going to teach us how to hire from there.

But before we begin, I want to give a quick shout out to Privy who is a sponsor of the show. Privy is the tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store. Now, Privy is an email list growth platform, and they manage all of my email capture forms, and in fact I use Privy hand in hand with my email marketing provider.

Now there are a bunch of companies out there that will manage your email capture forms, but I like Privy because they specialize in e-commerce. Right now, I’m using Privy to display a cool wheel of fortune pop up. Basically a user gives their email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store. Customers love the gamification aspect of this, and when I implemented this form, email sign ups increased by 131%.

There are other cool things that you can do too also. So let’s say you offer free shipping for orders over $100, well you can actually have Privy flush a pop up when the customer has $90 in their cart to urge them to insert one more item. Bottom line, Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers, which I then feed to my email provider to close the sale.

So head on over to Privy.com/Steve, and try it for free. And if you decide that you need some of the more advanced features, use coupon code MWQHJ For 15% off. Once again that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/Steve.

I also want to give a quick shout out to Klaviyo who is a sponsor of the show. I’m blessed to have Klaviyo as a sponsor because they are the email marketing platform that I personally use for my store. And over the holidays right now, I actually depended on Klaviyo for over 31% of my revenues. Now, Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for ecommerce stores, and here is why it is so powerful.

Klaviyo can track every single customer who has shopped in your store and exactly what they bought, which makes it extremely powerful. So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week, easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special auto-responder sequence to my customers depending on what they purchased, piece of cake, and there is full revenue tracking on every single email.

Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used, and you can actually try them for free at mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Once again that’s mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O, now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle, so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here is your host, Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit her Job Podcast. Today I’m happy to have John join us on the show. Now, John is an entrepreneur who has been making a full time income since 2004. He runs the popular site onlinejobs.ph, and he’s helped thousands of entrepreneurs succeed by teaching them how to replace themselves through outsourcing.

Anyway, many of you probably know from my blog, but we have three full time employees at BumblebeeLinens.com which is our ecommerce store right now. We used to have four; we had to let someone go. Anyways, the minimum wage in California is actually going to creep up to seventeen dollars in the next couple years, and we’ve kind of come to realize that there’s many tasks that can be outsourced to someone virtually.

Now John’s company does this in his sleep, and so I want to kind of pick his brain today. And with that, welcome to the show John, how are you doing today man?

John: I’m good, thanks for having me.

Steve: John, for everyone out there who doesn’t know you, can you just give a brief intro of how you founded onlinejobs.ph in the first place, and what you’re up to today?

John: So I’m a terrible employee. I graduated from college in 2004 and had a job for ten months, and my only goal there in that job was to quit, because I don’t know it just doesn’t, it doesn’t work for me.

Steve: What was your job?

John: I was a programmer. I graduated from college in Computer Science. I was in programming. And I really like programming, it’s really great, but just working to make someone else rich just doesn’t work for me. And I found myself like stealing their time and…

Steve: Did you outsource your programming job to the Philippines or?

John: I didn’t know how to at the time otherwise I totally would have.

Steve: Okay, all right.

John: So since I learnt to make a little bit of money, I quit my job and started working from home. And I had these people working for me in the Philippines within a couple of years, and they were working on my business at the time, I was doing affiliate marketing stuff. And I just found myself; I have a mastermind group that we have a phone call every week. And I found myself teaching what I was doing every single week because there were 15 of us on the call, and every week people wanted to know more because it was so successful what I had kind of stumbled into.

So the way that we found people was crappy at the time, and so after a couple years I was like, there’s got to be a better way to find these people because this is so good. That’s when I started onlinejobs.ph, which is the marketplace to find the workers. So that’s kind of how I got into it.

Steve: So I’m just curious why Filipino workers and not a different country, like what’s special about them?

John: So I didn’t know this at the time. So one day I was talking with the owner of BatCountry.com [ph] and this is 12 years ago. And they were huge, and I was nothing. But he and I had some similar things that we were doing. It was like a side pet project of his and my main business. He says when you are registered outside with some of the stuff; make sure you go to the Philippines with it. I was like what? He said yeah because in India when you tell them something and they say yes, that means yes I heard something come out of your mouth, it doesn’t mean yes I understood what you said.

And that was a big shock to me, like I had never thought anything of the sort. I just thought [inaudible 00:06:37]. And he gave me a reference where I could hire someone, and I think what it really was, was it was hope that like there could be something different than what I had previous experience. Because I think most people I knew at the time had experienced what I experienced in outsourcing and it was just painful, it was a problem.

And it kind of gave me hope that maybe there’s something different. So I ended up hiring someone and it was completely different like it changed my life. Where he gave me a reference where I can hire an individual full time person. They speak good English, we’ve never had a communication issue, they’re honest, they’re loyal. The person still works for me today 12 years later. They’re hardworking, they’re pleasing, they want to make you happy. I have taught him everything I can teach him I think. And he has started to run businesses for me that have made hundreds of thousands of dollars.

And along with their honesty and their loyalty, they’re not entrepreneurial, so they don’t want to steal your business. So there’s all kinds of cultural things that when you combine it together, make the Philippines a very different experience than the beastly world that we are at. At least I have never heard, I only try to cover different countries, but I’ve never heard someone say to me like, hey, I’m finding the same experience somewhere else.

Steve: Okay, so it’s a cultural thing. Did you ever try to hire someone in the states or?

John: Yeah. So way back then, I actually tried four different people. And with what I was doing then, I taught them stuff, and the very first thing they did was quit, because it looked like, oh I can do this on my own.

Steve: Interesting okay.

John: And I have two people in the states that work for me today, actually three people in the states that work for me today, just growing the business, doing different things.

Steve: And why couldn’t those employees be outsourced?

John: You know sometimes I think they could. I have an amazingly good writer here in the US who I love, like she’s a really great storyteller, and I love her style and it just fits me, and so I keep her. I have a girl who is really, really creative with Facebook or with just advertising in general, and so she runs our ad team with someone in the Philippines running ads, and a designer in the Philippines. And I have another writer here in the US who does other odd stuff.

Steve: Interesting okay. So yeah I was just about to ask that question, so would you say like the writing talent is better in the US than it would be over there?

John: Yes. I mean you could — so like if you read my blog, if you read the blog, working with the blog at jonasblog.com, there are blog posts there written by me, by people in the US and by people the Philippines, and I would eventually guess you couldn’t tell which are which [overlapping 00:09:44] the byline of the author.

Steve: So let’s switch gears a little bit then we’ll get back into the outsourcing thing a little bit, but how does one start a Filipino outsourcing company from the United States, like did you travel back and forth or did you do everything entirely in the US?

John: I did everything entirely in the US, all in the US.

Steve: Okay that’s interesting. So how did you get started with something like that when you started?

John: So like I said, the dude that I was talking to from back [inaudible 00:10:13], he gave me a reference to where I could hire someone. At the time it was a company that has offices in the Philippines and it was agentsofvalue.com, it’s still around. They have offices in the Philippines, they recruit Filipinos, bring them into the office, and they like offer you a menu like here’s this person that we have, here’s this person that we have, and they have like 12 people that you can pick from.

And then they mark up their salaries and listen to you basically. The good thing was it was a full time thing where like that person only worked for me full time. The problem was when I had the first person quit and leave because of office politics, it was like this is work, you can’t quit, you’re an amazingly talented programmer, just because you’re not able to work in this office, you’re going to work for me still. So that was kind of how I got started, and then it kind of spiraled from there with hiring more and more people, and more and more people asking me why and how are you aren’t these people, how is this working out for you?

Steve: I mean the company itself onlinejobs.ph like how do you — it’s like a chicken egg problem, right? I mean you got to get people and you got to get demand?

John: Yeah. So how I did it, we built the site and actually I just had my guys in the Philippines build the site, and I just I really just told them, hey, look here’s the concept, like look at Monster.com. This is what it is, we want a dumb down version of this, right? And I had Bill [ph] and I had this guy who was a programmer and a reasonable designer, and so he just did the work. And I was very much uninvolved and it was very crappy. But that was in 2008 when he was building it, but it worked.

So I wrote some copy for it. And then I was teaching employers at the time how to find people, and it was the possibly at the time it was really painful. And so in the Philippines I just sent an email to all my guys in the Philippines saying, hey, we have this site, how do you think we could market this in the Philippines?

And they were like, oh I can tell my friends about, oh I can post on Friendster, which was the Facebook in the Philippines at the time. I can post classified ads, I can do whatever. And that was all we did, and within a couple of months we had like a thousand visitors.

Steve: Interesting, is that why you registered the .ph domain?

John: It is, so it was yeah to attract the Filipino workers, because I knew that was part of — I knew I could bring employers to it because I was teaching them how, and they were really flocking at the time to us. And so it was a matter of kind of get the Filipinos just to recognize this and sign up. And that turned out to be even easier because the job situation in Philippines is so different that yeah.

Steve: It must be pretty bad over there right for them to…

John: Philippines, it’s a very third world country, and it’s a weird employment situation where there’s tons of temporary and part time work. So like I’ll tell you, the only time I’ve been there was in 2010. We spent a month in the Philippines on vacation with me, my wife, and my three kids at the time. And so we were on this remote island, and I’m in the grocery store and I see this kid stocking shelve. And I start talking to him like, hey, are you from here, what do you — no I’m not from here. I’m from Manila, which is a 14 hour boat ride away. I’m here for six months to do this part time temporary work. In six months my contract is up and I go back home.

Steve: Interesting.

John: Yeah and then it was like we had an assist come to our apartment every day, and she was two dollars an hour, and she was the exact same story. No I’m from near Manila, I’m here for six months and then my contract is over, I go back home. And then what? Then I find another job. Like this I don’t understand it, it seems super inefficient, but this is how this tons of work is, they’re so — when you offer them a full time stable job, it’s really good for them.

Steve: Okay, so the way you marketed it early on in the Philippines was just kind of like word of mouth it sounds like?

John: Yeah like we just — in fact I think I had six people working for me at the time, and I just said, what can you do, and they all went and did something. We never run any ads, we never put up like billboards or anything like that, we just talked about it online, and then people started talking about it online, and it kind of snowballed.

Steve: What about in the US, how are you getting your customers? So did you have to have critical mass obviously first in onlinejobs.ph in terms of Filipinos before you started getting business in the US for it?

John: So because I was teaching employers at the time, I was teaching how do you do this, how and why, like why do you go to the Philippines instead of somewhere else? Why do you use the Philippines instead of Odesk, which is what it was before Odesk and Elance? Like what’s different about this? I was teaching that and I would say like, look here’s a good way to find people, onlinejobs.ph is one way, and here’s another way is value. So some people started using Online Jobs, the poorest did.

The Filipinos were coming, and then there were jobs, and so people were like, oh my gosh, I got a job, they’re telling their friends. And they’re part of every good experience and they’re telling people.

Steve: And so you never had to run ads to begin this either, it was just word of mouth as well in the beginning?

John: Yes, which is not a great story for me to tell you for other entrepreneurs, right?

Steve: No, I’m just curious.

John: You got to run ads, and we run ads today, we didn’t when we started.

Steve: Okay, how does the business model work, is it just like a straight finder’s fee from the employer side?

John: No, well it’s a recruiting fee. So you pay to recruit people, you pay a monthly fee, $50 to recruit people for a month, it’s the cheapest recruiting fee that exists. You pay 50 bucks; you recruit whatever you want for that month. So you need to hire three people, hire three people. And then when you’re done recruiting, you cancel that monthly fee and those people are still yours, we don’t take a cut from their salary, we’re uninvolved in the process after that, we just provide the marketplace.

Steve: Interesting. Is it sticky though, like do people just tend to come back over and over again?

John: Yes and that’s what we’ve found is that someone who hires someone one time, or even someone who maybe doesn’t even pay, they just look at profiles and see what there is, we find that person is going to come back. And whether it’s in three months or whether it’s in two years, they’re going to come back. So it took me a long time to figure this out, because often there is a long delay like someone sees it and realized it, and they’re not ready to hire someone right now. But we use BluPro for analytics, it’s a Google Analytics.

Steve: Sure.

John: By looking at people’s behavior over a long period of time like individual behavior, I finally realized what was going on and why it was growing when we couldn’t track, because people were waiting six months, and then coming back and hiring someone.

Steve: Let me ask you this and let’s get more into like the actual outsourcing process. So when people come to me or when they’re looking like the first thing that most people think of is Upwork, right? So can you kind of describe the difference, like what’s the main difference in going Upwork versus someone from the Philippines?

John: So the main easy difference is turnover. So in Upwork, the whole purpose of what they’ve set up is for someone to get a job, get that work done, get paid and get feedback so they can improve and get another job and get feedback and prove to get another job, right? Because in Upwork you have to have feedback in order to get a job. At Online Jobs there’s a feedback system, there’s a rating system that you will find very few ratings on people, because what most people do at Online Jobs is they hire someone permanently.

And if they find someone who’s good, they don’t leave feedback, like saying, hey everybody, this guy is really good, right? Because you hire someone full time permanent, and they work for you for as long as you manage to be successful. So that’s why like the first I hired 12 years ago, still works for me today.

Steve: Interesting, so you’re not looking for odd jobs on Online Jobs, you’re looking for full time employees?

John: Yes.

Steve: Okay, interesting.

John: And you can get odd job stuff done, but like at Upwork you go and post here’s what I want done, and people will say, oh I can do it and here is how much I charge, here’s my hourly rate. At Online Jobs, people say, here’s my monthly, here’s what I want per month.

Steve: I see interesting.

John: And so it’s a different concept. We’re like at Upwork you’re guaranteeing yourself one 100% turnover with the workers in your business which is fine for if you just need a small thing done. But most businesses need long term stuff done over and over and over again, and that’s what people find at Online Jobs.

Steve: Okay and then can we just kind of talk about like the going rate for someone in the US versus someone equivalent in the Philippines?

John: Yeah so like who?

Steve: Let’s talk about developers.

John: So I don’t know the developer costs in California.

Steve: It’s really expensive.

John: [inaudible 00:20:11] I would bet that a PHP programmer like a good PHP programmer is like 70,000 a year here. I have four full time PHP programmers who I would put them up against just about anybody, and they cost me between $800 and $1200 a month full time.

Steve: Okay, so it’s a factor of two cheaper than.

John: It’s a factor of ten cheaper.

Steve: Factor of ten, 1200 a month, that’s – okay.

John: So 1200 a month versus like well so like 800 a month, my guess is 800 a month, right? And that’s $9,000 a year.

Steve: Interesting, yeah that’s crazy. Yeah, yeah, yeah, I was off by order of magnitude there. Yeah that’s crazy.

John: I mean it’s hard to say you’re going to get twice the output from someone in the US. You’re going to get more probably depending if you hire the right person you’re going to get more. Twice maybe, ten times, not a chance.

Steve: Interesting, so this is something I did want to ask you, like what are the kind of like the best jobs that you can outsource, because I’m an electrical engineer. That’s kind of why I started with developer, because there’s a lot of nuances to being a developer, right? There’s quality of code, there’s just ways of thinking, efficiency and that sort of thing. If you’re getting like a better quality person in the US, could there be like some negative long term repercussions going forward? Maybe PHP isn’t a good example because most PHP scripts are pretty straightforward.

John: Yeah.

Steve: But for anything really complicated like an application, would you outsource that?

John: I personally would, like I had to develop a lot like we have a windows application that we had someone developing to do, and he’s been great. He’s a full time worker, he works for us, so when there’s a problem he just fixes it. We have an IOS staff that has done Philippines, actually there’s a fifth developer, our IOS developer and he cost me $1200 a month and he’s pretty good at that. I think I mean whatever we ask him to do is not normal, and he figured out and made it work how we wanted it to work. So I don’t know the long term repercussions…

Steve: Or technical debt is more like what I was getting at but…

John: Technical debt?

Steve: Yeah like where you just slap something together and you get it working, but then it’s like spaghetti code or…

John: So here is what — I find the opposite problem. In the entrepreneurs I have talked to typically, I find the opposite problem usually where like people get so into getting something perfect and exact and beautiful in the beginning, they never make sales. And that’s where most entrepreneurs suck is in not making sales. And so they are so concerned with it being precise and beautiful looking code that it doesn’t matter.

Like I have a good friend doing this right now, and I can tell him stop it, like what you’re doing is not going to work. This doesn’t have to be perfect, you don’t have to have this extra feature, your code doesn’t have to be beautiful, it doesn’t matter. You’re not making any money from it and you’re not going to until you stop doing this it make sales.

I just want to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six-day mini course on how to get started in e-commerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell, all the way to getting your first sales online.

Now, this course is free and can be obtained at mywifequitherjob.com/free. Just sign up right there on the front page via email, and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again that’s mywifequitherjob.com/free, now back to the show.

So what are some of the best things to outsource? Like social media, I’ve had friends do writing to a certain extent, you mentioned earlier that the writers that you have in the US are better, but you do have writers and in the Philippines, right?

John: Yes, so like I have – I’ll tell you the things that I have. So we have good design work done.

Steve: Like graphic design you mean?

John: Graphic design.

Steve: Okay.

John: Programming, any admin, or customer service stuff is done in Philippines.

Steve: How does that work, so they’re in a different time zone, right? So is it just email support then?

John: So we do email and chat support, and we hired three young people to cover the three eight hour shifts, and we have an extra person that fills in time for other people. So like we’ll have a couple of hours of downtime and that’s why we can hire a couple more to fill those in, but we’re pretty good with our support. You can hire phone people, and it’s a question I get asked often. We don’t have it, but it’s not that hard to do with all the different internet voice systems that exist today.

Steve: Sure of course.

John: So social media only is done in the Philippines, our Facebook gets done partly in the US and our advertising, I mean our Facebook Google at role [ph] being — all gets partly done in the US and partly in the Philippines.

Steve: Are the prices like still around a factor of eight to ten then cheaper?

John: Yeah.

Steve: They are, okay interesting okay.

John: I mean like it’s — let’s see, we pay the person, our Facebook person in the Philippines, our most expensive, our most highly paid person, our ads person are like $8 an hour, $8 or $12 an hour. Per person in the US is $50.

Steve: Okay, wow. But the expectation is always to hire them full time, right?

John: That’s mine, you can hire part time.

Steve: Or what I mean is like a long term relationship is always the expectation.

John: Yeah, so let me tell you kind of what that does for most entrepreneurs, what I’ve seen. You had a contract worker; you have to put a similar effort in to hire that person as you do to hire a long term person. Then once you hired them, there is a difference in what your brain will allow you to do. So for example, I work like 12 hours a week because I have given everything that I do to someone else in the Philippines. And I’ll take that step further.

So every day when my guys in the Philippines logs into my email accounts and archives all the emails he knows I don’t want to see, so I have a clean inbox and more. It makes my day more efficient. That’s something you would never consider doing with a contract worker, it’s too painful because you’re going to teach them and they’re going to leave, whereas the person that does this has been with me for 12 years, and I know he’s not going to leave. And so I can make my life better because…

Steve: You he’s not going to leave, is that because it’s just turnover in general is really low because it’s a cultural thing or?

John: It’s a culture; yeah it’s a cultural thing. So I’ll give you another example. I had a girl once who was doing a bunch of work for me, I love her, and I put her in a client facing position. This was the first time we’d ever done this because of who I am, like people look at me as my employees are amazing because I tell amazing stories about my employees. So I know that someone — when people find out who my employee are, they are going to try and hire from me, right?

So I put her in a client facing position and said, hey, you’ll get second job offers from other people now, and I just want you to be careful. You know I’m a stable employee. She interrupted me and said, oh don’t worry sir, I get jobs offers from people every single day, I’m not leaving. And that’s kind of if you treat them well in the Philippines, that’s how it is. Like just because they get a job offer that pays them more doesn’t mean they’re going to jump ship. They’re probably not going to.

Steve: Interesting.

John: And that makes a really big difference in a long term business situation.

Steve: So that sounds like that’s one of the key advantages, right? You get loyalty, they’re not all mercenary as long as you just keep them happy, they’ll stick with you?

John: Yes. It’s critical, it’s critical, right? Like a programmer, they write code, they know the code. It’s so hard for someone else to come in and learn and understand stuff.

Steve: Right that was the other question I was getting at with the developer stuff, but yeah it sounds like your developers have been with you for a very long time.

John: Yeah, like we have a good developer, they don’t leave. We don’t let them leave, that’s not true. The very first guy I hired was a programmer, he left years ago because I was paying him $500 a month, and the guy was amazing. And this was ten years ago. And he got a job making $2500 a month in Singapore.

And I was like, okay, this is your dream, I know this is your dream, this is what you want, and I also know that I can find someone else who is just as good at $500 a month. And you can’t – it’s not 500 today, it’s a 1,000 or $1200. But he said, in leaving he said, but don’t worry sir, I’ll keep working for you part time at the rate you’re currently paying me. So like that loyalty is…

Steve: So John, are you just a really good employer, like what are some of these things that you do that keeps them happy, or is this like a consistent experience across a lot of the people that you’ve interacted with? So it is a consistent experience under certain circumstances. So I think I am a good employer, but I can tell you the things that make me a good employer.

Steve: Okay.

John: So often and I get the sense that your concept of this is that I don’t know if I can trust this person. I don’t know if I can trust him to do good work, I don’t know if I can trust them to be honest or whatever.

Steve: Yeah, that’s the angle I’m taking yeah.

John: Right, their idea is I don’t know if I can trust this person. So you’re looking at it like skeptical of them, they’re skeptical of you. And unless you shift your mindset to, I have to trust this person and I’m going to treat this person as they’re sitting next to me, and I love them and they’re amazing, they’re going to continue to be skeptical of you. As long as a Filipina is skeptical of you, until they trust you, they’re not going to do great work, because in the Philippines they don’t want to lose face.

And so they really want to make you happy, that’s how they are as a culture. They’re a pleasing culture. So if they don’t think they’re going to please you, that you’re not going to be happy with their work, they’re not going to try and do their best, because they’re going to hold back and just be conservative with stuff. And that makes their life not great.

And if you do things to push them to where they trust you less, they start to get more and more hesitant rather than more bold. Rather than trying to impress you, they get more hesitant to the point where they’ll disappear. And that’s really the situation where most people lose a worker is not working, is working less, most of the time because they don’t know if they can trust you.

Steve: I guess the same is true of any employee, right?

John: Yes, but it’s more so in the Philippines because of their culture. Yeah, these are like general good management practices, but I found a lot of people don’t do. So here’s an example. I recently had a guy who worked for a friend of mine who I know is really, really, really good, this employer. He worked for him for four years. It’s Brad Callahan. A lot of people know him; he runs a very well done software system. This guy worked for him for four years. His business was changing, the thing he was working on, he didn’t need him anymore. He said, hey, can you find this guy a job?

So I had at the same time a CEO of another company who said, hey, I’m interested, do you have anybody that you trust. So I sent him this guy, it was a perfect match, right? One day later he said, oh this doesn’t work, he’s not good enough. I was like, what do you mean? Well he showed up an hour late, and he didn’t do this thing exactly right how I asked him to. I was like well dude; he’s been working you for two hours, like you’ve got to have a little bit of patience here. This guy is 14 hours different time zone from you.

And so that’s usually a situation where I’m like this doesn’t work for you. You should not hire someone in the Philippines. You have zero patience; you have zero tolerance, this is not going to work for you. But, so for the people that I see succeeding, they’re willing to put up with, oh you made a mistake, let’s fix it, and move on. Here’s the mistake you made, let’s fix it and thank you for trying really hard, that’s their attitude.

Steve: Okay and then I guess these are just all true as if you were just hiring someone in the US, right? I guess that’s the mindset that you really need to take. You shouldn’t think of these people as like temporary workers that are just doing the jerk that you don’t want to be doing, so to speak?

John: Yeah I mean like the thing that I see often is like, oh just fire her, just get rid of her, oh they suck, just get rid of her. You know like it’s a robot on the other side of the world without you know it’s a robot. And when you realize after you have someone working for you for a while and you start to get to know them and their family, you realize, oh my gosh, like life is a struggle over there.

This person is putting for some serious effort to do some amazing stuff for me, and right now they’re having a problem in their life like their mom died and they live far away, and that’s why they’re not showing up to work, and they don’t want to tell me why they’re not showing up to work because they’re scared that I’m going to be disappointed in them. And it’s not working right now. Where a lot of people are like, fired, you’re done.

Steve: So John let’s switch gears a little bit, and I’m assuming that like maybe the majority of the people over there are like this, but I imagine there’s always going to be some bad players, right? And so what are some of the processes that you have in place to kind of weed out the bad people from the good?

John: So one of the things that we have done at Online Jobs is created the ID proof system which is a reading on zero to 100 of, is this person who they say they are, because it’s a virtual system where like it’s easy to create a fake profile or create 20 fake profiles, and trying to get 16 different jobs and doing very little of each to just get paid whatever you can. So ID proof is a good move. I have looked at thousands of profiles and started recognizing patterns of here are things that cheaters do. And so we put that — I put together into an algorithm that’s pretty good.

So if someone’s ID proof is low, you’ve got to be really, really careful when you’re hiring them, and I’m not saying that you can’t find someone who is good. There are people who come in and they’re like I’m not willing to put in the effort to make my ID proof high, the score high because I don’t think this is going to work. Because they’re skeptical of getting a job online, often in the Philippines they don’t feel like this is going to work. So you can find it but someone whose ID proof is high you’re much more likely to find…

Steve: What about during the interview process, like once you actually have them on Skype?

John: All right, so here is the next thing, don’t do Skype interviews.

Steve: Really, interesting.

John: Yeah so Filipinos are again they’re a very pleasing culture, and they are also skeptical of their own talents. So like you get someone who has not worked for an American before, and they haven’t talked on the phone before, and they’re very scared of their English, like of you judging them in their English. So they will feel like they’ll know, they’ll understand you on the phone, they watch American TV and American movies. But they’re very worried that you’re not going to understand them, and you’ll be disappointed in them. So I skip the Skype interview.

Steve: Interesting, okay.

John: Because what I find is you schedule a Skype interview, your schedule of five people, three and a half will not show up. You have lost a really good person who was a programmer that didn’t need to be on Skype and they didn’t want to go on Skype with you and so you lost them in the interview process. So the way that I do my interviewing is I ask lots of questions over a long period of time. So what I find with this is — so it’s a remote worker, it’s not someone that’s in the office every single day, you get to watch them.

Their attention to detail is important to me, their responsiveness is important to me. And I can gauge that pretty well in an interview process where I send them an e-mail a day or two emails a day asking them one, two, three, four questions each time. They have a hard time faking it. If they faked their profile or their friend helped them write the profiles and their English is flawless in their profile, they’ll have a hard time doing over a two week process where they’re entering three questions in emails a couple of times a day.

So you get to see their English; you get to see their attention to detail. I ask them four questions, they only answer three of them, why? I get to see how responsive they are. Do they take two days to respond to an email or do they take two hours, because if they take two days during an interview process, the chances of them taking two days after the hire then is really high and that has worked for me.

Steve: What about live chat?

John: You can do live chat yes and then you get to see kind of how quick they are right? There are things to be concerned about. So like live chat is good, you can fake live chat. So okay, most people in the Philippines have their own computer. Live chat will tell you maybe how fast of a typer they are, or how slow their internet connection is, or how poor their computer is maybe. But going into the internet cafe you can change that. You can get a fast computer, you get fast connection.

If you’re writing emails back and forth a whole bunch of times, and they’re taking more than a day to respond, that to me something is wrong, and I get that through email. Like you’re going to work through internet café, you weren’t able to get to the Internet cafe today, or not every single day for two weeks, and that just tells me this is going to be a problem, right?

Steve: It’s interesting. The reason why I was like wondering about your email method, it makes the whole interview process really, really long and drawn out, right?

John: It does.

Steve: Like weeks?

John: It can be, it depends on the person. You’ll get a gut feeling pretty quickly often. And often times I’ll do it, like if I get someone who is responsive, I will send them an email every time I get one back. And often, our times will overlap; they’re in the same — later they’re getting up early, because like in the Philippines it’s very common to be up at 5 am, just because of the way the sun is different there than it is here.

So you’ll get four hours in the morning when they’re up, or four hours in the afternoon like they’ll come online at two o’clock, and I’m still working at two o’clock. So you’ll get sometime where I can send them an email and they respond, and I can send them an email and they’ll respond, then I’ll get a whole bunch of questions in over a three day period and hire someone.

Steve: During the interview process, do you actually have them do some work for you?

John: Not often. So that’s something that you can do it, and I have done it over — I have done at times, and I’ll do it with multiple people sometimes, where the only issue is you have to tell them you’re going to pay them, because Filipinos are scared of doing work and not getting paid. So you tell them, hey, look, I want you to do this test task, I’m going to pay you regardless if I hire you or not. Here’s the [inaudible 00:41:42] no, I’ll pay you, can you do this?

Steve: That’s really interesting that you don’t recommend Skype. It sounds like you don’t use — you personally don’t use live chat, you just do this email type of interview drawn out over a couple weeks.

John: Yeah. You can try Skype, but like if someone in the Philippines doesn’t have a microphone on the computer because they don’t, then you just lost a good — because now they know that Skype interview is required, and I can’t get a job with this person for now, another missed opportunity. And if they were really talented for a programmer position, you just lost a really good time to review.

Steve: But how do project reviews for like a developer position for example? Oftentimes it helps to talk via voice, right?

John: Yeah, I don’t do it.

Steve: You don’t do it, okay. So I’m just curious about your process then, so do you have them create the specification then you review it or?

John: Do you mean for a feature?

Steve: Yeah for example.

John: I will create the spec.

Steve: Okay and then…

John: With the developers I am very involved.

Steve: Okay but not by voice.

John: No.

Steve: Interesting okay. That could take a little bit of getting used to actually.

John: So actually okay so it’s not by email either. So first of all email — we use Basecamp, whatever.

Steve: Okay sure year.

John: Transfer and save things like that. But what I do is a lot of video. I do a lot of screen capture video explaining things and showing my screen exactly what we’re doing, exactly what I want. And I have found that to be super, super effective. So they’re hearing my voice, and this is a big deal with what we talked about earlier of getting their trust, is them hearing your voice in these videos. They learn to know you, come to know you and they trust you. So I found that videos are a big deal [overlapping 00:43:54].

Steve: Yeah these short like one or two minute clips essentially?

John: Yeah or five or 15 pop ups.

Steve: Okay and then they don’t produce videos back for you, do they?

John: Sometimes they do yeah.

Steve: Okay interesting.

John: Yeah, they’ll take screenshots and say like this is what I’m seeing, we’re working through an issue, also looking – this is what I’m seeing, and we’ve got to find that, can you reproduce this for me? Like they’ll say, how do you reproduce this?

Steve: So John, let’s kind of end this interview with like some gotchas, like what are some best practices, and what are some things to watch out for?

John: Don’t pay someone ahead of time. When you’ve hired someone in the beginning, don’t pay him up front, and always pay after work is done.

Steve: Are they at a salary in the beginning or you’re just talking about the very first task?

John: No, sure the very first task. No I always start people on a salary. Different people do this differently.

Steve: Sure, I was just asking your process yeah.

John: My process is I start on salary, and I have started lower than what they want, and then I raise it within a couple of months to what they want to. Gotchas, so what most people will find the biggest problem is the disappearing Filipino, where they do good work and then they disappear, and it’s unbelievably frustrating because you spend a lot of time recruiting someone and then to have them disappear.

What I have seen is 97% of the time that issue is with the employer not the worker. Now it’s a cultural thing that the employer need to understand, but usually when a Filipino disappears, it’s not because they don’t want the job, because they do, it’s because they don’t understand something you’ve asked them to do, or they don’t know how to do something, or they’re uncomfortable doing something, or they don’t understand your instructions. And even though you think your instructions were super, super clear, you’ve got to find another way to explain it.

If they’re disappearing, if they’re not showing up to work, that’s usually the problem. And so when I hire someone, I tell them, I know that you’re going to get stuck on something at some point and you’re going to want to disappear and not say something to me, don’t. You can’t disappear, that’s the worst thing you can do. And it’s been interesting, like I got an email once from someone that said, Sir, I don’t want to send you this email, but you told me I can’t disappear, so I’m not. I have to tell you what’s going on, here I go. That was what she said in her email to me.

So if someone disappears, you seek them out and say, hey, I know you’re stuck on something, what are you stuck on? What can I help you with? Will solve 90% of the issues in hiring Filipino workers. That’s a really big one.

Steve: Okay interesting.

John: Another one is internet and power outages, where like there are times in the year in different places of the country where they have scheduled power outages, because of not enough power to go around. So and usually it’s in our winter and their rainy season, now their dry season, their warm season, where they’ll have four hours every single day or six hours every single day with no power. And it’ll be in the middle of the day and they’ll just start sending you emails, I’m sorry, I couldn’t work today for three hours because our power was out, I’ll make it up for you tonight or on Saturday.

Steve: So it’s just basically have the expectation that these things will happen so you don’t get mad at them?

John: Yeah and that is a big one right there is don’t get mad at them. Well like it’s okay to mad, I get it, but especially in the Philippines if you yell at someone, like in the US you yell at someone, they get over it. In the Philippines that’s not the case where you yell at someone and then they don’t trust you anymore. And yeah these are good general management practices, but anytime you’re going to give some negative feedback to someone, start with positive, lead with positive, it will make such a difference.

Steve: Okay, all right John that’s some good advice. Yes some of it seems very specific to Filipinos which is really useful. I never thought that giving a Skype interview for example would be a negative thing, and you could be missing out someone really good by doing that.

John: I know and it took me a while to figure it out, where like I’m scheduling these interviews and they’re not showing up. And now today I see it every day, because I have a girl in the Philippines — actually I stopped her from doing it, but she does recruiting. And she schedules these interviews, and she’s like, oh three of the four didn’t show up. Like stop doing this, they don’t want to do it.

Steve: Yeah I know it’s really counter-intuitive actually to someone in the states. John it’s been a pleasure chatting with you today. I want to give you the opportunity to tell us where people can find you if they need to get ahold of you or your services, where can people find you?

John: So I am infinitely available through email, and if you submit any contact us form on Online Jobs, you would — if you want me, you’ll get me, it will come to me first. But if you say, hey, send us to John; it will definitely get to me. You can get me on Facebook even though I really dislike social media. If you send something to me on Twitter @JohnJonas, it will get to me also. Yeah, so I’m available through business and any communication except for phone.

Steve: Okay awesome. Well thanks for coming on the show John; I really appreciate your wisdom in teaching us what the nuances are interacting with a different culture.

John: Yeah, thanks for having me, this was really good.

Steve: All right, thanks a lot John.

John: Talk to you later.

Hope you enjoyed that episode. I’m actually in the process of trying to hire an employee in the Philippines right now and John’s advice has actually been invaluable. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode190.

And once again I want to thank Klaviyo.com for sponsoring this episode. Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for ecommerce merchants, and you can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on auto pilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O, once again that’s mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.

I also want to thank Privy.com for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use to turn visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture, exit intent, and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. I like Privy because it’s so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop ups for any primer that is closely tied to your e-commerce store. If you want to give it a try, it’s free. So head on over to Privy.com/Steve, once again that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/Steve.

Now, I talk about how I use all these tools on my blog, and if you’re interested in starting your own ecommerce store, head on over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six-day mini course. Just type in your email, and I’ll send you the course right away, thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

192: How My Blog Performed As A Business In 2017 With Steve Chou

How My Blog Performed As A Business In 2017 With Steve Chou

In last week’s episode, I broke down the numbers for my ecommerce store at BumblebeeLinens.com. So in this episode I’m going to talk about my other 7 figure online business, MyWifeQuitHerJob.com.

What I like about running MyWifeQuitHerJob.com is that it’s a very hands off type of business if I need it to be, which comes in really handy when you get injured and don’t want to do anything for months in the latter half of the year.
All told, I spend between 15-20 hours per week on this business and it generates over 7 figures in profit. Listen to this episode to see how 2017 went!

What You’ll Learn

  • How a swarm of bots nearly took down my email marketing
  • How I recovered from getting banned from a popular advertising platform
  • How much I made in 2017
  • The changes I made to improve my blog

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.
Sellers Summit

Transcript

You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrapped business owners, and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses.

Now today is part three of a three part series where I break down how all of my online businesses performed in 2017. So last week I covered my e-commerce store BumblebeeLenin.com. So this week I’m going to talk about mywifequitherjob.com.

But before we begin I want to give a quick shout out to Privy who is a sponsor of the show. Privy is the tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store. And basically they are an email list growth platform, and they manage all of my email capture forms. And I use Privy hand in hand with my email marketing provider.

There’s a bunch of companies out there that will manage your email capture forms, but I like Privy because they specialize in e-commerce. Right now I’m using Privy to display a cool wheel of fortune pop up. Basically a user gives their email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store. And customers love the gamification aspect of this, and when I implemented this form email sign ups increased by 131%.

So bottom line, Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers, which I then feed to my email provider to close the sale. So head on over to Privy.com/Steve, and try it for free. And if you decide that you need some of the more advanced features, use coupon code MWQHJ For 15% off. Once again that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/Steve.

I also want to give a quick shout out to Klaviyo who is also a sponsor of the show. Always blessed to have Klaviyo as a sponsor because they are the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store, and I depend on them for over 20% of my revenues. Now, Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for ecommerce stores, and here is why it is so powerful.

They can track every single customer who has shopped in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week, easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special auto-responder sequence to my customers depending on what they purchased, piece of cake, and there is full revenue tracking on every single email.

Now Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used and you can try them for free at mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Once again that’s, mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O, now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle, so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here is your host, Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit her Job Podcast. In last week’s episode, I broke down the numbers for my e-commerce store at BumblebeeLinens.com. So in this episode I’m going to talk about my other seven figure online business, mywifequitherjob.com. Now truth be told, I didn’t actually change that much in 2017 from 2016 except for one major thing, which I’ll talk about in a little bit.

But for the most part what I like about running mywifequitherjob.com is that it’s a very hands off type of business if I needed to be, which comes in really handy when you get injured and you don’t want to do anything for months in the latter half of the year. But all told, I spend between 15 to 20 hours per week on this business, and it actually generates over seven figures in profit. I have one assistant who helps me out with the podcast, but outside of that my mywifequitherjob.com is mostly a solo affair.

Now, what’s nice about running the blog and the podcast is it allows me to meet other entrepreneurs and give back to the community by helping others start their own businesses. Now I’m often asked what type of business to start if you have no money and no ideas. And my answer to that question is always to just start documenting something that you’re good at. Put everything down on a blog or a podcast, or a video, and you’ll eventually build a following and then good things will happen. And then once you do have a following, you can easily make money.

Now might be hard to understand how it works until it happens, but just trust me. What’s funny is that my mom still has no idea how I make money on the blog, but she has slowly started to accept the fact that I’ve ended my engineering career of 20 years to pursue this full time. Now another common question I get asked is what I would start today if I had to start all over again, a blog or an e-commerce store.

And the answer depends. If you want to earn revenue quickly then go ahead and start an e-commerce store. But if you have a three to five year time horizon and you don’t need to be making money right away, then start a blog. Whereas an e-commerce store will make you money sooner rather than later, it actually doesn’t scale nearly as well as a blog does because you have to deal with physical products.

But a blog will take a long time to develop and quite frankly blogging is a slog. And in fact mywifequitherjob.com didn’t make any money for three years. And if you don’t make money for that long of a time, it’s actually a major test of your persistence and your determination. And to put things in perspective, I’ve been doing this for nine years now, nine years. I mean that’s a long time. None of this stuff happened overnight, and the only reason that I’ve been successful is because I made it a part of my lifestyle and routine.

All right, in any case let’s jump to the numbers. In 2016, I had a major milestone in breaking seven figures in revenue. But in 2017, I actually managed to make seven figures in profit on revenues of about 1.35 million. Now just going forward, I just want to give you guys a heads up. I’m going to stop giving absolute revenue numbers for mywifequitherjob.com because the numbers don’t really add any value to the conversation.

Instead I’m going to speak in relative terms from here on out and instead teach you exactly what I did to achieve those numbers. But I will let you know if I ever reach eight figures which would be an amazing feat. All right first off, traffic increased by 19%. Now email subscribers which is the way I kind of measure my business actually remained relatively flat, and I’ll explain to you why that happened in a little bit.

In terms of my podcast listenership, it actually nearly doubled in 2017 after remaining mostly flat in previous years. Now you should take this number with a grain of salt because Lipson my podcast provider recently changed the way they measure stats, and I’m kind of still waiting for the dust to settle. But those are the main metrics that actually matter when it comes to blogging for my mywifequitherjob.com.

All right, so let’s talk a little bit about the lowlights and the highlights for the year. The number one lowlight for the year was I ran into major e-mail spam problems early in 2017. There is this group of malicious bots who are randomly spamming my email forms with hundreds of fake subs per day. And even though I switched over to double opt in at the time, these bots are actually really clever, and they actually ended up clicking on the double opt in links in the email.

And in fact these bots not only did they click on the double opt in link, but they actually click on every single link in every email that I send to make it seem like a real human. Now the way most people deal with this is that they prune their list by removing inactive subscribers, but because these bots actually click on the links in the e-mails that I’m sending, they’re technically fake active users and it’s really hard to see whether they’re fake or real people.

And of course this put me in a major dilemma because a good percentage of these users are worthless, and I couldn’t really distinguish them from real humans. And meanwhile having all these fake subs, my deliverability was going down, and I was paying for subs that would never ever end up generating me money.

Now unfortunately my previous email provider ConvertKit did not have a good way to detect these fake subs. So this actually tipped my hand and I was forced to look for another provider. Just a quick note here, I was actually very happy with ConvertKit, and if this spam bot issue didn’t require an immediate solution, I probably would have stayed with them. But I did end up moving to Drip mainly because of one feature that they have that the rest don’t called the lead score.

Basically the way it works, you can track how engaged a subscriber is by assigning a point value to them. If they click on a link or open an email, their score goes up, but if they never open the score goes down. As a result, based on this one number you can get an idea of how engaged a subscriber is. But what’s key here and how I use this to solve my spam problem is that you can actually perform these crazy automations to quickly eliminate subscribers that follow certain patterns.

Now I don’t want to get into too many details. I actually wrote extensively about this in a blog post which I’ll link up in the show notes, but essentially I put together this algorithm that detects whether a fake sub has a certain point score in a short period of time. I marked them as spam for removal. Okay and so one thing I also discovered as part of this whole spam elimination experiment is that you should never implement your forms in raw HTML. If possible, use JavaScript to implement your forms because a lot of these bots that are out there, they can’t read JavaScript.

So the combination of those two things managed to eliminate my email spam I would say by at least 90%. Anyway once I moved over to Drip, I did a mass pruning of fake and inactive subs which actually caused my email subscriber count to remain mostly flat from the previous year.

Now the second lowlight which happened towards the middle of 2017 was that my Facebook account, my ads account got banned for about three weeks. I didn’t get any warning whatsoever. I just woke up one morning and all of a sudden I noticed that none of my ads were running, and then I got this email saying that I had violated some Facebook ad policy and I was banned.

Now thankfully, Facebook actually isn’t a huge part of my business, but it does drive new subscribers and it actually allows me to reach millions of new potential customers. I run ads to my blog post, to my courses, to my conference and actually rely heavily on retargeting as well. Now thankfully, I got reinstated relatively quickly, but it did remind me once again of the importance of diversifying my traffic sources.

And by the way you’ve probably heard this from me time and time again, if you are depending on a single source for your revenues like Amazon, eBay, whatever it is, you really need to diversify or try to own more of your customers. If Facebook ads for example was my entire lead gen strategy, I would have been tossed.

Anyways that’s pretty much it for the lowlights; let’s talk about the good things now. All right first thing in 2017 I spoke at four conferences, Social Media Marketing World, Digital CoLab, FinCon and of course my own conference Sellers Summit of which I keynoted for the second straight year which is pretty sweet. No one there to dispute me there except for my partner. But I will be speaking at these four conferences again, so if you ever want to meet up, you know where to find me.

And as I look back on last year, I think four conferences per year to speak at is pretty much my limit. It takes a lot of time to prep a speech, and I don’t really like the travelling aspect because I have to be away from my family. But once again I’m going to be at these conferences. Social Media Marketing World actually incidentally is next month, and it’s going to be in San Diego which is a great place to have a conference. And so if you’re going to be there, send me an e-mail, look me up and maybe I’ll do some sort of meet up there.

In other news, I also raised the price of my e-commerce course up to 1497, and I’m happy to say that it’s still selling well. I remember back in the day when I was terrified when I launched at just $299 for a lifetime membership. But I will say this, the great thing about raising the price of my class is that it weeds out the tire kickers, and I can actually focus my efforts on the students that I have.

And if you haven’t determined this from my personality, I never like to play the volume game. I prefer to work in small, intimate, and motivated groups, which is incidentally one of the main reasons why I purposely kept my e-commerce conference the Sellers Summit very small. I’d much rather build deeper relationships with fewer people than have a whole bunch of friends on a surface level.

Anyway in case you’re curious, here’s how mywifequitherjob.com makes money. The first way I make money is through podcast sponsorships. Podcast sponsors only generate a very token amount of money, but it does manage to pay all the bills for the podcast and my editor, and that’s mainly the reason why I run these ads. The primary reason I run my podcast is actually to meet new people.

As I mentioned before, I work from home, it’s kind of lonely here at times, and by talking to someone on Skype for an hour or more, you actually instantly build a connection. And over the years, the guests that I’ve had on my podcasts have become my friends and even speakers at my conference.

I just want to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six-day mini course on how to get started in e-commerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell all the way to getting your first sales online.

Now this course is free and can be obtained at mywifequitherjob.com/free. Just sign up right there on the front page via email and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again that’s mywifequitherjob.com/free, now back to the show.

The second way I make money is through affiliate revenue. Now since I run my own online store, I use a lot of different tools and in fact I like to think of my shop like my own personal laboratory that kind of works hand in hand with the blog. Mywifequitherjob.com allows me to easily get into contact with software companies. I can try out their tools and get real sales numbers, and then report the results on my blog.

I will never promote a tool or a company that either I, or one of my close colleagues haven’t used in real life. And as a result of this, people tend to listen to my recommendations. The next way I monetize my blog is through my online course. Now as of right now, I have almost 3,000 students in my class. And I’m actually proud to say that 59% of my students who have been with me for a year are making at least four figures for month, and 9% are doing at least $50,000 per month.

And in fact one of my students Abby, she actually now runs a multimillion dollar business, and she just published a book on her journey. Now it’s stories like this that make me really happy to teach my class, and it’s actually extremely rewarding for me to see others succeed.

Now my final revenue source is my annual conference, the Sellers Summit. Now incidentally tickets are on sale right now, but they are almost sold out. All the mastermind passes are gone right now, but we do have some regular passes left. And as I mentioned earlier, I like to keep things small and intimate with a focus on learning and networking.

So if you want to meet up, and you want to learn how to sell physical products online and you want to meet the community, then head over to sellerssummit.com. Now while we’re on the topic of conferences, I just want to note that the Sellers Summit is actually not really a big moneymaker for me. Now if you’ve ever run a conference before, there are a ton of fixed costs involved like food, rental space, beverages, that are super expensive because the hotel jacks up the prices on everything. Not only that, but just organizing the event like this ends up being a logistical nightmare.

Now the reason I run my event is so I can meet all of you in person, because if you look at it in terms of dollars per hour of time it’s simply not worth it, but the human connection is priceless. All right the final thing I want to talk about is what I’ve been doing to improve my blog. Now towards the end of 2017, I did a major content audit. And the reason why I did this is because the SEO game has changed a lot over the years.

Back in the day it was all about writing separate blog posts to target long tail keywords. Well guess what, Google now is smart enough to know about the long tail, and there’s now an increased focus on improving your on site metrics, how long is a person staying on the page, are they engaged with your content, do they click on your links in the search results or do they bounce right away?

As a result short articles just don’t cut it anymore, which is probably why you’ve noticed longer and more comprehensive posts on mywifequitherjob.com. Now before the content audit, I had close to 900 posts, and some of these were like 300 word posts of no value. I was doing roundups, I was doing these like status updates. I member one article I published where I got up and said, uh it’s such a busy day today, but I’m going to go in on the weekend to start shipping some products, stupid things like that which have no value I just simply eliminated all together.

Back in the day, and if you guys have been following me for a long time, I had guest bloggers, I even had a paid writer that wrote these short posts that never went anywhere. And as a result, I removed all of them. Back in the day it was about quantity over quality, but now in general for SEO, it’s now better to have a nice tight site full of great articles instead of a ton of mediocre content.

And in fact I like to use my buddy Noah Kagan’s analogy, your site is like a restaurant. On your menu do you want to include everything that you know how to cook, or would you rather only list your best dishes for sale, because when people come to your site they tend to judge you by the first piece of content that they see.

And when you have large quantities of crappy content let’s say that one person ends up finding you through this piece of crappy content. Well guess what, they’re probably not going to come back again. Whereas if they see something really amazing, and they tell their friends about it, they’ll end up coming back again, you can leave a good first impression and hopefully they’ll tell their friends or come back for more, or subscribe to the email list.

Anyways over time I’m going to make it a priority to make every single post on mywifequitherjob.com awesome. And as a result, right now and this is like a really long process, I’m actually painfully going through old posts and deciding whether to delete or rewrite them, and this is just going to take a very long time. I don’t know if you guys have been noticing lately, but on the blog there have been some older topics that I’ve completely rewritten and added a lot more value too. And quite frankly some of the older content had become obsolete, and I’m in the process of updating all that.

Now what’s sad about all this is that I actually had to remove a bunch of my earliest posts when I first got started in 2009. Back then my writing was horrible. I’m actually pretty shocked at how far I’ve come with my writing, and this is coming from someone who used to hate writing altogether, and who was extremely slow at it. Back in the day for me to write like a 500 word post would take me hours. I’ve gotten a lot faster over the years, which just shows that practice makes perfect.

In other news I also hired a new Pinterest person who will be trying to reestablish my Pinterest presence after a small debacle at the beginning of 2017. As I mentioned in a previous podcast, Pinterest ended up changing their algorithms which started to change the way I started doing things. Anyways that is pretty much it for mywifequitherjob.com in 2017.

I’m probably going to be doing more solo podcast episodes this year mainly because I’ve gotten a lot of emails from people who’ve been requesting it. I’m still going to do these interviews from really cool entrepreneurs, but also perhaps be throwing in some impromptu videos here and there. In general, I actually like doing videos, but there’s just so much prep time and setting up lights and all that stuff that in the end I’m just too lazy to do it. But hopefully I’ll just get on and just do some impromptu videos that require no prep, and I’ll try to do more of those in the coming year.

But for the most part, I’m going to be focusing on my class and pumping out the best e-commerce content out there based on experience. Here’s to a great 2018. I hope you enjoyed that episode. It was another record year for mywifequitherjob.com, and I only foresee it getting better as my audience grows from year to year. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode192.

Once again I want to thank Klaviyo.com for sponsoring this episode. Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for ecommerce merchants, and you can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on auto pilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O, once again that’s mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.

Now I also want to thank Privy.com for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email provider that I personally use to turn visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture, exit intent, and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it’s so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop ups for any primer that is closely tied to your e-commerce store. So if you want to give it a try, it is free. So head on over to Privy.com/Steve, once again that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/Steve.

Now, I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you’re interested in starting your own ecommerce store, head on over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six-day mini course. Just type in your email, and I’ll send you the course right away, thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

191: How Our Ecommerce Store Performed In 2017 With Steve Chou

191: Everything We Did To Grow Our Ecommerce Store In 2017 With Steve Chou

My wife just closed the books for 2017 so today I’m going to breakdown the numbers this past year for my ecommerce store Bumblebee Linens.

It’s been quite a tumultuous year with all the traveling, the injuries and our kids activities but we still made it out with another double digit growth year.

Listen to the episode to learn how we grew our business in 2017!

What You’ll Learn

  • The highlights and lowlights for the year
  • How stalking customers can benefit your business
  • How we replaced half an employee with software
  • All of the usability changes we made to the site.

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.
Sellers Summit

Transcript

You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrapped business owners, and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not in business. Now today I’m continuing on with a three part series where I’m breaking down how all of my businesses performed in 2017. And specifically in this episode I’m going to go into depth on all the highlights, lowlights and improvements made to Bumblebeelinens.com which is my e-commerce store.

Before we begin, I want to give a quick shout out to Klaviyo who is a sponsor of the show. Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they are the email marketing platform that I use for my ecommerce store, and I actually depend on them for over 20% of my revenues. Now, Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for ecommerce, and here is why it is so powerful.

Klaviyo can track every single customer who has shopped in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week, easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special auto-responder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, that is a piece of cake, and there is full revenue tracking on every single email.

Now Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used and you can actually try them for free at mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O, once again that’s mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.

I also want to give a shout out to Privy who is also a sponsor of the show. Privy is the tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store. Now Privy is an email list growth platform, and they actually manage all of my email capture forms. And in fact I use Privy hand in hand with my email marketing provider.

There is a bunch of companies out there that will manage your email capture forms, but I like Privy because once they specialize in e-commerce. Right now I’m using Privy to display a cool wheel of fortune pop up. Basically a user gives their email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store. Customers love the gamification aspect of this. And actually when I implemented this form, email sign ups increased by 131%.

There is other cool things that you can do too. So for example let’s say you offer free shipping for orders over 100 bucks, you can tell Privy to flash a pop up when the customer has $90 in their shopping cart to get them to insert one more item in. Bottom line, Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers, which I then feed to my email provider to close the sale. So head on over to Privy.com/Steve, and try it for free. And if you decide you need the more advanced features, use coupon code MWQHJ For 15% off. Once again that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/Steve, now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here is your host Steve Chu.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast. My wife just closed the books for 2017. So today what I’m going to do is, I’m going to break down the numbers this past year for my e-commerce store Bumblebeelinens.com, and just kind of give you an overview of what changed in 2017, and how we achieved these numbers.

Now it’s actually been quite a tumultuous year with all the traveling, my injury and our kids’ activities, but we still made it out with another double digit growth year. Now if you listened to the last podcast episode, you are probably aware that I’ve been thinking a lot about happiness and managing stresses of late, mainly ways to kind of increase happiness and reduce stress. So the goal with my businesses has been lately to achieve steady manageable growth from year to year instead of putting the pedal to the metal and going all out and trying to grow, grow, grow.

Now if you think about it, there are actually many ways to grow a business. And the main way that most ecommerce businesses grow is by introducing new products. It makes sense, right? If you’re making a million bucks, the easiest way to double revenues is simply by doubling your skews. Now the other way to grow your business is by improving your marketing, reaching new eyeballs, or by selling more to your existing customers.

And the latter route is the route that we’ve actually been choosing to take the past couple years. After all I really enjoy building my marketing skills by learning how to run ads on Facebook, Google, Amazon, and Pinterest. I really enjoy doing conversion optimization, writing copy for sales funnels, and learning about customer psychology. And bottom line, I feel that those are skills that I can actually take into any business that I run.

And while launching many new product lines is probably the fastest way to grow and scale, it’s also stressful and logistically taxing. And I’ve actually made it a choice to spend more time with my family. By the way I have to brag about this real quick. My daughter recently took part in the spelling bee for her school, and she actually got first place for her age group and second overall for her school. The kid that won was actually a grade higher than her. So I’m really proud of her especially because she studied so hard for this thing.

Anyways, it’s the little things in my life with my kids that make me happy. So I decided to focus my efforts on making the core business better and improving revenue without launching new products per se. Now of course this might change in 2018 a little bit, because we recently just got back from the Canton Fair where we found a bunch of new vendors for some new potential product lines.

So if we have time and the stress is manageable, we may launch a couple of new products this year, but certainly not anything drastic. In any case, let’s start with the numbers. For 2017, year over year revenue grew 20%. Year over year profit grew 14%. Overall traffic to our website increased 10.5%, and the overall margins were relatively flat.

Now if you look at our business for 2017, a lot of the conversion rate optimizations that I did towards the end of last year as in 2016 kind of kicked in for the first part of 2017. And as a result, we were off to a great start for the first half of the year. If you’re curious what I did for 2016 towards the end, I’ll link up all the 2016 optimizations in the show notes.

But in the latter half of the year, I actually injured myself in July. And as a result of that injury, I was out for a few months and my mood was actually terrible, and I actually didn’t end up working that much on the business for a couple of months. But I still managed to get it all together and make a bunch of improvements to the site, which actually kicked in towards the last quarter of the year.

Now usually I talk about the highlights and the lowlights of 2017 whenever I do one of these income reports. So let’s just start with the lowlights first and just kind of get that out of the way, and build our way gradually up to some of the kick ass optimizations that I made this past year that increased sales and cut costs at the same time.

So the first lowlight of the year was that our Pinterest traffic took a major nose dive. They changed a couple of things with their algorithm, and as a result the traffic and our conversions for Pinterest tanked. In addition, they also changed the Pinterest ad pixel. And so I discovered this later on when I was looking at the stats, and I noticed that a lot of the information was missing. So I actually found out that they changed the pixel and I had to spend time re-implementing the pixel for the ads.

Incidentally, Pinterest is following along with some of the other major ad vendors like Facebook and Google in that they’re starting to track every single item that a customer browses through as they traverse your store and the entire process, which products they looked at, whether they made to check out, whether they complete the transaction. So the Pinterest pixel is a lot more complicated now.

Now getting traffic from Pinterest still hasn’t quite recovered yet, but at least my ads for Pinterest are converting once again. The next lowlight I want to talk about was that early in the year; I converted our site over to SSL completely because Google was enforcing that. And as soon as I did that, our site immediately saw a 15% drop in traffic.

Now this is funny because when I went over to SSL with my blog, I didn’t see any sort of traffic changes at all. But for some reason when I switched my online store over to SSL, it actually really affected the site. And as a result, a couple of months in our year were pretty terrible; I think July was the worst one. Thankfully, everything recovered one month later. It took about a month for the traffic to recover, and we are back to normal but one month out of 2017 was a total dud.

And the final lowlight of the year was of course I tore my Achilles tendon in July, on July 22nd, which pretty much put me in a major funk. I didn’t want to think about handkerchiefs, I didn’t want to think about blogging, I didn’t want to think about podcasting, I didn’t want to think about anything. And it was like this for a couple of months. I think I might have used a couple of the handkerchief to dry my own tears.

But things were stagnant on the marketing front for quite a long period of time as I learned kind of how to walk again. It’s funny, when you can’t walk, and you’re not feeling that great, it’s actually really hard to get anything done. In any case, with all that sad stuff out of the way, those are pretty much the major lowlights of the year.

Let’s talk about the good stuff. Now on the email front, my one big win for the year was going with a wheel of fortune pop up, which increased our e-mail sign up rate by 131%. Now if you guys aren’t familiar with the wheel of fortune pop up, it’s basically a pop up where you give an email address for a chance to spin a wheel. And as you spin the wheel, you get a chance to win prizes such as discounts from our store.

And customers love the gamification aspect of this, and as a result of implementing this, our pre-purchase sequence generated over 2x what it did previously the year before. And incidentally, back when I did this in 2017, there was no real easy way to do this for a non Shopify store. And so I actually ended up coding up my own wheel of fortune pop up. But now you can actually implement one for free if you use privy who is actually a sponsor of the show. So go to Privy.com/Steve and go check it out if you want to implement your own wheel of fortune.

Now what is cool about this wheel of fortune tab is that you can actually bias the results so the biggest prizes are not won as often. So basically you can set different probabilities for each one of the prizes in your store, which makes it pretty cool. And in terms of press mentions, we were featured in Country Woman Magazine and Pop Sugar. And what’s also cool is that now whenever I do a podcast interview on someone else’s podcast, I usually ask for a link back to my blog as well as my online store, and this has really reinforced the SEO efforts for both my blog and my online store as well.

In addition to the press mentions, we also did two influencer campaigns towards the end of the year. One was with a straight up YouTuber in the cooking space to advertise our napkins. And another influencer campaign was with a Finance and family blogger with a huge Facebook fan following. Now both campaigns did okay. Neither one was a home run, but we did not have to actually pay any money for either campaign.

For the YouTube campaign for the napkins, we actually ended up selling our napkins at wholesale cost because this particular YouTuber was running a subscription box. And once she purchased our product at cost, so we didn’t end up losing any money, we didn’t really make any money either, she then advertised her box with a link underneath her video pointing directly at those cocktail napkins in case people wanted to buy more.

Now I think in the box you only get six, and traditionally when you get cocktail napkins you usually buy a dozen or more. And so we ended up generating some business that way. Now in terms of the other influencer, the blogger, she was actually a friend of a friend who posted one of our promo videos on her Facebook page for one of our aprons. And she actually wore a personalized apron during a Facebook Live session, where she showed the audience how to do an arts and crafts project.

Now this ended up doing quite well, because she wore our apron, and then she posted on her fan page which has hundreds of thousands of followers. Now I don’t want to go too much in-depth about this, because I will end up writing a blog post about this. But overall, I think in terms of influencer marketing, we’ve done several campaigns at this point. It tends to be hit or miss, and you just have to keep trying different ones until you hit a home run.

Now I actually consider both of these campaigns successful, because they did make a pretty decent profit. But they did not move the needle in the grand scheme of things with the sales, with the overall sales for our online store. But what’s cool about doing these campaigns is that it got me in this mindset where I had to start stalking our customers again. And whenever I stalk our customers, and I’ll describe what I mean by stalk our customers in a little bit good things happen, I always get excellent feedback.

So first off, I have to say that my wife really hates it when I stalk our customers. She is highly against it, but I do it anyways to take one for the team. And so just to give you an example what I mean by stalking. On two separate occasions this year, I actually went and called every single customer who abandoned their cart in our store.

And why is this tied to our influencer campaigns and our Facebook campaigns? It’s because when I ran Facebook campaigns for our aprons early in the year, I noticed that our abandon rate was exceptionally high. And likewise when that blogger, she posted one of our promo videos on her Facebook fan page, I also noticed that the abandon rate was especially high like much higher than normal.

And so what I did is I went through and called every single person that abandoned their cart. And here was my script. I went in and said something like, hey we just introduced our line of aprons, and we’d like to get some feedback from you in return for a significant discount. And usually I got hung up on a couple of times, and some people got really mad for me calling. But I did get a decent percentage of people to actually have a very candid chat with me on why they abandoned their carts.

And here is actually what I found out, and this information was actually very valuable. So as part of running this influencer campaign, we actually ended up giving coupons out. I designed like a custom landing page where we give out coupons to these people. But here’s what happened, people will land on this page, they would get a coupon code, they would configure their apron. We were doing this for personalized aprons, they would personalize their apron, they would go to check out, and they would forget what the coupon code was.

We didn’t really choose a complicated coupon code, but as you’re shopping, sometimes it can take a while to decide what you want to personalize your apron on. And by the time they got to check out, they forgot the coupon code, they kept hitting the back button, but they couldn’t find the landing page with the coupon code and that sort of thing. And they got frustrated and they just decided not to go through with the transaction.

Now I called a bunch of people that day, and several of the people who I chatted with complained that they either, one forgot the coupon code during checkout and didn’t feel like looking it up again, or two they cannot locate where to enter the coupon code on the site. Now incidentally I purposely don’t make the coupon code field in your face on our site, because I actually don’t want people to go off goggling for random coupon codes especially on fake sites like Retail Me Not.

Anyway, so what I did was the next day I went ahead and I implemented auto applied coupon codes. So as soon as someone lands on that landing page, the coupon code is automatically applied. And on every single page there’s like this little piece of text that says, don’t worry, this coupon code blah, blah, blah will be applied automatically during checkout. I had that on the shopping cart page; I had that during checkout to reassure the customer that they were in fact getting a coupon applied. And so that solved that problem.

I just want to let you know that tickets for the 2018 Sellers Summit are on sale at sellerssummit.com. Now what is the Sellers Summit? It is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets ecommerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, mine is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business.

And in fact every speaker that I invite is deep in the trenches of their ecommerce business, entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods, and not some high level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. The other thing I can assure you is that the Sellers Summit will be small and intimate. Last year we cut off ticket sales at around 100 people, so tickets will sell out quickly.

If you are an ecommerce entrepreneur making more than $250,000 or one million dollars per year, we are also offering an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers. Now the Sellers Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale Florida from May 3rd to May 5th.

And as I mentioned earlier we’re almost sold out already, and I actually will be raising the ticket price from here on out every two weeks. That’s right; the ticket cost is going to go up every two weeks until the event. For more information go to sellersummit.com, once again that’s sellersummit.com or just Google it. Now back to the show.

Another complaint I got was that people were complaining about the shipping being too high. Now keep in mind that this blogger, she runs a blog that really caters to deals. She does a whole bunch of deals; she talks about coupons and that sort of thing. So I don’t know if this applied to our broader audience, but for her particular audience, free shipping was a big deal. And if you read a lot of industry articles out there, thanks to Amazon free shipping is now par for the course so to speak.

And at the time, our free shipping threshold was at $800, which actually works well for our customers. And it had worked well for several years prior to that because our customers tend to be wedding customers and they don’t really care about any of that stuff. They just want to get it done, they’re very price insensitive. But for our aprons, it caters to a completely different audience, and they tend to be more sensitive about free shipping.

So what we did was we ended up lowering the free shipping threshold to just over an amount where they had to buy more than one apron. And in this case we were marketing mother daughter aprons, and so if they purchased a mother’s apron and a daughter’s apron, they got free shipping. And so that addressed that issue, and whenever I got someone on the phone for the lady that complained about free shipping, I gave her free shipping, and then I just finished the transaction over the phone right off the bat and it went through.

A couple of the other ladies that I called, they didn’t have PayPal, which is what we do usually if they’re on their phone and they want to import all their address information, that sort of thing. They didn’t have PayPal and as a result they didn’t want to type in their address and all this stuff on their phone. And so what ended up happening is they were planning on waiting till they got back home to complete the purchase on their desktop.

And what’s funny about this is I asked these ladies, how come you didn’t just finish this transaction on your phone; do you ever shop on your phone? And almost everyone said yes they do shop on their phone. But the fact that they didn’t have PayPal, and they’re just not used to typing in all their information, they’re used to shopping on Amazon where everything is stored there.

And so because of that, I am now exploring integrating Amazon payments. I’m a little bit squeamish about sending Amazon my order information and that sort of thing, but the fact that so many people shop on Amazon today leads me to of fact that I may want to implement Amazon payments on my site. I haven’t done this yet, and this is going to be a project for 2018.

But one thing that I did do to improve the checkout process was that I implemented Google Maps API. And if you guys have ever used Google Maps, as you’re typing your address it actually automatically auto completes the address for you, so that the customer doesn’t in fact have to type everything in. For example, when I type in my home address, all I have to do is type in the first couple of characters and it instantly knows where my addresses, I just click a button and it just populates everything for you.

Okay, and so one thing I did, that was a really easy change, I implemented that in a single day. And I don’t have enough data to report on the results of that yet, but I know for a fact that it will improve mobile conversions. Next complaint I got from calling an abandoned cart person was that the cost of monogramming was too high compared to the cost of the product. So just to give you an idea, some of our aprons are only $15 a piece, and at the time we were charging $8 to monogram the apron.

So if you think about it this way, if an apron is let’s say $15, and you’re paying $8 to monogram, which is more than half the cost of the apron. Even though the total dollar amount isn’t that much, psychologically you’re thinking to yourself, wow, this monogramming is really expensive. And so thanks to the feedback of this lady, we ended up upping the apron cost a little bit, and dialing down the cost of monogramming to only $5.

And I asked the lady, a couple ladies who complained about this, I asked her if the apron was slightly more expensive; will that make any difference if the monogram was cheaper? And she said yeah, you know what, I think psychologically that would have made a difference. And so I ended up giving this lady a discount, and I put the order through.

And finally, one more thing about the shipping charges, because we lowered the free shipping threshold, my wife and I we were a little bit worried about losing money on shipping because shipping is really expensive. And so here’s what I did. I actually ended up talking with my buddy Mike Jackness about this, and he gave me a very clever solution. So we lowered our free shipping threshold, but we actually changed things around so that we didn’t lose money on shipping as a result of this change.

And here’s what we did which is pretty ingenious. The free shipping that people get now besides that we say it’s going to take anywhere between four to ten days to arrive. So we actually extended the fulfillment time. And then we offered two other tiers of shipping, first class a priority shipping, and we actually ended up upping our express shipping charges as well. And what’s cool is that even though some people were eligible for free shipping, they actually ended up opting for the other faster shipping options.

So I know this for a fact is we’ve got a lot of waiting customers and they want their stuff fast. So even though they qualified for free shipping, they still ended up paying a higher shipping cost to get their goods to them. Okay and so it still remains to be seen how this is playing out. But over the holiday certainly, I saw that most people or a lot of people I should say were still paying for shipping even though they qualified for the free shipping threshold.

Incidentally, if you guys run your own store and you’re not calling your abandoned cart peeps back, I just want to say that my conversion rate was super high on the call backs for abandoned carts. What I mean by that is every time I got someone on the phone who was willing to talk to me, I almost always ended up closing the sale. And what this actually made me think about was actually hiring someone full time to go ahead and call everyone back who abandoned their shopping cart.

I know my wife would probably kill me on this, and it’ll probably annoy customers, but just in the back of my mind I was thinking to myself, man we’re probably leaving a lot of money on the table by not addressing these abandoned carts, because sometimes email — we have an abandoned cart sequence via email, but there’s just something about getting someone on the phone that makes a huge difference.

Okay, the next major thing that happened this year was I was actually able to replace half an employee with just a piece of software. So back in 2016, we actually had four employees. But in 2017, we actually got by with just three because of this little optimization. Now to give you an idea of how this worked and what this piece of software is, I remember one day early in the year, I kind of walked in the office to just kind of help out, and I noticed that our employees were spending an enormous amount of time typing in someone’s personalization into these old PC apps that we use to run our sewing machines.

So basically an employee was spending anywhere from two to four hours a day simply transferring information from our website over to this old antiquated piece of software on the PC that basically is in charge of personalization that we then send to the machine. And the problem with using these old PC apps is that they can’t be automated. And it turns out they can. So I deliberately researched, I found this piece of software called WinTask.

And basically what WinTask does, it’s a tool that allows you to script certain things on your PC, on a Windows PC that is. And so based on the website when the orders come in, now I implemented this new feature on our site where you click a button. It outputs this file that you automatically run on a PC, and it automatically types up all the personalization data for every single personalized order in our system.

Now I don’t want to get into many details about this because I’m probably going to write a blog post about this. But essentially this saved anywhere from two to four hours of an employee’s time every single day, pretty awesome. As a result, we didn’t have to hire that fourth employee, and we were able to get by with just three.

Another thing that was new for this year were push notifications. Now I use a company called Visaly [ph]. But these aren’t your normal push notifications that you see online. Visaly actually knows your sales and the products that people are actually looking at. And basically you upload your entire product catalog, and then they send dynamic push notifications.

So for example, let’s say I was browsing a Christmas handkerchief, but I didn’t buy one. Well four hours later, I will get a push notification to remind me to complete the purchase. This is really powerful, very hands off. I don’t have to do any work, the software does its own thing and sends out these push notifications automatically.

So let me just give you some numbers here, and they’re pretty cool for the abandoned cart notification. Once again this is someone who starts to check out but does not complete. If they get a push notification, I was getting an 8% click through rate and a 22% conversion rate. Now if someone just viewed a product but did not check out, I was getting a 12.24% click through rate with a 6.21% conversion rate.

And then periodically I was sending out regular promotions just kind of enticing people to just come to the site and shop, and I was getting a 3.4% click through rate with a 1.88% conversion rate. Now keep in mind this is in addition to e-mail and all the other marketing efforts that I have going on. And push notifications actually work pretty well.

All right, and so that’s pretty much it for 2017. I wish I hadn’t gotten injured because a lot more things on my plate that I actually didn’t end up getting to. But going forward for 2018, we are working on cutting costs. Now what I didn’t mention earlier was during Black Friday, I actually ran the customer support line for Bumblebee Linens. And every time I walked into the office, I noticed a bunch of inefficiencies.

Now these are things that you probably wouldn’t notice if you weren’t there every day. But when you come in with this fresh mind, you immediately notice things that are inefficient. So in fact the reason I came up with the WinTask automation and kind of having a computer to do all the monogramming work was because I walked in the office and noticed that our employee was just spending a ton of time typing the monograms, and I knew that a machine could do this much better and much faster and much more accurately in fact.

Okay and so for 2018, I’m going to spend a little bit more time in the office, and we are going to tighten up the reins and try to cut costs, and basically cut the waste. In addition I plan on exploring more along the lines of using Facebook Messenger marketing and influencer marketing in the coming year. All right and so here is to a profitable 2018 for you guys, hope you found this episode useful.

Hope you enjoyed that episode. What’s cool is that our online store has achieved double and triple digit growth for the past ten years now. And what’s important to us at least is that it has allowed us to live the lifestyle that we want to live and spend more time with family. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode191.

And once again I want to thank Privy.com for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use to turn visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture, exit intent, and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it’s so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop ups for any primer that is closely tied to your e-commerce store. If you want to give it a try, it is free. So head on over to Privy.com/Steve, once again that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/Steve.

I also want to thank Klaviyo which is my email marketing platform of choice for ecommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on auto pilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O, once again that’s mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.

Now, I talk about how I use all these tools on my blog, and if you’re interested in starting your own ecommerce store, head on over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six-day mini course. Just type in your email, and I’ll send you the course right away, thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

190: 9 Lessons Learned On Business, Life And Happiness With Steve Chou

190: 9 Lessons Learned On Business, Life And Happiness With Steve Chou

Happy New Year everyone! Today is a special New Years episode where I wanted to take some time to recap the year which was actually one of the most challenging years that I’ve had in a very long time.

Because I have a lot to talk about, I’m actually going to split this into 3 episodes. In today’s podcast, I’m going to go over some of the lessons that I learned this past year.

And in subsequent episodes, I’m going to do a detailed breakdown of how my businesses performed this past year and exactly what strategies I employed to grow them. Enjoy!

What You’ll Learn

  • Why goals suck
  • What contributes to happiness beyond wealth
  • Why growth for the sake of growth is not a great idea
  • How to appreciate what you have
  • What to do if you have no idea what to do in business

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.
Sellers Summit

Transcript

You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrapped business owners, and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. Happy New Year’s everyone. Today I’m actually doing a special New Year’s episode. We’re going to go over all the lessons that I learned this past year in business and life.

But before we begin I want to give a quick shout out to Privy who is a sponsor of the show. Privy is the tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store. Now Privy an email list growth platform, and they actually manage all of my email capture forms. And I actually use Privy hand in hand with my email marketing provider.

Now there are a bunch of companies out there that will manage your email capture forms, but I personally like Privy because they specialize in e-commerce stores. Right now I’m using Privy to display a cool wheel of fortune pop up. Basically a user gives me their email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store. And customers love the gamification aspect of this, and when I actually implemented this form email sign ups increased by 131%.

So bottom line, Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers, which I then feed to my email provider to close the sale. So head on over to Privy.com/Steve, and try it for free. And if you decide you need some of the more advanced features, use coupon code MWQHJ For 15% off. Once again that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/Steve.

I also want to give a quick shout out to Klaviyo who is a sponsor of the show. Always blessed to have Klaviyo as a sponsor because they are the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store, and actually over the holidays, I depended on Klaviyo for over 35% of my revenues. Now, Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for ecommerce stores, and here is why it is so powerful.

Klaviyo can track every single customer who has shopped in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week, easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special auto-responder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and there is full revenue tracking on every single email sent.

Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used and you can try them for free at mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Once again that’s, mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O, now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle, so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here is your host, Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit her Job Podcast. Today is a special New Year’s episode where I want to take some time to recap the year, which incidentally was one of the most challenging years that I’ve actually had in a very long time. And because I have a lot to talk about, I’m actually going to split this into three separate episodes.

And in today’s episode, I’m going to go over some of the lessons that I learned this past year. And in subsequent podcasts I’m going to do a detailed breakdown of how my business has performed this past year and exactly what strategies I employed to grow them.

In any case I first want to talk about my 2017 a little bit. It’s been a little over a year since I quit my job, and I want to talk a little bit about how my life has been like post day job as I’ve been running my e-commerce store and I’ve been blogging full time since then.

So first off let’s rewind back to October 2016. And I remember being really excited when I finally gave notice for my day job, and in fact the first three months of freedom were awesome. I worked out every day, I got in great shape. I went to all my kids’ sports games, I went to all their activities, I did pick up, I did drop off, spent a lot of time with family, and life was great.

But then I remember four months had rolled around, and I actually started getting bored. Now don’t get me wrong. I was still working on my businesses, and they actually both grew in the double digits in 2017. But something was missing in my life. I missed hanging out with coworkers, I missed being around people who are smarter than me for eight hours a day. I missed the challenge of working in tech.

And keep in mind at my job back in the day I was working for a company called Cadence. I was working with all MIT and Stanford PhDs, and everyone I felt was just smarter than me and I felt challenged every day. But once I quit, I almost felt like I lost part of my identity. I was designing hardware and microprocessors for over 20 years. And it was just kind of depressing for me to put that part of my life on the shelf, because when it comes to tech, like tech moves just so quickly, and if you haven’t been in tech for I would say over a year, it’s actually really hard to go back to it.

And so by quitting my job, I felt like I just basically put that chapter of my life behind me, and it made me a little bit sad actually. Now I can’t really complain because my schedule for 2017 was really fantastic. I would basically get up, I would work maybe from eight o’clock until eleven or twelve, have lunch with my wife on a regular basis, then I would work out, and then I’d basically have the entire afternoon free. And it sounds like a great schedule, right?

I finally had time to work on some of my other side projects that I was meaning to start. I had a couple of other projects lined up which I never talked about publicly. But unfortunately, they either didn’t pan out or they’ve been kind of just dragging along and not getting that much traction. And then in July I actually ended up tearing my Achilles tendon, which pretty much made me bedridden for several weeks.

And it was really debilitating. I couldn’t exercise, I couldn’t walk. My wife had to shuttle me everywhere, and in fact the running joke was I was like the third kid. My wife would have to drop my kids off at school and then she’d have to drop me off the doctor or physical therapy. And after I tore my tendon, I ended up spending a bunch of weeks just lying in bed watching Netflix. Incidentally I think I’ve watched every awesome Netflix series right now, so if you guys need any recommendations, I’m your man.

But after tearing my Achilles tendon, all of a sudden I was in the worst physical shape of my life. And as I was lying in bed watching Netflix, I remember waking up and thinking to myself, I’m actually really tired of having too much free time. I am too tired of not having enough mental stimulation. I’m too tired of the lack of social interaction, because I wasn’t really talking to anyone. All I was doing was just lying in bed and watching Netflix all day.

By the way this isn’t meant to be a depressing episode I promise. The good news about getting injured and having all this downtime and all this free time in the afternoon was that it actually forced me to sit down, think about my life, my priorities and basically what makes me happy in life. And today I kind of want to share with you guys what I learned this past year about happiness and business. So here it goes.

All right so lesson number one, and this first lesson is a little bit counterintuitive. So lesson number one is to not set goals. Now I remember way back in 2009 when I started mywifequitherjob.com. One of my goals was actually to make enough money with my blog to quit my job. And it happened in 2016 October, I ended up quitting. But here’s the thing, I ended up quitting without a plan, or without a next set of goals.

And that’s actually one of the reasons why I kind of think goals suck. Once you hit them, you’re kind of left wondering what to do next, because a goal, it almost sounds final, right? You’ve hit this goal, you’re done, now what? And so instead of thinking about goals now, a better way to think about your life and your business in my opinion is to have an overall vision and a purpose for what you’re doing.

So let me give you a quick example. Back in the day, I used to be super focused on growing Bumblebee Linens and My Wife Quit Her Job like basically maximizing its growth. And don’t get me wrong, business has been good, and I now run two kind of legit seven figure businesses. But here’s what I discovered, and this is more amplified I guess in the past couple of years. Growing our businesses further has not equivalently furthered our happiness, and when I say we, of course I’m talking about my wife and I.

And I remember back in the day when we were trying to grow these two businesses a lot and really quickly, whenever we set these goals and we met them, we were really happy. But the happiness only lasted for a couple days and then we forgot about it, and then we were back at the grind. And here’s the thing about growing really quickly also.

Growing any business quickly can be super stressful. Every new product launch, every new sales channel that you want to add, it just adds to the stress. And especially over the holiday season when the customers are coming in, I always pitch in and answer phone calls, and there’s always a mad rush to orders, and it’s not comfortable. I mean the money is good, but it’s just not a comfortable situation.

So these days, my wife and I, we shoot for steady manageable growth instead of putting our foot down on the gas, because the added stress and the extra money is simply not worth it. And don’t get me wrong, it’s not because we don’t like growth, but the fact that the additional money doesn’t add to our happiness leads us to question why we continue to try to really grow our businesses. And that’s why we’ve kind of dialed it back a little bit and are shooting for steady manageable growth instead of trying to spike growth which is very uncomfortable.

And this all goes back to this long term vision that we have. Instead of setting monetary goals or business goals, our long term vision and our goal with our business is actually to spend more time with family and reduce stress. And all of our actions, all of our decisions relating to our business revolve around this goal. And in fact, my main struggle because I’m a very motivated person in general, my main struggle is actually keeping my ego in check regarding growth.

I see some of my colleagues and some of my peers who are just killing it online and making lots of money, but they aren’t happy in their either their family life or their social life. All right so instead of setting goals, what you want to do is you want to have an overall vision for your lifestyle and work to make your business fit your lifestyle, because at the end of the day your goal is to be happy.

All right lesson number two. This is something I learned in 2017, there is much more to happiness then being financially free. I remember when I first quit my job back in October 2016, I felt like I had made it. I didn’t really have to worry about money anymore, and I had time to spend with family. And so I thought that things would be all good. I thought that things would be perfect from here on, that I’ll just be happy. But it turns out this last year was challenging for me because I wasn’t really mentally stimulated.

So when it comes to happiness, I like to break it down into five basic areas wealth, mental stimulation, family, social stimulation, and physical fitness. And if I were to rate these categories with my life today, in terms of wealth I’m doing pretty well, like we don’t spend that much money so we actually don’t need to make that much of it.

But both of our businesses bring in more than enough money to provide for the kids. We already have their college education kind of set aside, and we can pretty much do whatever we want to do. We already have our house, and as I mentioned before we don’t really spend that much money, so we’re pretty good in the wealth department. But what I discovered this past year was in terms of mental stimulation, that’s kind of been lacking for me.

As I mentioned before in my last job designing microprocessors, that took a lot of brainpower to kind of come up and solve these complex technical problems. And even though I’m still working on my blog, teaching my class, and trying to grow Bumblebee Linens, it hasn’t been the same level of mental stimulation. And so that is definitely a department that is lacking for me right now, and it’s something that I’m looking to improve in 2018.

Now the third factor is family. And in terms of my family life I think it’s pretty great. I never miss any of my kids’ activities, I’m there chauffer them around. I’m there to teach them basketball; I’m actually going to be an assistant coach this following season for their basketball team. So in terms of family, everything is great.

Social stimulation is another thing that contributes to my happiness, and that part has been lacking as well. And so now that I don’t have to physically go into any office, I basically work from home. And that’s actually been pretty tough for me, because I don’t get a chance to talk to anyone. And so that is definitely something that I want to improve in 2018.

I know I talked about going to a co-working space in the past, but the Asianness in me refuses to spend money on a space that isn’t really necessary, because I actually have the entire house to myself. But what I do plan on doing is probably doing a little bit more volunteering perhaps in 2018.

And the final factor that contributes to happiness is physical fitness. Now I didn’t think that this was a big deal, but when I tore my Achilles tendon and I couldn’t work out or do anything, it actually made me a little bit depressed. And I discovered it’s mainly because whenever I’m stressed out or whenever I have something on my mind, I usually go running or I play sports. And the fact that I couldn’t do that anymore kind of led to this decline in my physical fitness, which eventually made me a little depressed because I wasn’t able to go outside and actually do stuff.

And so once again you know now once I become healed which is hopefully going to happen in another two or three months I would say, I’m going to work on my physical fitness for 2018. So there you have it. When it comes to business happiness, it’s more than just about wealth. Instead of blindly going after growth, you’ve got to take into account the other factors in your life like mental stimulation, are you challenging yourself, is your family and love life adequate, are you getting enough social stimulation and is your body in shape?

Find the areas that are lacking and work on those instead of blindly pursuing wealth or trying to put the pedal to the metal with your business. All right, lesson number three that I learned, routines are important. I’m going to talk about my Achilles tendon again, but when I tore that thing, I was kind of lost for two months mainly because it threw me off my schedule.

As I mentioned before prior to my injury, I was probably in the best shape that I’ve been since college, because I was working out at set times during the week, and I never missed a workout. And similarly I was actually working on my businesses on a very strict schedule as well. So for example every Sunday I write a post at Starbucks for four hours. Every Thursday I work on Bumblebee Linens. Every Wednesday I run office hours for my class.

Here’s the thing, when I got injured it actually disrupted my routine, and when that happened everything went to crap. I stopped writing, I stopped working on our store, I stopped working on the blog. And what I tried to do is I tried to find random bits of time here and there to work on my businesses, but in the end nothing really got done because it wasn’t on my schedule. And it was only after I adjusted my schedule to kind of fit some of these pieces back in even though I couldn’t walk or move, did everything kind of fall back in place.

And so if you want to make forward progress with your business, always set aside blocks of time specifically in your calendar to work on these specific things in your life otherwise you will never make progress. Because when it comes time to making progress in business in life, consistency is the key. It’s not necessarily how fast you do something, but how often you do something, how consistently you are able to do something.

All right so here’s lesson number four. If you’re not sure what to do right now, if you’re not sure what business that you want to pursue, then just focus on making others happy. Now as I’ve mentioned before, I’m kind of in limbo right now. I’ve got lots of free time. A couple months ago I actually even considered getting another full time job. But in the meantime as I’m trying to figure things out, I’ve actually focused all my efforts on helping others, so helping students, helping readers, helping listeners with their businesses, and it’s actually made me very happy.

Now I’ve got a bunch of students in my class making six figures now, and I’ve even got a handful of students making millions of dollars per year. And in fact one particular student just wrote a book about her million dollar multimillion dollar journey, and I’m actually really excited to help her promote it. So I’ll probably bring the student back on the podcast to talk about it. But I don’t have everything figured out yet, but helping others and seeing them make progress has actually made me very happy in the interim.

Now based on my emails, I know many of you out there are kind of not sure what business you want to pursue, or what product that you want to sell. And here’s my advice to you, if you’re not sure what to do, or if you actually lack the money to go start a business, just go out and help someone. We are all experts or we’re all good enough at something to teach others something. So what you want to do is you want to document it, write a blog, put out a podcast, create some videos.

Putting yourself out there and building an audience will actually lead to other business opportunities going forward. I remember back when I started mywifequitherjob.com back in 2009, all I did was I started writing about my experiences running my online store Bumblebee linens. And it started out slow, but over time people started to find me. And they started to read about my experiences, and all of a sudden these people they wanted to start their own store because they wanted to spend more time with their kids and family.

And so I started building an audience, and even though I didn’t make any money for the first three years, people started asking me for a class. And after a while I started getting traffic as well, which I would use to promote affiliate offers. I was getting paid for advertising. And then I started my class, and that’s actually when all the money started rolling in.

I didn’t really have a master plan, but I just started documenting everything. And when it came time to monetize everything, I had this audience that I could sell to. Okay and so if you’re not sure what to do right now, just start documenting anything that you’re an expert at or anything that you’re good at and start building an audience now.

All right lesson number five which is something that really hit home for me after I got injured, you need to appreciate what you have in order to be happy. Now prior to my injury I was often jealous of a lot of my Stanford classmates, and every single year I attend this retreat with my other classmates in this entrepreneurship program that I was a part of at Stanford. It’s called the Mayfield Fellows program. And it’s basically a program of entrepreneurs.

And every time I go, I feel inferior because many of my classmates in this program have actually gone on to start eight and nine figure companies. And just as an example Kevin Systrom of Instagram was actually part of this program. Meanwhile I am hawking handkerchiefs and I’m teaching a class, certainly not a glamorous business that requires VC funding that will result in a nine figure exit.

So I always felt a little bit inferior kind of going to this conference. But the fact that I got injured and I couldn’t actually do any work or go to work has really kind of taught me to appreciate all the lifestyle businesses that I’ve started. Because I’m my own boss, I can actually afford to be injured for months and not have to go to work. I can spend as much time with the kids that I want. I don’t have any obligations whatsoever, and I have the flexibility to earn money from anywhere.

And so this injury has taught me to just be thankful of the businesses that I’ve created, and not to be jealous. Well it’s impossible not to be jealous completely of some my peers who are doing really well, but it’s been really good. And whenever I compare myself to someone else, that’s when I tend to get depressed. And so it’s still work in progress, but I’m trying less and less to be jealous of others and appreciate what I really have today.

All right let’s number six is to focus, focus, focus. Now since I had a lot more free time this year, I had my hand actually in a lot of different cookie jars. One I had this SaaS business I was trying to start, I haven’t told you guys about this yet because it didn’t go anywhere. I had another project in the influencer space that I wanted to start. Meanwhile there is also this pet coding project that I was doing in my free time as well.

And the end result, nothing got done. I fell into the trap of trying to do too many things at once. And in fact I see this quite often with the students in my class. They try to sell on Amazon, they try this on their own site, they try to learn AdWords, they try to run Facebook ads, they try to build their Instagram following all at once. And when you try to do too many things at once, it just doesn’t work. You don’t end up making progress on anything.

So in order to make progress, you’ve got to focus your efforts on one thing and do it well. And that is definitely going to be something that I’m going to be trying to do for 2018, focus less on trying to have my head a whole bunch of different things and focus on doing what I do best and doing it well.

Lesson number seven, work with people who will challenge or inspire you to do better. Now here’s something you probably didn’t know about me. I used to actually be against working with other people, because I tend not to trust other people to do as good of a job as I can. And I actually love being like a one man show. But over the years I’ve come to realize the importance of having a partner.

So for example Bumblebee Linens would never have happened if I did not work with my wife. And my conference the Sellers Summit would never have happened without Toni Andersen. And I’ve actually learned over the years that working on business projects is so much more fun and fulfilling when you partner up with somebody who will challenge you, or inspire you to do better. So going forward I will look for people that I really want to work with because that tends to make whatever project that you’re working on more fun and not actually feel like work.

Lesson number eight, treat your customers like royalty. Now I’ve actually always known that word of mouth is important to any business, but I actually didn’t fully realize it until this past year. Now a good portion of our business at Bumblebee Linens is B to B. So we get hotels, we get event planners; we get bed and breakfasts and even small airlines buying our products.

And in this past year we actually got a bunch of new B to B customers without actually doing a single thing. Usually the way it works we either cold call or we reach out to people who have purchased in large quantities, and see if they want to purchase more. But this recent crop of B to B customers just happened just out of the blue without us doing anything. And what was funny about this was that they were all in the fashion space, and they all had retail stores.

And it turns out that the fashion community is very small, and one of our best customers kind of switched companies and started spreading the word about our linens. And all of a sudden this past year more retail fashion shops started buying from us because of this one customer. And when you think of word of mouth, here are just some interesting statistics courtesy of the Research Institute of America for the White House Office of Consumer Affairs.

The average business actually does not hear from 96% of their unhappy clients, and each and every dissatisfied customer will on average tell nine other people. And if we put these statistics in perspective with a couple of numbers, every customer complaint that you receive means that you really have 24 other dissatisfied customers, and these 24 customers will go on to tell a combined 216 people about their negative experience with your business.

But if you address these customers who are complaining, up to 70% want to do business with your business again if the complaint is resolved, and up to 95% will do business if the problem is resolved quickly. Now instead of focusing on complaints, the same is true if a customer is really, really happy with your business. If a customer is really happy, they will tell their friends and the effect will be amplified in the opposite direction and they’ll tell other people about your business, and you’ll get additional business based on this.

Moral the story, don’t piss any of your customers off because they can do a lot of damage with negative word of mouth. And on the flip side, try to go out of your way to make customers happy, because they will actually spread the positive word about your business and get you more customers exponentially.

And my final lesson for 2017 is to take action. Now I know a lot of you guys who are listening to this podcast are on the sidelines and you want to start your own business, but you just haven’t had the courage to pull the trigger. And so I want to tell you a story about how I launched my Create a Profitable Online Store course. And I remember back in the day, a whole bunch of people were asking for a course, and it was always on my to do list, but I could never pull the trigger.

And finally what I ended up doing is I ended up launching the class. I gave a webinar and I just launched the class without any material at all. And I said, hey if you guys are willing to pay me some money, I promise you that I will put out content on a regular basis and put out a good class. And I ended up selling 35 courses and made about ten grand. And as soon as I collected that money, all of a sudden I was like, oh crap. That actually forced me to go out and produce the course that I just pre-sold.

Incidentally this course has made millions of dollars for me over the years. And to think back, if I never did that pre-launch webinar, I’d be missing out on millions of dollars today. And so if you guys are having problems taking action, put yourself out there, make some sort of commitment to yourself and just get something out there, because if you don’t take action and get started nothing is ever going to happen.

All right, and so those are some of the lessons that I personally learned in 2017. And looking back on this podcast now and just kind of listening to what I just said, it seems like injuring my Achilles tendon had a large part in a lot of the lessons that I learned mainly I think because it made me appreciate what I had, and it made me just kind of reflect on everything that just kind of happened this past year and what makes me happy. In any case I hope you enjoyed this episode. I will probably do more of these solo episodes going forward in the coming year. And here’s to a great 2018.

Hope you enjoyed that episode. As I mentioned before, 2017 was actually a very challenging year for me, mainly because I briefly lost sight of what makes me happy in life, and I hope that you don’t make the same mistakes that I did. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode 190.

And once again I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for ecommerce merchants, and you can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on auto pilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O, once again that’s mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.

I also want to thank Privy.com for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use to turn visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture, exit intent, and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it’s so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop ups for any primer that is closely tied to your e-commerce store. If you want to give it a try, it is free. So head on over to Privy.com/Steve, once again that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/Steve.

Now, I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you’re interested in starting your own ecommerce store, head on over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six-day mini course. Just type in your email, and I’ll send you the course right away, thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

189: How My Student Chelsea Makes 6 Figures Selling Hot Cold Therapy Products Online

How My Student Chelsea Makes 6 Figures Selling Hot Cold Therapy Products Online

Today I’m really happy to have Chelsea Frank on the show. Chelsea is a student in my Create A Profitable Online Store Course.

She joined over a year ago and she’s been doing really well with her business LifeAndLimbGel.com.

Chelsea sells hot and cold therapy products on both her online store and Amazon. But these are no ordinary hot/cold packs. They are designed to contour to your body for a perfect fit. In fact, Chelsea sent me a sample long ago when I hurt my knee and the quality of her product instantly resonated with me.

Anyway, today we’re going to dig deep and find out how Chelsea came up with her design and how she managed to get the word out about her therapy products.

Want To Learn How To Start A 6 Figure Ecommerce Store?

Create  A Profitable Online StoreDid you enjoy listening to Jen’s story? If you would like to create your own profitable online store and join a community of like minded entrepreneurs, then sign up for my full blown course on how to create a profitable online store.

My course offers over 100+ hours of video and includes live office hours where you can ask me questions directly.

If you want to learn everything there is to know about ecommerce, be sure to check it out!

What You’ll Learn

  • How Chelsea came up with her niche
  • Her motivation for starting her business
  • How her company had the gall to lay her off and still have her develop products for them
  • How she sources her products
  • How she markets her site

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.
Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrapped business owners, and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not in business. Today I have an extra special guest from my Create a Profitable Online Store of course. Chelsea is a student in my class who is doing really well selling hot and cold therapy packs.

Now what’s funny about these student interviews is that I bring them on the podcast without any knowledge of their situation, and there’s pretty much zero preparation whatsoever. Anyways, when I interviewed Chelsea I was surprised to hear that she was down to her last one $100 in her bank account, and that she needed to start her business just to bring food on the table. Enjoy the interview.

Before we begin, I want to give a quick shout out to Klaviyo who is a sponsor of the show. Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they are my email marketing platform that I personally use for my store, and I depend on them for over 20% of my revenues. Now, Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for ecommerce stores, and here is why it is so powerful.

Klaviyo can track every single customer who has shopped in your store and exactly what they bought, and that makes it extremely powerful. So let’s say I want to send an email out to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week, easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special auto-responder sequence to my customers depending on what they purchased, piece of cake, and there is full revenue tracking on every single email.

Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used and you can try them for free at mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O, once again that’s mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.

I also want to give a shout out to Privy who is also a sponsor of the show. Privy is the tool that I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store. Now Privy is an email list growth platform, and they manage all of my email capture forms, and in fact I use Privy hand in hand with my email marketing provider.

There is a bunch of companies out there that will manage your email capture forms, but I actually like Privy because once again they specialize in e-commerce. Right now I’m using Privy to display a cool wheel of fortune pop up. Basically a user gives their email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store. And customers love the gamification aspect of this. And when I implemented this form using Privy, email sign ups increased by 131%.

So bottom line Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers, which I then feed to my email provider to close the sale. So head on over to Privy.com/Steve, and you could try the tool for free. And if you decide you need the more advanced features, use coupon code MWQHJ For 15% off. Once again that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/Steve, now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here is your host Steve Chu.

Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast. Today I’m really happy to have Chelsea Frank on the show. Now Chelsea is actually a student in my Create a Profitable Online Store course. She joined over a year ago, and she’s been doing really well with her business lifeandlimbgel.com. Now she sells hot and cold therapy products on both her online store and Amazon as well as a few retail stores, but these are no ordinary hot cold packs. They are designed to contour to your body for a perfect fit.

And in fact Chelsea sent me a sample long ago when I hurt my knee, and the quality of her product instantly resonated with me. Anyway today we’re going to dig deep and find out how Chelsea came up with her design, and how she managed to get the word out about her therapy products. And with that, welcome to show Chelsea, how are you today?

Chelsea: Hi great, I’m doing great, thank you so much for having me on.

Steve: Yeah Chelsea, it’s actually been — I just checked, it’s been almost two years at this point, and I’ve always been curious how did you come up with the niche for your online store and your product?

Chelsea: Well, it’s actually a funny story. I had a background creating artificial arms and legs and prosthetics and orthotics. And when I was working during my residency, I kind of stumbled upon inventing this shoulder orthosis. And I was kind of upset about having to do it, because it took away from my real job. But all of a sudden I was really proud of myself for creating something that was making the company like hundreds of thousands of dollars, and really helping our patients.

And so I kind of decided, wow this is really cool, I like to make things and come up with all these fabrics and meet all these different people and different areas of like plastic molding and all that stuff. And so six months later I lost my job. And so it was kind of a blow. They wanted me to keep making that product for them, but I knew it wasn’t going to last. And so I just kind of said, you know what, this is my opportunity to kind of take this to the next level and see what I could do.

And I had invented a — they wanted me to invent a better shoulder ice pack that went inside of the ice wrap that I was creating.

Steve: So they laid you off and then they wanted you to invent a product for them?

Chelsea: Of course yes, after me making hundreds of thousands of dollars for them. Yeah that was kind of the way it goes. So kind of stinks, but at first I said no, but then I started looking into the profit margins of hot cold therapy packs, and they were huge. And I thought who makes these things? They’re usually made overseas, they’re made a lot of times with nontoxic or toxic or subpar ingredients that you really wouldn’t want your children to be around them if they get punctured.

And so I just kind of thought, this is my one chance. I got laid off, my husband at that time had moved our family, and we were living in poverty literally.

Steve: My goodness, okay.

Chelsea: So yeah, so and I had my second baby on the way. So we went to the tribe, my husband is a tribal member and borrowed money with $100 in the bank. So we shared our idea, pitched it to them, they loved it and they really kind of took us under their wing and helped us get in a position to where we could do this product.

Steve: May I ask how much money you started with?

Chelsea: So my grandpa had given me like $4,000, and it just wasn’t really going to be enough to scale it. I had some different plans with different materials and they weren’t working out. And so we only borrowed $7,000, but we had like $100 in our name. That was literally all that we have in the bank. That was pretty much it.

Steve: Let’s talk about your product because the listeners aren’t really familiar with it, and can you just give a little bit more detail of what your product is, how you get it made, and how you get a…

Chelsea: Yeah so the original product that I had created was a shoulder orthosis, and the shoulder is — it’s kind of pokey out and it’s hard to ice. A lot of times when people have a surgery, they’re compromising their other shoulder trying to hold the ice pack on, and it’s just – these body parts are all made differently, not really universal. And gel packs are just kind of a big chunky block that you hold in place.

So I thought, well why not create these just like an orthosis and just like a wrap that’s custom designed for each part. So what I started with was the shoulder, and it’s a little pou — little pouches that slide the gel pack in with specialized strapping that straps the pack in place and really contours to the body. The gel is flexible when it’s frozen, it allows a little bit of conforming and it’s also a little bit rigid so it’s not going to just lose out all around.

And the specialized inner fabric is laminated to a thin four way stretch plastic, so it keeps the skin from getting too cold or too hot, and allows the penetrating cold and hot therapy to just really reach those muscles at the right temperature without any thermal damage, and prevents that leaky watery mess that you get from most standard gel packs.

Steve: So here’s the thing, Chelsea when I received your product it was very high quality, and you mention that most of these things are made in China. Do you actually make all the stuff yourself, do you make it overseas or?

Chelsea: Yes, so I originally started out making every single thing by hand, and there’s about 22 components that go into each of our wraps. We have about five or six different wraps. And now I have four employees who make all the products. I don’t really do a whole lot of the selling or anything right now, but they’re still all handmade here in the USA. And we’re pretty proud of that, it’s really hard to compete against the margin, the other place. But I thought if we can do this and if we have great margins set up, it’s only going to get better as time goes on and as our abilities to purchase larger quantities.

Steve: Do you have a sewing background?

Chelsea: Not really. I mean I saw here and there, but in doing prosthetics and orthotics, you work with industrial equipment and industrial sewing machines. And so they were just — yes a little bit.

Steve: And how did you source all the materials, and how did you get started with this? It seems pretty complicated to me actually.

Chelsea: It is. I am a very good Google searcher I guess. I don’t know how else to say it. I spent hours trying to find the exact fabrics which are all taken off of materials that we had received from China, and just trying to figure out what is this, how can I make it better?

Steve: So the materials you source from China, sorry?

Chelsea: No I don’t, I get all the materials here except with this strapping is one thing that just making it here in the US, the price is just not quite good enough for me to buy. So I buy from US suppliers, but they are from China.

Steve: Got it, got it.

Chelsea: So there’s a couple of parts, but yeah, so just figuring out what works and talking to people like I know what I’m doing. There is a little bit of faking it.

Steve: How many suppliers do you work with?

Chelsea: Well let’s see, if there’s 22 parts, probably about ten to 15.

Steve: Ten suppliers, wow okay.

Chelsea: So yeah it’s a lot of — the labels come from different company, and it’s just like everybody is just kind of like a one niche thing. They do one thing really good and so they can’t supply me with everything.

Steve: And in terms of the assembly, is that done at your own factory?

Chelsea: Now my employees — it used to be — I mean literally these are made in-house meaning in my house.

Steve: Oh my goodness.

Chelsea: Yeah, so we all come together about one day a week and work making these products all together, and during the rest of the week they’re kind of in their own houses with their own set up.

Steve: Okay interesting.

Chelsea: So they’ve have my equipment at their houses, and then they kind of work during their free time and kids are at school.

Steve: Wow okay, so my immediate reaction is you should be charging a lot more for these products. I mean I thought it was a bargain based on what you’re charging on your site.

Chelsea: And we should, but we’re not — a lot of the things we’re still even if we’ve been around for five years, we’re still in the beginning stages. Yeah it would be nice and we definitely should, people will pay more for them, but we are moms, we all started out not making very much money. And so we really like to cater to everybody, we want everybody to have one of these if they have a surgery. And it’s so much more affordable, and it really helps with reducing pain and swelling after surgery.

Steve: So when you were designing these for that company that you used to work for, you obviously got to own the brand right, you were selling your products to them.

Chelsea: Oh yes, so I didn’t — I gave them a product that was not labeled with my brand, and I created my brand after, so yes.

Steve: You had full rights to everything, right?

Chelsea: Yup.

Steve: Okay, and so did you do any like validation before you invested that money?

Chelsea: Yeah, well it’s funny because I would look at the other competing products and I would really want to like touch them and feel them. And I was just like I can’t even justify buying these things for $80 a piece. I didn’t have that much money to even start out with. So I thought, well I just kind of went for it. I thought the margins are there, I know that there are better. I had experienced a lot of the products before in my workplace, and I just thought mine are going to be ten times better. I don’t have to touch them and feel them and look at the research.

So one of the things I kind of did wrong or I kind of had the field of dreams vision, like if I build it, they will come. But like especially with my website, I just thought, hey, if I put this out there and it’s the best, then people will just come, and that’s not really the case. People don’t know about you, it takes a long time to spread that word, but I just kind of was naive and just went for it, which to this day I don’t regret, but that was just who I was.

Steve: So what platform did you ultimately launch from? Was it your site, was it Amazon?

Chelsea: Yes, so we started just making a website before I even had the products finished, just because I thought, hey, this is fun, it’s something I can figure out before. And so we just started selling on eBay, and yeah and we didn’t know about Amazon at that time. And within like the first month I think we sold like $700 or something like that.

And so I was like, hey, this is working like people are finding these things and leaving me great feedback already. And it just kind of was surprising how fast it started, and then before I knew I was making $3,000 a month on eBay, and realized that that was probably a lot more than my website. So just realizing that it was going to work and I could keep that pace by myself, and just kind of started slowly scaling.

Steve: Okay and I remember doing your site critique actually. You had all this great site, you had an incredible value proposition, and it was just a matter rearranging things.

Chelsea: Yes and I realize now looking back how it’s hard to know how to market or like what’s so special about your products when that’s not my background. My background was in creating things, and that was great to get an outside perspective and just be able to say, oh my gosh, how could I not put those things right out there on the front page?

Steve: Let’s talk a little bit about how you got a retail presence. So I know you’re in a bunch of Mom and Pop pharmacies. How did you approach that?

Chelsea: So yeah we have been asked by many people that they want to carry our product. It’s a good product, it has great margins, it’s set up…

Chelsea: How did these people find you?

Chelsea: Well just having personal experience with the products, like a little martial art studio in Texas, hey, we see that you sell these. We were friends in high school…

Steve: Interesting.

Chelsea: They’re great, but then actually doing that, at that time we were shipping these products with a card about our personal story, a card about the rest of our products, kind of like with a little coupon, a card saying — or a piece of paper explaining the regular directions. And then the one that was unique to the products. So it’s four different little pieces of paper, all folded up, put inside of a bag, and then put a sticker over. So, that that was our packaging at that time.

And so it wasn’t really feasible for us to say yes, we realized if we were going to go retail, we need the packaging to say it all for us so that we don’t have to be buying these little postcards, and buying this piece of paper and folding in stickers. So that was a big struggle for us was the packaging. It needs to look great on a shelf, it needs to have the unique value proposition just right on there, it needs to stand out. And so it took us like two years to get to the point. Yeah I mean staring at a blank box is pretty daunting.

Steve: I don’t remember if it shipped in a box actually, when you shipped it to me, I don’t think it came a box actually.

Chelsea: No it didn’t, yeah it was a bag, yeah because this is new. This retail packaging just reached us in May. So yeah so we have literally like 40,000 pounds of boxes sitting in our garage now, which is really exciting because with the costs of how many I needed to buy and things like that, I just…

Steve: This is one thing that’s not done in the US, right?

Chelsea: Yes, so are our boxes are made in the USA, printed in the USA, but yeah that packaging, and then having to come up with the funds for it.

Steve: I’m just really curious since we’re talking about a product, like did you design the pattern and everything yourself?

Chelsea: Yes, so everything is me, and I’m not saying that like I’m bragging because some of it is probably really lousy. Like the logo is me, the website is me. It’s just kind of one thing at a time. So yeah all the patterns on the products, yeah everything is completely unique.

Steve: I’m just curious, did you ever get any quotes from like factories in overseas at all?

Chelsea: No because at that time just for example like I have my long wrap here, and it sells for $31 online, and it goes on the back, the head, and the knee, the ankle. It’s very universal, great product, but from start to finish the pieces that go into it are like $4, and this is the highest quality fabric. Now that we are very pretty efficient, we’re still sewing the labels on by hand, which that takes quite a while, but we can whip out a 100 of these things in a couple hours.

So just for us they are so heavy that shipping wise, we never went that route. We looked at alternative products and what they were costing, and we thought, we can do this pretty close and we know it’s going to be right every time.

Steve: Okay and then in terms of just the made in USA is probably a big factor also, right?

Chelsea: Yeah definitely although you know local wise I get a lot of negativity I guess you can say when I’m trying to sell this and promote it locally. They’re always, oh that’s so cute, you’re a little mommy that sits in her house and makes things. They will compare me to like, oh my friend makes candles, so that’s really cool that you make hot bags. But people don’t realize that it’s — well we are shipping these all over the world, and we have quite a following on. So I get a lot better reception when I’m dealing with the professional market.

Steve: So you sell to these small pharmacies, how has that been for you?

Chelsea: Good, so we’ve already — getting repeat orders and within a month is definitely showing that it’s working. We wanted to start there first to make sure that we’re not getting customer returns, make sure that seeing what’s selling. And so that’s been a great avenue for us so far. We are just in a few little ones and getting repeat orders and having them sell out of things is like, wow, this is this is exciting, this is happening. So makes us kind of say, okay this is working, and now we need to just be more aggressive and go further.

Steve: So what has been working, like if you were to rank, I guess is retail something that you plan on expanding more into?

Chelsea: Yes definitely, so just because our products are so inexpensive, it’s a lot of work for us even if we have ten orders to do ourselves and fulfill ourselves. It’s a lot of time for making $20 a time to ship out individual products. So we’re definitely focused on the big box retailers right now, and trying to be more aggressive in that area. Obviously I have a background in medical. I don’t think any other orthotics designs hot and cold therapy wraps. So it kind of sets us apart in that way. So we are hoping that — we got contacted by Albertson store.

Steve: Nice.

Chelsea: Yeah, so that’s very exciting for us. They reached out to us from rangeme.com which is kind of a wave to get your smaller products in the eyes of bigger box retail stores. But the problem is with the bigger stores, they only do their assessment and their viewing of new products like once a year. And so it’s just a long process for all these bigger places, but we’re definitely we have the margin set up, we’ve done orders of 8,000 gel packs at a time. So we definitely can just ramp production and scale.

Steve: Do you have all these equipment at your house; I’m just kind of curious?

Chelsea: Yes, so these are all made in-house like literally in my house.

Steve: For making gel packs too?

Chelsea: Yes, so it’s not as technical as you’d think, but we have all the equipment, it’s set up in my shop, and then my employees each have their own designated jobs. And throughout the week, they’ll do their parts at their own houses. So we have the lady that does the gel packs for us, she has all that equipment at my house and at her house. And so when she gets free time or puts in some hours, she probably works like 30 hours a week for me.

So she’ll get that set up and make a whole bunch of gel packs, bring them over here with box roll up and….

Steve: Do you have a very large house Chelsea, I’m just curious?

Chelsea: Well we lucked out, we were living in a 1,000 square foot house, and we had three kids and it was really crammed, and that was also my business headquarters. So we lucked out and two years ago we found a foreclosure house and it’s 3,500 square feet. And so yeah, now we’re set up. It was like God was planning this house for us because I don’t know what we would do if we were back in that 1,000 square foot house. We were having to buy, get storage units and work out of storage units, because it was kind of overflowing us.

Steve: I just want to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six-day mini course on how to get started in e-commerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell, all the way to getting your first sales online.

Now this course is free and can be obtained at mywifequitherjob.com/free. Just sign up right there on the front page via email, and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again that’s mywifequitherjob.com/free, now back to the show.

What’s worked the best for you in terms of marketing your business, is it the retail side, Amazon, eBay, your site?

Chelsea: Oh my gosh, well I’m terrible at marketing. Right now we don’t like pay very much for advertising or anything, so pretty much word of mouth is going to be hugest force. And we will get people ordering ten products at a time just from hearing about somebody. Or my doctor recommended this, and I’m like, cool, I’d like to meet the doctor, or obviously people are talking and sharing all over the United States.

And so that’s just been huge, and then we do a little bit of like pay per click advertising on Amazon just because it’s so available for me, and I have a lot of other areas I could be spending my time. And so that works really well. All of my products have great numbers, so I’d say just me just doing whatever Amazon recommends, and just me giving them money. My ACOS or whatever is like 10 to 15%.

So it works out really well because we have the margins there definitely. And so I just kind of feed them money, and it works out, it works out…

Steve: Okay, build your product and Amazon sends you money.

Chelsea: Yeah, I say more sales is good, and now we’re at the point because we — just getting this retail packaging in May, I thought, oh well then we’ll be ready. But unfortunately what happened in May was we switched our UPC numbers, and so I created new product listings and merged them. And unfortunately that started me over at zero.

Steve: Oh man, that’s terrible.

Chelsea: So it was a horrible, like it was devastating. We went from making…

Steve: Where do you rank now for switching up the UPCs?

Chelsea: What was what, I’m sorry?

Steve: Where is your rank now?

Chelsea: Because I lost like the numbers and the codes and it just started changing our product numbers and everything, making it more easier for stores. So looking back, I probably wouldn’t have done it, because I didn’t know that was going to happen. But just to have a print on the boxes and stuff like that is a little bit — but yeah, so when we started over at zero, so we went from making like $9,000 and $10,000 a month to like one.

So when I figured that out, it took me a while, and then of course we were closing out old inventory and sending them in new boxes. It’s just hard for when you’re still starting out to just; okay here is $40,000 worth of inventory to just sit there at your warehouse for now. So it’s taken us until about now to get things in stock.

Steve: Did you have to get it, take out any loans to kind of fan this inventory at all or?

Chelsea: We took — for the first $7,000 loan; we paid back within a few years. And then at that point we just decided, hey, this is working and I want to make a million dollars. I don’t want to just sit at home and make gel packs for myself. This is big enough to go into the retail store. So we took out the max loan that we could get our hands on, it was $20,000, and so that was what we did. And we wanted new custom bags with the gel packs, we wanted them to be — the bags to be made in the USA with our logo, and the heating and cooling directions printed on the bag.

And so we had budgeted for that as well as the retail packaging. And we asked them, can you please shoot for an under run, like this is maxing out our money. And they of course went over by thousands of bags, which we were under contract to buy. So that used up our entire loan, so then we were sitting there with a bunch of bags that we couldn’t sell in stores because we didn’t have the packaging, because we couldn’t afford both.

Steve: Interesting okay.

Chelsea: And so yeah, so then it took us until we got our tax return the next year, which was this year. So it was like a year of me saying, are you kidding me, because we were maxed out with our loan, having to pay it back and then not being able to ramp up like that, because we were fairly maxed out on Amazon, and on our website and eBay we could just — it was a little stressful with three employees and…

Steve: But you are back on truck now, right?

Chelsea: Yeah, yeah.

Steve: Wow that’s quite a story. I’m just curious, and so on the retail side, are you discounting by giving them wholesale prices on their order like 50%?

Chelsea: Yes, yes. So we have margins of 50% or a little maybe a little bit more, between like 45 and 60%. So and there’s definitely…

Chelsea: What are the terms that you’ve given them, like what’s the minimum order?

Chelsea: For a minimum order, we only have like 300 is the first minimum order, and then subsequent minimums are like $200. So that keeps it so that if they’re looking at the shelf and thinking, oh it’s getting a little bare, do I really want this or not, $200 is definitely doable.

Steve: Yeah that’s not much at all actually.

Chelsea: Yeah so and then if they — free shipping if it’s $400 to $500. So that allows us to keep, you know just make things work for us.

Steve: I’m just curious, do you check up on them every single month, or do they…

Chelsea: Oh I’m terrible. I’ve only — we just decided, oh this guy kind of seemed like he really wanted it, and so then I would call and say, oh you seemed interested in the product, oh within five minutes I’ve got a order coming through on my fax machine from them. So follow up really works. I just have to do it and just make sure, so yeah I have…

Steve: It seems like you’re very focused on product, right?

Chelsea: Yes, so and right now — at the beginning we thought, well, we should probably get somebody to sell these, and have somebody go to the doctor’s offices and sell these. And I’m like seven and a half months pregnant right now.

Steve: Oh my goodness.

Chelsea: And so it’s just not — it doesn’t have the right message to have me just walk into these places, oh this is our company, and feel free to order thousands of dollars because we’ll be able to fulfill. It just doesn’t have the right message. So we’re looking to have somebody kind of fill that role for us right now.

Steve: So let me ask you this Chelsea, I mean it sounds like you’ve underwent a lot of hardships with this business, is this something that you would repeat like if you had to start all over again, would you still start your business?

Chelsea: Oh yes, well for one thing I don’t think I could work for somebody else again. So I love doing my own thing, I love the creative aspects of, hey staring at a blank box, like it’s exciting to me to think, hey, I’m going to do it. And now I feel like, oh this has worked out, I would love to get it to a point and then maybe even start a new business. I mean now I know how to create a website, and to do all this stuff, it seems like I’m addicted, but…

Steve: Okay and you’re going to have four kids, right? So does it provide you with freedom?

Chelsea: Definitely, well and I mean and I’m not — some of my faults are definitely not just being super gung ho. I’m like you know I look at other companies, and they’re just really going, going, going, and I think you know what, that’s not always my goals, and that’s okay. So if it’s — this year if we’re just going to make a few thousand dollars, and I get to spend time with my kids and have another baby, then that’s fine, and I don’t think everybody has to just be like 900% all the time.

So I guess definitely given me freedom to do what I want. And then when those times come where I get the huge shipments of stuff, and then it can be go, go, go for a while. So it’s my own pace and my own thing, and so sometimes I’m putting in 40 hours a week, and other times I’m putting in 20 hours a week.

Steve: So I mean it sounds like you started your business for both the acceleration factor and the fact that it kind of allows you to free up your time so you can spend time doing what you want to be doing?

Chelsea: Yeah definitely yeah. I mean I created the first product myself for a business that didn’t appreciate it, and I thought, man, you just don’t — and then I lost my job, I thought this is crazy. I’m working so hard and no one’s appreciating me. And I thought, if I work so hard for me, how exciting would it be to be able to own all of it and to take it all the way. And I definitely think this product is going to be on major store shelves in the future.

Steve: I believe it too actually. I’m a firm believer in your product Chelsea.

Chelsea: Oh thank you.

Steve: I’m just curious though, so for some of the listeners who are out there who are wanting to start a business, like what — I mean it sounds — all the students that I’ve interviewed on the podcast, it sounds like you have experienced the greatest hardships. So from your perspective like what’s some advice that you would give the people listening who are kind of on the sidelines right now who might want to start something?

Chelsea: Well yeah, I mean we started this business not — we started out of a necessity because I needed to provide for my family, like literally I needed to provide food on the table. And so I was like I have to make this work, every month I have to have a profit or we don’t eat. And so it’s also, it was kind of exciting to do it like that. It gave me a lot of instead of focusing on, oh gosh, my husband is sick, we have kids, I lost my job. It was like, I am a business owner, it might not be a good business yet, but it’s going to be.

So I would say if you’re going to think about doing something, just know it’s going to be a lot of work. No one can do it for you, no one is the expert. You can go to people that know what it’s like, who am I supposed to go to if one of my materials fails or something like that? Nobody else knows this stuff. And so you just kind of either have to be confident about it and know, hey, I’m going to be able to make this work, or take a step back and re-evaluate.

Steve: I mean what would you say was your main struggle, and like what would you change if you had to start all over again?

Chelsea: Oh gosh so many things. Well I would just — it’s like you get tunnel vision sometimes thinking, like I had originally planned these products completely different. I was using a radio frequency machine to custom cut the plastic, and it was a special kind of plastic, and it was not working out, but I wouldn’t give up the idea. It was like, okay, I have put this much money into it, it is going to have to work.

And so it was hard for me to let go of the what wasn’t working. So it’s okay, it’s kind of like a tree with the leaves are going to fall off and die, and it’s okay to let them fall and focus on new leaves. So if I had it to do over again, I probably would just not be so focused on exactly how I want, maybe to take a step back and go, okay well, how am I going to do it now, or what if that wasn’t an option, and just you know focus on how to change it. If it’s not working, then it’s going to have to — you got to fix it fast.

Steve: Okay, well Chelsea where can people find your products, and if they have any questions for you, where can they find you?

Chelsea: Yeah, so I am at — my website is lifeandlimbgel.com. So that’s lifeandlimbgel.com. And we also sell on Amazon and eBay, and then we are in a few pharmacies, but they’re very local, we live in the Pacific Northwest. So hopefully we’ll be on the store shelves here, or maybe you’ll see me on TV soon.

Steve: We didn’t really talk about that, but maybe if that happens I’ll have you back on.

Chelsea: Yeah, so we have some things in the works right now to be featured on a television show similar to Shark Tank. We applied for Shark Tank last year and we made it to the second round which is really exciting, and then this year we got contacted by a different company with a Shark Tank like story. And so we decided not to pursue Shark Tank this year just because the other opportunity sounded so much more fun for me. And so we’ll see what happens with that, but if not, we can always reapply this year.

Steve: I can’t wait to hear about it.

Chelsea: Yeah.

Steve: All right Chelsea, I really appreciate you coming on the show, take care.

Chelsea: All right thank you so much.

Steve: Hope you enjoyed that episode. What I like about Chelsea is that no matter what hardships have been thrown at her. She’s persevered and created a profitable online business that she can be proud of, all of this with four kids as well which is pretty crazy. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode189.

And once again I want to thank Privy for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I use to turn visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture, exit intent, and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it’s so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop ups for basically any primer that is closely tied to your e-commerce store. If you want to give it a try, it is free. So head on over to Privy.com/Steve, once again that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/Steve.

I also want to thank Klaviyo which is my email marketing platform of choice for ecommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on auto pilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O, once again that’s mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.

Now, I talk about how I use all these tools on my blog, and if you’re interested in starting your own ecommerce store, head on over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six-day mini course. Just type in your email, and I’ll send you the course right away, thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

188: How To Run A 7 Figure Ecommerce Business As A Digital Nomad With Greg Mercer

How To Run A 7 Figure Ecommerce Business As A Digital Nomad With Greg Mercer

Today I’m happy to have Greg Mercer back on the show for the second time. If you’ve never heard of Greg, he’s the founder and owner of JungleScout.

In addition, Greg makes a killing selling on Amazon. Last time I interviewed him, he was doing 400K per month. Who knows how much he makes now? Anyway, I’ve known the guy for quite a while now and he’s spoken at my conference, Sellers Summit, multiple times.

One thing that always intrigues me about Greg is that he truly lives a nomadic lifestyle. Every time I chat with the guy, he’s in another country. Meanwhile while he’s traveling, he’s running multiple 7 or 8 figure businesses. So today, we’re going to figure out how he does it.

What You’ll Learn

  • How many skus Greg manages on the road
  • How to sell physical products without ever seeing them
  • Greg’s process for vetting and launching new products from anywhere
  • How Greg manages shipping disasters while traveling
  • Where Greg sends his products
  • What tools he uses to manage his inventory and team

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

Kabbage.com – If you run a physical products based business, sometimes you need a short term loan to buy inventory to meet demand, especially during the holiday season. Kabbage helps small business owners access simple and flexible funding right away. Click here and get a $50 Visa gift card upon signup.
kabbage

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.
Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrapped business owners, and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. Now today I’m thrilled to have Greg Mercer back on the show.

Now we all know Greg as the founder of Jungle Scout, but most people don’t know that Greg is actually a digital nomad. He runs a multi-million dollar e-commerce business as well as a multi-million dollar software company, while traveling the world with no home base. And today we’re going to find out how he does it.

But before we begin, I want to give a quick shout out to Privy who is a sponsor of the show. Now, Privy is the tool I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store. Now what does Privy do? Well, Privy is an email list growth platform, and they manage all of my email capture forms, and in fact I use Privy hand in hand with all of my email marketing providers.

Now there are a bunch of companies out there that will manage your email capture forms, but I like Privy because they specialize in e-commerce. Right now, I’m using Privy to display a cool wheel of fortune pop up. Basically a user gives their email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store. Customers love the gamification aspect of this, and when I implemented this form, email sign ups increased by 131%.

There are other cool things that you can do too also. For example let’s say you offer free shipping for orders over 100 bucks, well you can tell Privy to flush a pop up when the customer has $90 in their shopping cart to urge them to insert one more item. So bottom line, Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers, which I then feed to my email provider to close the sale. So head on over to Privy.com/Steve, and try it for free. And if you decide that you need some of the more advanced features, use coupon code MWQHJ For 15% off.

Now I also want to give a quick shout out to Klaviyo who is also a sponsor of the show. Now, I’m always blessed to have Klaviyo as a sponsor because they are the email marketing platform that I use for my e-commerce store, and I actually depend on them for over 20% of my revenues. And right now with the holidays, they are close to 30% of my revenues. Now, Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for ecommerce stores, and here is why it is so powerful.

Klaviyo can track every single customer who has shopped in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week, easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special auto-responder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and there is full revenue tracking on every single email.

Now Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform I’ve ever used, and you can actually try them for free at mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O, once again that’s mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle, so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here is your host, Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit her Job Podcast. Today I’m happy to have to have Greg Mercer back on the show. Never heard of Greg, he’s the founder and owner of Jungle Scout, and actually a bunch of other tools now including Fetcher, Splitly, Jump Send, and there maybe a couple other ones that I can even remember off the top of my head. In addition, Greg makes a killing selling on Amazon. I think last time I interviewed him; he was doing 400K per month. Who knows how much he makes now with his physical products.

But anyways, I’ve known the guy for quite a while now, and he’s actually spoken at my conference the Sellers Summit multiple times. And one thing that’s always intrigued me about Greg is that he truly lives a nomadic lifestyle. And in fact, every time I chat with the guy, he seems to be in a different country. And meanwhile, while he’s traveling, he’s sitting there running his multiple seven or eight figure businesses. So today I thought we would kind of dabble a little deeper, and figure out exactly how he does it. And with that, welcome to the show Greg, how are you doing today man?

Greg: Steve, I’m doing fantastic. I appreciate you having me back. It’s always a blast talking to you, and yeah this has been a fun topic. It is something I have never really talked about like on a podcast or live before, kind of like my nomadic lifestyle. I mean people kind of — some people know I’m a nomad, but like not really getting into the weeds of this topic. So this is going to be – it’s going to be a great episode.

Steve: Just curious, where are you are right now?

Greg: I am in Budapest in Hungary.

Steve: Budapest, Hungary. Last time I talked to you I think you were in Canada, right, or Vancouver. And then you were in Spain, the last time also, another time, crazy.

Greg: Yeah, I don’t remember, it’s something like that.

Steve: So do you actually have a home base?

Greg: I have no home Steve. I sold — at one point I had a home. This was like three years ago. I sold it, my wife and I we sold our house, all our stuff, our cars. So literally everything I own, all my material possessions fit inside a small backpack in a carry on rolling suitcase.

Steve: That’s crazy. So your wife is like that too?

Greg: Yeah, my wife’s like that too. I was a little bit scared when we got started with this lifestyle. So I don’t know if this is for her. She’s – or should I say pretty light.

Steve: This is recorded.

Greg: Lots of clothes and shoes and kind of things like that. So I was like, man I don’t know if she can really do this, but she loves it. She jumped right on, same thing she just carries our child with one carryon suitcase and stuff, and yeah she doesn’t want to quit.

Steve: Cool man. Well, I don’t know too many physical product nomads. I know a lot of digital product nomads. So you’re definitely the minority, and I kind of want to know how you manage to pull it off, actually especially with your physical products. So I know you’re still selling on Amazon, right?

Greg: Yes, exclusively on Amazon.

Steve: And how many skews actually do you actually have at this point?

Greg: I don’t have that many skews. I think it’s under 200, under 250 or so.

Steve: Okay, so that’s still a good number of skews, right?

Greg: Yeah, I mean it’s all relative.

Steve: Yeah, so how do you manage to sell so many skews, and still be travelling around all over the place, like what is your process — let’s say you want to launch a new product, like what is your process without a home base?

Greg: Yeah, good question. That’s one of the first of so great about like Amazon FBA, right? We’re shipping stuff to their warehouses. But I do have — I have like three people on my team that run my physical products company, so they can accept like samples. But to be completely honest with you, I’m actually most of the time not even getting samples anymore.

Steve: No way, okay.

Greg: Yeah like we have this one company in Hong Kong that will accept samples, and the nice thing about that is they can get on like the next day being shipped out from China. They just like with their cell phone just record like a quick video of it, of like three to five minutes of them putting it together like trying to like gauge quality and stuff. And then they throw it away, I don’t know what they do with it after that.

So we’ve really actually, we’ve gone down to like never touching anything anymore. So you like they send us little videos of the sample, we never touch inventory because I get shipped from the factory straight to Amazon’s distribution centers. We just dispose of returns.

So it’s very much like it’s hard for me to fathom. It’s like I wonder like how many boxes I have in like Amazon’s warehouse. So if I were to look at all of them, it’s like would it take up — like I have no idea how much space it would take up. I mean would be like it’s…

Steve: It’s probably like a whole warehouse, yeah.

Greg: Heinous yeah.

Steve: Because I know you do oversize products too, right?

Greg: Yeah, I do a lot of like big and oversized stuff now. So it probably would be like, I don’t know, a 2,000 square foot warehouse? I have no idea honestly.

Steve: So how did you hook up with these Hong Kong people?

Greg: It was a recommendation of a friend. They started off actually just as a kind of a sourcing agent for us. To be honest, they didn’t do that kind of a job and thus, so they don’t do that particular task force anymore. But like another kind of job that we just asked them if they’d be able to do would be like sample inspections and they said yes. So we’ve kept them on for that, and don’t really use them as a sourcing agent anymore.

Steve: Can you talk about the sample inspection process, like how do you convey to them what you’re looking for?

Greg: Yeah, a good question. We don’t necessarily actually convey what we’re looking for. They’re pretty good about just like any sample they receive. Let’s just pretend like they receive like a chair. They’re pretty good at like understanding like, okay this is a chair; these will probably the types of things that they’d be looking for. So they will try to assemble it, they will like note if they had any troubles like assembling it, or maybe like a screw didn’t line up right.

Then they will like sit on it and stand on it and kind of jump on it, maybe like drop it from a couple of feet in the air. They do this online video, and they’re pretty good about being like, look at this like this edge. This edge didn’t come out of the mold very well, there’s a little like piece of plastic on it, or they’re inspecting it like a fabric. They’re pretty good at being like this feels relatively thick to us, things like that. We don’t necessarily say like, these are the 20 bullet points that we want you to look for in the sample inspection.

Steve: Okay, so did you have to train these people, or is this like kind of what they do for a living?

Greg: This isn’t what they do for a living. It’s a pretty like — not sketchy but kind of like Mom and Pop operation. This wasn’t exactly like an official thing that they do. We just asked them. Like I said, they were sourcing agents; we asked them to do this. And yeah it’s just this one young lady, like I said, she’s records everything on her cell phone, and that’s it.

Steve: And so you had to establish trust with this person at some point, right?

Greg: Yeah absolutely.

Steve: Okay, and did they take on new clients like with the listeners?

Greg: I don’t think so. I don’t think they’re too interested in it. We only pay them I think like 30 bucks or something to do that. So I don’t think it’s a very good moneymaker for them. I don’t even think they have a website to be honest with you. I don’t even think I could send traffic somewhere if I wanted to.

Steve: How did you find them in the first place?

Greg: A recommendation of a friend.

Steve: Okay. So if I paid him like 50 bucks or 60 bucks and said, don’t take any more customers from Greg, that will be…

Greg: On top of the goal, just say real quick that that’s only like one part of it. I still I actually do quite a few inspections now during manufacturing process as well. So I’ll do one during the manufacturing process, I get a whole bunch of pictures and information from that, and then I’ll do a final inspection before I ship a container as well. So this sample inspection is only a small part of it, because like anyone can make one good sample anyways. That’s why I don’t really take sample inspections like really that seriously anymore. It’s more so like, okay what do you actually produce on the production line?

Steve: What do you use for your inspections at the factory?

Greg: Asia Inspection.

Steve: Asia Inspection okay.

Greg: I think what’s one of the other big ones? I think we started using this other one, V-Trust or something, is that one of the other big ones?

Steve: There’s a whole bunch of them, like there’s like [inaudible 00:10:59], KRT Inspect yeah. Asia Inspection I think is like pretty cheap and a lot of people use them.

Greg: Yeah they’re pretty inexpensive. Yeah I would recommend them for anyone listening to this. I don’t have anything bad to say about them, like the user interface on the website is also — I mean it’s like a little bit junky, but it’s fairly like convenient as far as like communicating through like messages, and they can also do all the other inspections. Like if you have like a baby product or you have whatever else like a lab testing, they can do all that as well, so yeah.

Steve: So when you were — before you guys, before you had these guys, you were doing your inspections I would imagine, right?

Greg: You mean like…

Steve: The sample inspections, sorry.

Greg: Yeah sample inspections I was doing myself. I mean I could still do that, like I could still mail like one of the people who work for me could still receive samples, or I could still like mail samples to wherever I’m living at in the world, right? I mean what’s the difference between mailing a sample to Budapest versus the States?

Steve: I guess so, I guess you just have to be familiar — or if it’s just a sample, I guess it’s not a problem.

Greg: Right, it ships to my Airbnb, leave it there, give them a little…

Steve: Okay, and then you get the inspections, and then you just send everything off to Amazon directly, right?

Greg: Yeah.

Steve: What about when bad things happen, like can you talk about like a crisis situation that you’ve dealt with like while you’re traveling and kind of how you handled it?

Greg: With bad products or just any type of crisis?

Steve: Just any type of crisis, because I’m thinking to myself like we can leave for extended periods with our store, but sometimes like things come up that we just have to handle, like sometimes we’ll have to go back and handle it, or it just seems like I wouldn’t feel comfortable being away like all year round and just leaving this company running by itself.

Greg: Yeah. I can’t really think of like — so of course we have bad things happen to our companies all the time, I mean it’s just like part of business. But I don’t know, maybe just because like I kind of had this mindset, I can’t really think of anything that would be like difficult, or that’s more difficult for me to handle since like traveling. I’ve never really been the type to want to like handle inventory anyway. I don’t want to unload containers like myself at any point anyway. So I mean I don’t know how that for sure would help, yeah I don’t know.

Steve: Do you use any tools to just help you manage all these things as they go, to manage all your physical products and just figure out what the heck is going on at any given time? Like 200 skews is still quite a bit, right?

Greg: Yeah, you’re talking about like inventory management?

Steve: Inventory management, just people management.

Greg: Yeah so I guess like as far as like how I communicate with my team, it’s like over Slack and Trello. Trello is like our project management tool. That’s where we like put in the things in there that need to be done. We manage like POs in there, and really everything is managed in there. You just kind of know like, hey Greg, we need you to pay this, or a question, or what do you think about this product or whatever.

As far as like our inventory management, we use Forecastly [ph] for that. It works really well. Actually it has — they released like PO management inside there recently too, we need to switchover, tried using that inside Trello. But that’s about it really as far as like managing inventory goes, because we don’t do any FBM, fulfilled by merchant or anything like that.

Steve: Okay, and then we were talking earlier about how you started focusing on like oversize products. Can you kind of talk a little about like what are some of the complicated things related to that? I guess it doesn’t really matter since you don’t touch anything, but just curious what your thoughts are.

Greg: Yeah there’s still outsource some tips for the listeners though, like for example you have to be really careful with your shipping charges when you’re shipping these like big products. I saw some things that only like 300 or 400 units will fit in a 40 foot container. So it’s like those like pretty big products, you have to be careful that you’re really mindful of all the shipping charges. So it’s not necessarily — I think everyone has a good understanding of getting a container from the US to like the West Coast or whatever.

But depending on what warehouses Amazon is shipping them to you have to be pretty – you can get kind of get screwed and get — if you’re shipping into LA, and then have to send like three DCs that are like pretty far away, accumulate like fairly substantial cost compared to if you’re sending the whole thing into Moreno Valley. But keep in mind for anyone listening that you can create the shipping plans like as far in advance as you want. I don’t know about any limit.

So we will create them pretty early on. And also keep in mind, a little hack for everyone is like if you get a crappy shipping plan, you can delete it, you know delete the whole shipping plan. I’m not talking about like an individual DC, but delete the whole shipping plan, and try again in a couple days and see if you get a better one. So that is kind of a little bit of a hack that we actually use. We will like you know for like a whole month we might try to create like ten different shipping plans until we get one that we think is probably like the best one that we will get.

Steve: Who do you use for your freight forwarding?

Greg: I use Flexport.

Steve: Flexport okay.

Greg: Yeah they’re pretty good. I don’t think their rates are the best, but they do have like a really good platform, it’s really convenient. Once you’re set up in there, it’s like it’s not worth saving a little money to go with someone else for me.

Steve: So what’s your process for like an oversize product? Obviously you’re not buying a full container right off the bat, right? Like how do you test it?

Greg: Like if only 400 or 500 units in a container then yeah we definitely buy a whole container. We actually — we pretty much actually exclusively now order quantities based off how many fit in a container, so either 20 foot or 40 foot container. So that’s kind of like one of the first question we ask, how many fit in 20 foot container, how many fit a 40 foot container and then order inventory in those multiples.

Steve: I see, even like that’s just like a test order, right? You just try one container?

Greg: Yeah.

Greg: Okay, and so what do you do with this stuff like especially the oversize stuff that doesn’t move at all?

Greg: I never really have this problem, like I have — well I mean like of course some stuff like sells better than others. But if stuff ever like not moving fast enough, we only really go after products that we think we can sell like quite a few like at least like 300 or 400 a month minimum, but usually we shouldn’t be surprised, we could be something like 800 or 1,000 a month. So if they’re not moving as fast as we want to, we’re pretty aggressive like with the giveaways, or like giving out coupons or spending more on PPC or lowering the price until it starts moving.

And pretty much like our plan is like we’re either going to be selling at least like 500 units a month of these things, or we’re going to break even or lose a little bit of money and never order it again. We don’t have any skews that only sell like 50 units a month or something like that. We just would not let that happen. We do, do like keep dropping the prices until it starts moving really fast.

Steve: Okay. Can you talk; can you be more specific about kind of like what your process is like for a launch then? So let’s say you’ve launched something, and within the first month like how many units would you expect to sell before you start doing anything? Or do you start with giveaways to begin with?

Greg: We start with giveaways. So the launch process would be, we put the price at — so let’s say our goal for this price is sell for 50 bucks when we first put it up there. We’ll put the price like $50, but we’ll be giving away coupons for like I don’t know, we usually sell like 75% off. I would do that for the first like probably like two weeks, maybe giveaway like five or ten coupons a day. And of course we use Jump Send; I’m a little biased because it is our product. I think it’s the best.

So we give away like five or ten coupons every day for like well say like two weeks, and then we kind of see where the product is at by then. Usually by the end of two weeks, we’ve gotten like a few reviews just from these people like buying at a discount, or you’ll probably get a few organic sales in there as well. At that point that’s usually when we turn on PPC. So like we kind of stop coupons at that point. We turn on PPC with a really aggressive bid. So we’re ranking like number one for off like our main terms, and we’ll also decrease the price.

I think I said the target price of 50 bucks. So we’ll decrease the price to maybe like $35, $40. So it’s like a really good deal and we’re super aggressive on PPC. And at that point it usually continues to sell well without any more coupons because they’re probably like all the sales are probably mostly the sales from PPC, it’s a really good price, it’s price well below any other competitors, so that sales velocity keeps up. We can usually do that for like two, three, four weeks.

At the end of that point we’re usually ranking well for our keywords and that’s when we just slowly start to climb the price back up to our target price, and at this point it’s been a couple months. We at least have 20, 30, 40 reviews by then, and then that’s it. So I mean we definitely lose money in the first month, second month, the goal is probably like to break even, and then I look at all these like a long term type game, right? So like month three maybe we only have like five or 10% margins. Hopefully by month four or by month five, we have 25, 30% margins.

Steve: I just want to take a moment to thank Kabbage for being a sponsor of the show. Now if you run a successful e-commerce business like I do, you probably know that the worst thing that can happen to you is to run out of stock. Now my wife and I regularly import container loads of merchandise from China, and sometimes you need a short term loan to buy enough inventory to meet demand especially during the holiday season.

Well, if you’re wondering how to get the funding needed to run a small business today, Kabbage has the answer. Kabbage helps small business owners access simple and flexible funding right away without the headaches that come with applying for a traditional loan. Apply online or from your phone by securely linking your business information to get an automatic decision. There’s no waiting in line, scanning documents, or tracking down financial statements.

Kabbage gives you the flexibility to decide what is best for your business, and once you’re approved you choose when to use your funds and how much to take. You’ll only pay for the funds that you actually use, and it’s a line of credit that can be used for your purchasing needs.

Kabbage has supported over 100,000 small businesses with over 3.5 billion dollars in funding. So visit Kabbage.com/wife. There is no cost to apply or to set up your line of credit. And as a My Wife Quit Her Job listener, when you qualify for funding, you will get a $50 visa gift card that you can use anywhere. Now that’s Kabbage with a K, K-A-B-B-A-G-E.com/wife. Once again that’s K-A-B-B-A-G-E.com/wife, now back to the show.

So in the beginning your PPC, like you don’t even care what the end cost is, you’re just trying to move units.

Greg: That’s exactly right, because the biggest thing in Amazon’s ranking algorithm for keywords as far as in my opinion at least is sales velocity. That’s what we’re going after is just sales velocity. So that’s why we don’t really — as I said earlier, it’s not like I’m like just so amazing at choosing these products. I said earlier like we don’t really have products that just don’t move, we’re just really aggressive until they start moving well.

Steve: So let me ask you this, given your strategy then, like could you just pick a pro — like it seems like you’re a little bit more haphazard probably isn’t the right word, but you’re probably willing to go into more competitive niches with this launch strategy?

Greg: Not necessarily. So like we have a pretty like set criteria when we’re looking for these products, we’re looking for something that has really good demand, but it’s the lower end of competition for that amount of demand. So we definitely take a very data driven approach to what products we launch.

And also say for anyone not kind of familiar with my Amazon strategy that I have no cohesive or like well put together product lines at all. Also a comb and a lamp and a chair and the bumper for your Ford and like whatever else, I have no like nice cohesive like brands. It’s all just totally random stuff; whatever the data tells me is going to do well.

Steve: Okay, and then, so can you just kind of quantify those guidelines for people who haven’t heard them before?

Greg: Yeah so of course I’m using Jungle Scout since I’m the founder of it, but this is — I’m looking for existing demand in a particular niche. So all like let’s say I’m going to sell — I’m not very creative. Right next to me is a stainless steel water bottle; we use that as an example. I’ll search for stainless steel water bottle, or maybe even just water bottle. And if I want to sell this product, I have to see that there’s existing strong demand across the niche.

So when I search that, I run Jungle Scout, I look at how much demand there is for those particular products, and I want like at least 2,000 but preferably like 3,000 or 4,000 units of demand total throughout the niche. That just lets me know that there’s that many people searching on Amazon for this type of product and purchasing it. So that’s like the validation I need to know that there’s strong demand in this particular niche.

And then the easiest way to gauge competition is the number of reviews. It’s not only the social proof that the number of reviews gives that tells you how competitive a niche is, but it’s also like the sales velocity and sales history of a particular listing which again in my opinion is a major ranking factor. So niches that have a lower amount of reviews or less competitive.

So I just look for like in the top two results. I like to see like three or four sellers with maybe like under 50 reviews, and to me that would be like a good indicator that it’s not very competitive. So those are like basic demand and competition metrics that I use.

Steve: Is that why you’ve kind of strayed to like oversize products, because it tends to be a lot less competitive in that area?

Greg: Yeah the oversize products are definitely less competitive right now. Also we are doing like some more high dollar stuff, and again is little bit less competitive there just because it’s a higher barrier of entry.

Steve: Okay and I’m just curious, like whenever I talk to you, it just seems so easy, you know what I’m saying? You’re like yeah, never had any problems with quality and what not.

Greg: I’ve definitely had quality problems.

Steve: Okay, how about this, so let’s talk about like a little bit of vendor negotiation here. So let’s say you go through your factory inspections, certainly you’ve had problems where like on the inspection line things haven’t gone so hot, right?

Greg: For sure.

Steve: So what is your next steps when that happens? Assuming you don’t even have a relationship really with this vendor yet.

Greg: Yeah, so it’s definitely going to case by case basis. And I’ll just say like when you talk about like quality problems, I feel like probably like 70% of our inspection reports like fail based off like Asia Inspection standards. So definitely like lots of quality problems, but it’s really — then it’s like, okay let’s look at the reasons it failed, and they have like different grading scores, like oh it can only have seven minor defects or two major, one critical, whatever they are.

So, this is why especially like on higher dollar orders, or like orders where I’m ordering a few containers at a time, I’m doing DUPRO inspections, during productions inspections. So I feel like early on, so maybe if they’re making me 1,000 units, this inspection is done when only like a 100 units are done — are completed.

And the reason that these work really well, I’m a big fan of these now, and if you’re listening to this and you’re placing like smaller orders like a couple of a thousand bucks, and what I’m talking about here doesn’t make sense. But when you’re ordering like a $30,000 order, or a $40,000 order, like these bigger orders, then it’s like 200 bucks for inspection is a no brainer.

But if you can get feedback after like the first 10% of units are done, then at that point it’s pretty easy to work with the factory, show them the inspection reports, like look, Asia Inspection said you failed this inspection, these are the reason. So like these threads don’t match up, this loose thread is supposed to be cut off, you’re leaving it hanging off or whatever. So at that point it’s like it’s fairly easy for them to fix those 10% of units and correct it afterwards.

And I have in my original agreement with them different scenarios about them failing inspections, and how we handle it. So like I can opt for like a discount, and this will be on the final inspection. So I can opt for like a discount, or they have to fix it, or like different scenarios like that. So because we already have that agreement in place, I feel like they’re pretty — they don’t want to give me like a 20% discount, right? They would rather – it’s easier to fix the 10% units and stop screwing up on it. So yeah, it’s kind of like my…

Steve: So basically you iron out these defects early on in the process. So where do you schedule your inspections, at what point in terms of the production?

Greg: Like 10% or 20% would be a good – it’s like my preferred one for like the DUPRO inspection. And then all these bigger orders, I always do a final inspection, and that’s when the goods are finished, about to be loaded into the container.

Steve: Okay, and then and then it’s just off to Amazon directly.

Greg: Yup, you’re right.

Steve: Okay, have you ever had any problems with people hijacking you, taking your buy box, like you reporting them and then like it’s like playing whack a mole, because like every other day someone is hijacking you?

Greg: Yeah of course like any Amazon seller who has a bunch of skews has this problem. But I feel like it’s not as like widespread as what like if you like in the Facebook groups would make you believe. I don’t know if I don’t have that problem as much because if you’re selling the silicon grill gloves in a plastic bag, it’s like very easy to like hijackers to say it’s the same product.

But if you look at like my Jungle Snogs [ph] on Amazon, it’s like a very like customized box and there’s like changes to it, and that’s like representative of a lot of my products that have like this a little bit like nice or like very customized box, so it’s probably changed the actual product. So I think I’m very like less susceptible to hijackers because it’s like, well yeah I don’t have whatever the stainless steel water bottle that’s really that tall and skinny with that logo printed on the side of it, right?

I do have people that like hop on my listings. I only have like one unit that probably you bought it with a discount, and then selling it, like something really bent out of shape of that, but it’s like whatever dude. It’s like one, they steal one sale from you, life goes on, I don’t lose any sleep or care about that. But I don’t have that many problems with people who like try to get on my listing with like 300 units in stock. Sure it’s happened to me like a handful of times, but it’s not a major issue by any means.

Steve: So you have 200 screws right now, do you kind of just let those coast, meaning like it’s too hard to do micromanaging on all those skews? So once you’ve done your launch and you have your PPC, and sales are coming in, do you just kind of let it ride at that point for the most part?

Greg: Yeah for the most part. Yeah I mean they take a little bit of management or kind of optimization, or like if we sold 700 units last month, but this month we only sold like 250, then it’s like we need to go in here and figure out what the heck is going on. But there’s not much like ongoing work once you’ve set up like a great listing that’s doing well that has solid reviews and all that kind of stuff. It’s like one of the beauties about FBA.

Steve: Are you are using enhanced brand content at all?

Greg: Yeah for sure. So we do that on all of our listings.

Steve: On all of your listings okay. And for the ones that aren’t converting that well, what are some things that you look for or how do you do your analysis?

Greg: Yeah good question. I’m a big fan now of like a competitive matrix. So like comparing your product against other top sellers on Amazon, we’ll go and do that if items aren’t converting well. Let’s see, we spend pretty good money like on nice lifestyle images, I’m a pretty big fan of those. Let’s think what else…

Steve: I guess when you find something that isn’t covering that well, like what are your first steps?

Greg: I’d probably look — my first steps would be to look at the competition and just try like think from a neutral buyer, why aren’t they buying my product as opposed to the competition? Does it seem like a price sensitive crowd? Do my competitors just have much better reviews? Do they have much better listings as far as images and that kind of stuff goes?

So probably step one is just to look at the competition and just — it’s always like so hard to know for sure. But I feel like I’m pretty good at guessing like, okay if I search right now standing desk light or whatever, it’s like, okay understand why these top few are the best sellers, it’s like they have the best price, get great reviews, is the nice listing. Yeah the majority — and then of course one part of it might just be like poor ranking for your main keywords. And if that’s the case, then you have other problems besides listing optimizations.

Steve: So how do you boost the rankings for your main keywords? Do you do anything special?

Greg: Increased sales velocity. And so we might give away more coupons, we might get more aggressive like on our PPC bids even if we’re losing money on the ACOS.

Steve: Okay, so you do it kind of — you don’t get any tricks or grey hat tactics too?

Greg: No, I’ve kind of like experimented with some of that stuff, it’s like kind of fun to do. But I don’t — I think it’s like a waste, mostly that’s a waste of time versus like little like you have to join this webinar to know this special hack. I joined it, it’s like I tried this crap doesn’t work.

Steve: What about promotions, do you do like buy one get one free or quantity discounts on some of your listings to help them move, or do you just typically issue coupons Jump Send?

Greg: So for my initial promotion it’s just Jump Send, but if you went on a bunch of my listings right now, you would see that like if you buy two, you get a 10% discount, or like little things like that, or buy these two together if I do have two like products that go together nicely, and get 10% discount. So I do, do some stuff like that to try to increase sales velocity.

Steve: I’m just curious like as you are split testing your listings, which aspects of a listing actually have the greatest effect on conversions?

Greg: Price and — the two things that will make the biggest difference on split testing your listing is the price and the main image. Bullet points and description are pretty much a waste of time as far as I’m concerned. The title can help a little bit, but it’s mostly your main image to get people onto your listings, that’s like some more increased sessions. Most sellers on Amazon depending on what niche you’re selling in are fairly price sensitive, so price helps a lot.

And then after that if you’re like your sessions are good, your price is really competitive, but it’s still converting poorly, that’s when I’d usually try to make the rest of my images better with those things I was talking about like competitive matrix, really nice lifestyle images. Also like most of our images now will call out the features that are like our unique selling proposition on the actual images.

So you know like if it’s a little bit bigger or taller or it has this improvement that the other listing doesn’t, we’ll have like a little — the text on the image that kind of points to that and like really calls that stuff out. That type of stuff seems to work well. I don’t think many people actually read like description. So whatever you want the customer to know, put that on your images.

Steve: So given that you just said that, would you say that enhanced brand content is like last priority then?

Greg: I don’t — it’s so hard to know, right? Like we did some testing with some of these enhanced brand content, and it seemed like some listing — I see different numbers floating around there. But like in our actual experience, it seems like some listings it does help conversion rate a little bit than others. It didn’t seem to matter. I doubt that it ever hurt though. And our thing is like we usually have quite a few images from the photographer, like from our initial photos.

So it’s like at that point it’s fairly easy to put some extras in enhanced brand content. I also always I’m worried that Amazon is going to start charging for enhanced brand content, and I feel like if you already have it, then it’ll probably be grandfathered in. So we pretty much always immediately like go ahead and at least like throw up a few images for the enhanced brand content.

Steve: Okay, yeah I guess that make — I mean if you have the resources and the wherewithal to do it, you can just do it right away, right?

Greg: Yeah in my opinion.

Steve: Okay, let’s switch gears a little bit. Let’s talk – we kind of strayed from this whole nomad thing.

Greg: Sure.

Steve: But what people don’t realize is that you’re running these physical products and you’re running this pretty big software company as well. And so, how do you kind of split your time between the two, and how do you manage a team while you’re just all over the place?

Greg: Yeah, good question. So I spend the vast majority of my time on the software business. So I would I spend a maximum of three or four hours a week on my physical products company. I have a really good manager over there. I really like empowered him to like take action and use his best judgment, and he’s done a really good job with that. So not that I don’t have good managers on the software stuff too, but I guess the software stuff just like excites me a little bit more. It’s a little bit more fun for me, probably just maybe because I have been doing this long, or I don’t know.

So yeah the software side of things, it’s grown to I think probably like 35 people on the team now or so. Since the inception, it’s been a remote company. So like kind of all of our communication and project management and all this kind of stuff has been built from the ground up to be a remote company. I feel like that’s like kind of one of our keys to success.

And even — it even goes as far as like our hiring and our recruitment, we look for like specific traits in people that we think will like thrive in a remote environment, whereas other people are only better like in going to work and kind of like held accountable in that kind of. So all the project management is in the cloud, we use all like the Google tools as far as like sheets and whatever.

Steve: So there is no physical office, right? Like even for people who are all just happen to be in the same area, you don’t have an office rented for them that they go in, right? Everyone works from home?

Greg: So we actually just like three months ago rented an office in Vancouver because we had like ten people that live in Vancouver. So we ended up getting a little office there. But other than that everyone, just about everyone works from co-working spaces though, which I’m a huge fan of as opposed to working from home. So we reimburse everyone for their co-working spaces, and not many people work from home, almost everyone works from co-working spaces.

Steve: Can you kind of comment since you do both software and physical products, like if you were to start all over again and you just wanted to just make some money to maybe quit your job or whatever, which route would you take? What are like kind of like the pros and cons of each?

Greg: Yeah that’s a good question. So if I was trying to make kind of let’s say like replace my real job income, let’s say like 5K a month, maybe 8K a month or something like that, I would probably actually go with the physical products business. And I would start — of course I’m a fun of selling on Amazon. So I would kind of start there. I’ve been very fortunate with the software stuff; I’ve had really good timing. I had a product that had good product market fit, and I kind of took a lot of that for granted in the earlier days until I got more involved with other kind of people who were just like in the software type communities.

And I mean there’s a reason that like in VC funding, and rarely see around stuff are so prevalent in like the software space, because it’s very rare for like a company like Jungle Scout to start off like bootstrapped without much self funding and be able to make it. That’s a pretty rare story kind of like in the space, especially if you don’t have a programming background, just because hiring developers is so costly.

So if you were a developer, then maybe I’d say you could think about bootstrapping a product, and you could definitely — it’s definitely achievable to get to the 5K or 10K a month mark. But if you’re not a – especially if you’re not a developer, I’d definitely go with the physical products throughout.

Steve: I just want to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six day mini course on how to get started in e-commerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell, all the way to getting your first sales online.

Now this course is free and can be obtained at mywifequitherjob.com/free. Just sign up right there on the front page via email, and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again that’s mywifequitherjob.com/free, now back to the show.

It just seems like for most people who aren’t developers they think that physical products might have like much higher initial outlay than like a software. I’m sorry if you are a developer, it seems like there’s a lot more money involved in starting a physical products business as opposed to a software business, but it seems like it’s the opposite?

Greg: Yeah, I would almost argue the opposite. But most of your big cost in the early days for a software company is going to be your development costs. So if you’re a programmer or you’re doing it yourself, then you’d have that argument.

Steve: Okay and then so for like a physical products business, like realistically how much can you start with, in your opinion, like how much you need?

Greg: If you’re trying to do the private label thing, it’s pretty tough to do with less than like two or $3,000 getting started. If you have $5,000, it’s fairly easy. If you have like 10K or more, than I’d say like you can get started and grow a decent size company like relatively quickly. So I’d say those to be like some rough guidelines, but of course there’s lots of outliers out there. People are puzzled with their first hundred bucks and now are doing really well and stuff like that.

Steve: What are your views on like the drop shipping models that you’re seeing? Every time I go to my Facebook feed, I see all these different business models, and I’m just kind of curious what your take is on all the different ones out there.

Greg: Good question, because I see these things all the time too, and I’m intrigued by it because it seems so like popular right now. Even like when I do like a Facebook live, it never fails that anyone says like, what you think about drop shipping. And I may not be like very educated about how people are doing it nowadays. I always think that more like I’ll call it traditional drop shipping of maybe like ten years ago where you have — you establish relationships with social wholesalers that are willing to drop ship these items for you.

You’re just in charge of selling the product at your e-commerce site. I haven’t really heard of many people that are like very successful with that particular model today. But I think — I mean do you know much about like what else people are doing today. It’s almost what you’re saying now, there’s like what I’m going to call like less legitimate businesses, like you sell a product on eBay, and people would do it off Amazon Prime, and send it to that person, right? But that’s not like a legitimate like long term business, that’s like just like a little hack until your prime account gets shut down.

Steve: Yeah, I was just curious; I mean I answer these questions every day actually.

Greg: Are there people like doing like a good job with the like what’s called modern or new drop shipping models?

Steve: Well, it’s always an uphill battle, right? You might have something that works, but then like a couple of months later it goes away. So it’s not really like a sustainable type of business in my opinion. I was just curious what your take was since you’re kind of more in tune with the people that are doing these various things on Amazon.

Okay let’s go back to the nomad thing. And so how soon can you actually become a nomad? Do you think like when someone is starting out, like what do you recommend people starting out, like if they want your lifestyle Greg with Amazon? Obviously you don’t recommend that they ship everything straight there on their first try, do you? Or like what’s like the kind of gradual steps to build up to your lifestyle?

Greg: Yeah, good question. Let me start by telling you and I keep saying [inaudible 00:45:03]. All right so first real quick as far as like the Nomad type lifestyle goes, like Southeast Asia is like super high like very nomadic type people, like in Shanghai or different cities in Bali and like that area. It’s like a really high quality of life for very inexpensive. It’s like if you’re living in like a US city right now especially on the west coast, you’ll be amazed like that year, your cost of life has decreased by 80% if you move to like one of those countries.

So you can get started at it without much money. You just need to be mindful or kind of like I guess how much runway is in your bank account, about how quick you need to be making money. I took a little bit more like conservative approach, where I guess I like replaced my income. And then before I quit my job, before I sold my stuff, before I started becoming a nomad, but like looking back I actually wish I would have done it earlier just because like what I know now, it’s like I wish I was just focused on this way earlier. I guess I was just like scared of it at the time.

But I think your question was what are the steps to move up to that? I think it would scare most people to just order a thousand units from China and have it shipped straight to China. So it’s like you’ll probably want to ship it to your house so you can like look and feel and hold these products that you just spent like your hard earned money on before you ship it into Amazon. That’s fine until you understand that.

Steve: For 1,000 units, do you recommend getting an inspection?

Greg: It will depend on the cost of the whole order to me. If it’s under like 2,000 bucks, then I probably, I wouldn’t do an inspection. You could — actually for my first like two years, I never did a single inspection.

Steve: Yeah, same here man, same here.

Greg: And I don’t have very many horror stories, like fingers crossed. So it’s definitely not required, but one thing I always did do is I made my sales rep take a whole bunch of pictures and videos just with their cell phone for me. And I actually had this written into the contract. So I’d be like, you have to take a picture on the assembly line, you have to take a picture of one of the first like the first carton being loaded up, and you have to take a picture before you close the doors of like the container and stuff like that.

So that’s kind of like a poor man’s inspection, right? Of course it’s going to be a little bit biased because the sales rep like choose which pictures to take, but it does help you spot like some issues. Like wait a second, this is mostly white; you just paint it red, like that would jump out in like this type of a poor man’s inspection.

Steve: Yeah that makes sense. We kind of did that too, but the problem is our stuff was fabric, and there was always fabric qualities that we had problems with, like not necessarily the design. Okay, that’s a good tip actually, so poor man’s inspection, first couple of units, ship it to your house, and then manually ship it over to Amazon for your first couple of units. Do you recommend like if you have a tight budget, how would your launch change, launch strategy change? Would you still kind of do the giveaways and then the heavy on PPC and lose money, do you feel like that’s a requirement?

Greg: Not necessarily, but if my goal — if you’re listening to this right now, it’s like, all right Greg, like I have a job, I want to quit my job and start traveling like what you’re doing. I would actually probably go into like a lesser competitive niche and just understanding that like I’m probably going to sell like a 100 units a month. But it’s like, all right, well a 100 units a month, if you’re making five bucks profit on each one, $500 profit a month, like you’re well on your way to — that’s like a great start to like getting to your goal.

The nice thing about those lesser competitive niches it’s like once you have like five reviews, and you did like you gave away like 20 units or whatever, don’t spend too much on PPC, then it’s a much more cost effective way to get started, because if you’re brand new, you only have a few thousand dollars to spend, it’s probably a little bit gut wrenching to like lose a thousand bucks the first month in PPC overspend, right?

Steve: Yeah totally. So in terms of like a less competitive niche, are you talking like a couple of hundred – like it sells maybe like a 1,000 units across the whole niche per month?

Greg: Yeah probably like 1,000 units and then like in that top ten. Like one dude has 100 reviews, the rest have like 20, 30, 40, and there’s a few guys in there with a handful of reviews that are still doing well.

Steve: Okay, so basically you’re advising them to just kind of get their feet wet, and just make a couple sales, get used to the process, and then gradually build up from there.

Greg: I think so. I think you are willing to learn. You learn so much more from that than like any course or any You Tube video or anything else. So I think it’s a great way to start.

Steve: Cool man. Hey Greg, I didn’t realize this, but we’ve actually been chatting for quite a while. And we jumped all over the place, I apologize for that. We were supposed to focus on your nomadic lifestyle.

Greg: I don’t know who will need this episode.

Steve: I don’t know either man. The thing is you made it sound so easy, like I was expecting all these like stories of like trouble and hardship as you’re doing this.

Greg: I can tell some of those as soon as you want. It’s not all just rose and butterflies.

Steve: But I mean you’re always like so easy going. I don’t think I’ve ever seen you pissed off or stressed at all. Like you were speaking doing hand stands at my conference.

Greg: Life is so sure enough to do and have some fun.

Steve: But yeah, I think like everything that we talked about today should in fact help someone who’s thinking about getting into this Amazon situation, and maybe eventually adopting this nomad lifestyle. So thanks for coming on man, always appreciate you hamming on, and I will see you next year in May.

Greg: It sounds fantastic. Thanks and take good care.

Steve: Yeah dude. Bye man thanks.

Hope you enjoyed that episode. To be honest with you, I really don’t know how Greg does it. I mean the guy works hard, but it seems like he’s also perpetually on vacation at the same time. But his lifestyle does prove that you can run an e-commerce business from anywhere without having to deal with inventory. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode188.

And once again I want to thank Klaviyo.com for sponsoring this episode. Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for ecommerce merchants, and you can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on auto pilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O, once again that’s mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.

Now I also want to thank Privy.com for sponsoring this episode as well. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use to turn visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture, exit intent, and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it’s so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop ups for any primer that is closely tied to your e-commerce store. If you want to give it a try, it is free. So head on over to Privy.com/Steve, once again that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/Steve.

Now, I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you’re interested in starting your own ecommerce store, head on over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six-day mini course. Just type in your email, and I’ll send you the course right away, thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

187: How To Navigate The Canton Fair And A Recap Of My China Sourcing Trip

A Guide To The Canton Fair And A Recap Of My China Sourcing Trip

Today’s episode is a little different in that I’m not interviewing anyone. Instead, I brought my partner Toni Anderson on the show and we’re going to talk about our recent trip to the Canton Fair in Guangzhou China.

This was my 3rd trip to Canton and my 5th trip to China but it was Toni’s first time. So I thought that it would be interesting to talk about our experiences from the perspective of someone who’s a bit jaded about going to China and from someone who went for the very first time. Enjoy the episode!

What You’ll Learn

  • How to attend the Canton Fair
  • What’s the cheapest way to get to Guangzhou
  • What hotels to stay at
  • How to prepare for the fair
  • A strategy for covering as much ground as possible
  • Getting in and around the city of Guangzhou
  • Tips on communicating with vendors

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

Kabbage.com – If you run a physical products based business, sometimes you need a short term loan to buy inventory to meet demand, especially during the holiday season. Kabbage helps small business owners access simple and flexible funding right away. Click here and get a $50 Visa gift card upon signup.
kabbage

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.
Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrapped business owners, and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. Now as many of you know, I recently took a trip to China to visit my vendors and to attend the Canton Fair. And in today’s episode, I brought my partner Toni Anderson on the show to give a recap of our trip.

Before we begin, I want to give a quick shout out to Klaviyo who is a sponsor of the show. I’m always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they are the email marketing platform that I use for my store, and I depend on them for over 20% of my revenues. Now, Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for ecommerce stores, and here is why it is so powerful.

Klaviyo tracks every single customer who shops in your store and exactly what they bought, and you can do a lot of things with that. So let’s say I want to send an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week, easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special auto-responder sequence to my customers depending on what they purchased, piece of cake, and there is full revenue tracking on every single email sent.

Now Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used and you can try them for free at mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O, once again that’s, mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.

Now I also want to give a shout out to Privy who is also a sponsor of the show. Privy is the tool I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store. Now what does Privy do? Privy is an email list growth platform, and they manage all of my email capture forms, and in fact I use Privy hand in hand with my email marketing provider.

Now there are a bunch of companies out there that will manage your email capture forms, but I like Privy because they specialize in e-commerce. Right now I’m using Privy to display a cool wheel of fortune pop up. Basically a user gives their email for a chance to spin the wheel to win valuable prizes in our shop. And customers love the gamification aspect of this, and when I implemented this form, email sign ups increased by 131%.

Now there are other cool things that you can do too. So for example let’s say you offer free shipping for orders over 100 bucks. Well you can tell Privy to flush a pop up when the customer has $90 in their shopping cart to urge them to insert one more item. So bottom line, Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers, which I then feed to my email provider to close the sale.

So head on over to Privy.com/Steve, and try it for free. And if you decide you need the more advanced features, use coupon code MWQHJ For 15% off once. Once again that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/Steve, now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle, so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here is your host, Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit her Job Podcast. Today’s episode is going to be a little different in that I’m not really interviewing anyone today. Instead I have my partner Toni Anderson on the show, and today we’re going to talk about our recent trip to the Canton Fair in Guangzhou China. Anyway, this is my third trip to Canton and my fifth time in China, but it was actually Toni’s first time. And what’s bad is that her stomach doesn’t really agree with Chinese food, so she really was a trooper in going.

Anyway, I thought it would be interesting to talk about our experiences from the perspective of someone who’s a bit jaded about going to China, that would be me, and from someone who has gone for the very first time. And with that, welcome Toni, how are you doing today?

Toni: I’m great, how are you?

Steve: I’m good, are you over your jetlag yet?

Toni: Not really.

Steve: I mean personally I’ve been going to bed at like 9am and waking up at like four or five. It’s been pretty bad.

Toni: 9pm right?

Steve: 9pm, oh sorry yeah, 9pm.

Toni: That’s theory people.

Steve: Yeah.

Toni: So what’s interesting, you and I are both friends of Andrew from Money Crashers, and he was in China when we were. And he messaged me when I got back and said, hey, how’s your jetlag? And I said, awful, and he said, yeah it takes a week to get fully acclimated back into your time zone. And I heard that from two or three other people that had traveled to Asia from the East Coast to the US.

And I think it’s funny because no one told me that before I left. So the first week that I got back, I spent the whole week trying to get back on schedule, and it was nearly impossible.

Steve: Yeah, I think we were chatting before this; you’re still waking up at like 2am, right?

Toni: Yeah, which is the time we were waking up in China which is kind of funny.

Steve: Yeah. I don’t actually remember taking this long to recover like the last time I went. I think it’s just a matter of age at this point, but anyways.

Toni: So then it could take me another four weeks to try to stay awake.

Steve: So I’m just going to start off by just talking about the logistics of our trip here. So this year we kind of booked our flights a little bit late. Flights to Guangzhou, they tend to be really expensive during the fair. So instead of flying directly into Guangzhou, we actually decided to fly into Hong Kong, and then we took a two hour train ride from Hong Kong station directly into Guangzhou. I think the price for a flight directly into Guangzhou was like $1400, whereas a flight to Hong Kong was only $800, and then the train ride is only 30 bucks. But the plane ride is actually pretty long. Toni, would you say this is your like longest plane ride ever?

Toni: Yeah, ever.

Steve: Okay, and then we sat next to each other for the entire 14 hours, and surprisingly we’re still friendly.

Steve: Yeah that’s right.

Steve: Yeah, but yeah…

Toni: Can I just say because I know there was a huge savings for us flying into Hong Kong, and I thought the train ride and that whole process was pretty easy. And I think as someone who hasn’t gone before and it’s not — I mean I couldn’t even tell you where we were on a map before I went. The whole process I think even if it’s your first time, it would not be difficult to fly into Hong Kong and then take the train over to Guangzhou. To me it was worth the savings, because the train ride was actually pretty pleasant too.

Steve: Yeah, I mean we had seats that were pretty comfortable and we both took naps I think during that trip.

Toni: Yeah.

Steve: I mean would it have mattered to you whether we flew in directly to Guangzhou or not or did you enjoy Hong Kong?

Toni: I did, I thought Hong Kong was really great. I’m glad I got to see it, definitely completely different from Guangzhou, right? I mean two totally different places, but I personally think that — because I’m assuming if you fly to Guangzhou, you’ve got to connect somewhere right, or is there a direct flight? Maybe not from San Francisco.

Steve: Well, there’s a direct flight into Guangzhou I think, maybe just really expensive.

Toni: Yeah, I mean to me it was worth the savings to do it the way that we did it, because it wasn’t difficult at all.

Steve: Okay, and our vendors — so the reason why we had to go to Hong Kong anyways is because two or vendors are actually in Hong Kong, they live in Hong Kong. And so on the way back from China, we actually visited with both of them, or Toni kind of did her own thing for a little bit. And then we did have a free day in Hong Kong where we kind of did some sightseeing which is really nice. I like Hong Kong infinitely better than China.

Toni: And I think too I know there was a big — Global Sources was going on in Hong Kong right before we got there?

Steve: That’s correct yes.

Toni: So if you’re timing it correctly, you could even fly into Hong Kong and do Global Sources and then go to the Canton Fair as well if you want to try to wrap in that into your trip. We didn’t do that, but it’s possible.

Steve: Yeah that’s what most people do actually. They try to hit both fairs, and they’re always scheduled conveniently so that you can attend both. The reason why we couldn’t attend Global Sources is because we were at Fincon. Otherwise we probably – it would probably have been worth it to go to that as well, right?

Toni: It sounded like from the people like Mike Jackness and Natalie who went to both, it sounded like it was a good experience?

Steve: Yeah absolutely, and then there’s also the Hong Kong Mega Show also all around the same time. And so if you were to do it all over again, like we probably hit all three. It just so happens that we had other commitments and so we couldn’t go to them.

Toni: Yeah.

Steve: So because we had Toni with us who has an — I don’t want to say an aversion to Chinese food, I would say you’re almost allergic to some sort of chemical, right?

Toni: Yeah.

Steve: Like upset your stomach. So we tried to stay near shopping malls, really nice shopping malls in Guangzhou. In general, like I’ve gone to the fair several times, I think the food sucks by the fair site, and a lot of people stay at the hotel that’s directly connected to the Canton Fair because it’s convenient. You just wake up and you walk over. But to me it almost feels like a prison to stay there because the food is so bad, so basically you go to the fair and you’re going back, whereas kind of where we stayed which was near this mall called the Taikoo Hui and the Grandview Mall.

There’s a whole bunch of different food choices and you get a chance to walk around the city and kind of experience the city life. So we stayed last — the last time we stayed at the Good International Hotel. This time we stayed at the Aloft. Toni what was your opinion of the accommodations and the food?

Toni: I thought it was great, and here’s something to think about, because I feel like unless you’ve gone to the fair, it’s very difficult to comprehend the size of the fair. So even if you stayed — I think it was a Westin that’s attached to the fair…

Steve: That’s correct, yes.

Toni: Even if you stayed the Westin, I would estimate you’re looking at 15 to 20 minute walk from the hotel to get to certain sections of the fair. So even though it’s connected, to me I know that our Hotel the Aloft, and it looked like several other hotels all had shuttles that ran from the hotel to the fair complex every what, half hour?

Steve: Yeah pretty much.

Toni: So even if you choose which I agree with you, I thought that Aloft — if you’ve ever stayed in like a W or an Aloft in the states is very, very — like you wouldn’t have been able to tell the difference in the rooms, except for the gas masks, that kind of gave it away.

Steve: Yeah.

Toni: But very similar.

Steve: But the air is so good there, I don’t know what you’re talking about.

Toni: Yeah, I don’t know why you would ever need a mask. But yeah I felt like convenience wise, it wasn’t hard. We got on the bus, I think what, two to three days, and there was no line, we just walked on. So to me I agree with you, like I like that we were close to that mall, because not only did it have a pretty decent food court with like 15 options in the food area.

They also had several sit down nicer restaurants with a variety of types of food. So they had I think a Japanese place, an Italian place, so it seemed like they had a lot of variety in what you could eat, and it felt very safe I feel like in that mall area. I never at any point felt like I needed to be any more cautious than you would in any city.

Steve: I mean that mall is actually really high end mall. Like every fancy store that you can think of, like Ferragamo, Carty, and Gucci was there, so it was clearly targeting high end customers. So it felt very safe and they are really nice restaurants. You didn’t really get sick either, right?

Toni: I got sick the day we ate at the fair.

Steve: Oh yes. So about that, about the food at the fair, it’s terrible, and it’s crowded too. Like there’s these food courts with fast Chinese food, and I think they had like a Papa John’s which we never ended up finding actually.

Toni: No, we searched but the other thing too is that the food area is in the basement, so it’s not only crowded, it’s dark and slightly creepy to even get there. But one thing that we did, actually this was your wife Jen’s idea is we brought some snacks with us that we picked up at the grocery store that happened to be in that mall. And so one of the days, didn’t we just eat bread and like a pizza or something?

Steve: We did, we just had snacks the entire time, and then — but we were starving by the time it was dinnertime I remember.

Toni: Yeah.

Steve: I know you wanted to try the chicken feet; we didn’t get a chance to try it.

Toni: Very sad.

Steve: Yeah. Actually at that mall, it has my favorite restaurant which is Din Tai Fung also. And so we did a meeting up with like Mike Jackness and his team, and we had dinner there one night which is kind of cool as well.

Toni: Yeah, that was a great restaurant, I highly recommended it, and it didn’t make me sick.

Steve: And what’s funny is I think I had more Italian food in China than I do in the States, because I absolutely did not want you to get sick no matter what, which is kind of funny.

Toni: Yeah, I was thinking that too, because we ate a lot of Italian here, and I haven’t had any since I’ve been back.

Steve: Yeah, we had Italian; we had steak, like normally we just go all Chinese, right? So that was different for us.

Toni: Well, I think at the fair like my big recommendation would be to not eat there. You can buy like bottles of water and sodas, and I think they have tea and stuff like that. That I think it’s perfectly fine, but I would just pack what you do have, like protein bars or anything. I mean you can you can take a backpack into the fair, so it’s not like they have some places where they don’t allow you to take bags in. I mean you can, people are rolling around suitcases.

So you could easily take enough food to hold you off for the day. And that would be my recommendation because I know we didn’t love the food there. It made me sick, and then a couple of people we talked to also said that what they had had was awful as well.

Steve: Yeah, just a word of warning, the sandwich with ham and cheese is what did it in for Toni. Does was it for the day for you I think after we ate there. So did you have any problems getting the credentials to go to the Canton Fair? We had done it like five or six years ago, but did you have any problems getting your badge or anything like that?

Toni: So I will say that the website — there was one main website that you have to use, and I’m sure you can put that in the show notes for people. But it is very difficult to navigate, and they don’t label things as we would expect them to be labeled I guess in the States. So you have to go through like a three or four step process to get your badge. So first you have to apply, and then there’s like a pre application, and then they get you the letter of invitation, and then at some point after that you get a badge, or you get the piece of paper that allows you to go get your badge once you get there.

So aside from it being a little bit cumbersome to navigate the website because it’s definitely not what we’re used to in the States or probably in sort of the Western European area, it wasn’t difficult. And I don’t ever hear of anybody not getting a badge. I mean it’s just more of you have to walk through the process.

Steve: I think the problem — I remember you had some problems early on and we kind of went back and forth a little bit. I remember you going on the website and you had to sign up for an invitation, and then you use that invitation to get a visa, right?

Toni: Yeah, you have to have the invitation. That’s why I think they make you do it first, so you do the invitation first. The invitation is what you use to get your visa, but then you also need the invitation to get the badge. And the invitation basically, you just have to — I don’t even think you have to be a store owner. I think you just have to say that you’re coming, right? I don’t…

Steve: Yeah basically yeah. I don’t think you need anything. Did you have any problems getting your visa, because we have the service that we use her, but did you use a service as well, or did you go to the embassy?

Toni: No, because there’s only five places where you can get a visa for China, and the closest one to me is Austin [inaudible 00:14:34]. So I used a service, I think — I don’t know how much a visa costs normally, but it seemed pretty reasonable the total price that I paid was about what you pay for a passport.

Steve: Okay, yeah that’s not bad.

Toni: And I think I got it, and I didn’t pay for expedited service because I still had several weeks before going. But I want to say I got it in a week.

Steve: Okay, yeah that’s about how long it took us actually.

Toni: I hesitate to say that for all the procrastinators that…

Steve: Yeah right.

Toni: I did mine I think six weeks now, and I was a little nervous because with a passport it can take, if you don’t expedite it, it can take that long to get a passport back. But I would – it’s definitely quicker than getting a passport, but I would err on the side of giving yourself more time.

Steve: Okay and then did you get a ten year also?

Toni: I did get ten year yeah.

Steve: So we can go every year for the next ten years?

Toni: We can.

Steve: So one thing that we — that my wife and I we forgot to bring this time are business cards, and did you have business cards prepped also or?

Toni: No, since you forgot I forgot.

Steve: Okay yes my fault, my fault. Like usually we have like a stack that we take with us, but to make your experience more pleasant, you can take your business cards along with you because they’re going to ask for your contact information obviously. So what we ended up doing is we just ended up writing our address and our email address for all the vendors in their little books. But overall, it wasn’t like a huge step back.

Toni: No and everyone — I was worried when you said you didn’t have them, but it seemed like you should have had them. Then I thought, oh crap, I should have had them too. And I was worried that it would be this huge hurdle to maybe getting people who didn’t want to talk to me at the booth, I wasn’t sure if the business card was more than just my information. I thought it might have been like people talking more seriously, but that’s actually not the case. I mean every person that I talked to, I just wrote my name in their book, and they didn’t care.

Steve: Right. Well, let’s talk about fair strategy here. So what I always tell my students is that you should go to the fair with an idea of what you’re looking for because otherwise it’s too big. What was your first impression of the size of the fair? Have you ever seen anything that big before?

Toni: No, and nothing if you haven’t been nothing will prepare you for how big it.

Steve: I was estimating like fifty football fields with the stuff. I don’t know, what would be your estimate?

Toni: I know it’s so hard. I kept trying to tell my kids, it’s so hard to — I mean it’s not just long, it was stories upon stories, right? So it wasn’t just football fields and football fields, like I remember for you to get to where you were based on where I was supposed to be at the fair, you had to take a tram, or a little golf cart shuttle thing?

Steve: We did yes.

Toni: And it still took you what, 15 to 20 minutes to get from the building I was in, to the building you needed to be in.

Toni: Yeah, like when we met up at the end of the day, it was like we always gave ourselves like 20, 25 minutes to meet up with you, so we weren’t late.

Toni: Yeah, so it’s just, it’s a lot. The nice thing is it’s divided into sections, so it’s not like if you go to section B, it’s a hodgepodge of things. It’s like section B with textiles, and that’s all it was. So, if you’re doing textiles, then you could just stay in section B three days, and you wouldn’t have to navigate anywhere else. So I thought that was a good way to make it feel a little bit smaller, but it still was not small.

Steve: One thing I will say is that you were in a different section which was accessories, and we were obviously hanging out at textiles. What’s funny is that we actually found two vendors in the accessories department, because it turns out that some of the stuff that we sell was categorized under accessories and not textiles even though they are textiles.

Tina: Yeah.

Steve: And so without you being there and without meeting you in your area, we would have missed out on finding two key vendors. So that was pretty good.

Toni: Yeah, and I think the strategy that Jen had or you guys had was really good. So we got — I think what did we do? We woke up in Hong Kong, we took the train, and then we basically went to our hotel and then went straight to the fair, right? I’m trying to remember.

Steve: Yup.

Toni: So we had what, maybe four hours or five hours until the fair closed that first day, and the strategy that Jen had was basically, we walked pretty quickly through several sections of the fair. So we weren’t walking into every booth and touching and picking stuff up. And basically, any booth that had something that might interest us, we got a card, and we marked their booth number on the card. And so that allowed us to visit, I think we covered a ton of ground that first day.

Steve: We did yes.

Toni: I mean I had a stack, I probably had 15 to 20 business cards at the end of the first day, and so then when we went back the second day, it was really easy just to go back to those specific vendors, and have conversations with them about specific products, orders, things like that. So I think that was a really good way to do it instead of just going the very first day and getting into a booth, having a long conversation and realize you’ve wasted your time, or who knows.

Steve: Yeah, and then all the booths are kind of arranged in a grid like format. So it’s relatively easy to find the booth once you jotted down the court nets [ph] of the booth. One reason why I like the doing a quick pass in the beginning is because if you go in and you find a vendor and you go and you talk, you don’t really get a good breath in the beginning. And oftentimes like some of the business cards that you collect that first day during the quick pass, you might not want to go back to the following day, because you might have found another vendor who had a wider variety or better quality items.

So if you were to go and spend all your time with this one vendor, and then later on you wouldn’t have enough time to cover the entire thing, you might have missed out on a possible better vendor.

Toni: Right, so I definitely — if you have the time to stay long, a couple of days and do that, that would be my recommendation on how to sort of navigate the fair. The other thing that I wish, and I know Jen said you guys have done that before, but I wish that we would have done this time was taking a notebook and stapling their business card into our notebook with notes, because I ended up writing a lot of notes on the business cards, and obviously there’s not a ton of space to write on a business card that already has their stuff printed on it. But that’s one thing I wish I would have known ahead of time, and I think it’s probably in that post that you have on the Canton Fair.

Steve: What’s funny is I like totally did not listen to anything I’ve written about in the past for this trip. I don’t know what the heck came over us, maybe we were just less prepared this time, or maybe it’s just that I’m jaded from going. Like we saw a bunch of our old friends, and what’s funny about like some of the vendor names is they all have Chinese names, but they pick English names.

So one of the dudes that we were talking to, his name is like Dweng [ph]. I don’t know any Asian Dwengs, but that was the name I guess that phonetically best match their name. One thing I want to ask you Toni is, what was it like for you not being able to speak Chinese?

Toni: So I know that we had talked before the fair about possibly hiring a translator to go with me to the fair, but and I don’t know if it was just specific to accessories because that’s where I spent the majority of my time, although I did spend some time in like the office supply and outdoor section as well. And I didn’t come across any booth where there wasn’t someone there that spoke English.

So I didn’t have a problem at all communicating with any of the possible vendors. In fact I was actually impressed at how well some of them knew English. We were talking about real specific things, right? You’re talking about pieces of jewelry or pieces of equipment that is not necessarily an easily translated word. And there was only one time in a booth where I couldn’t tell them, like they didn’t understand what I was telling them, what I needed, and it was something very, very specific.

So outside of that, I mean I don’t know how we talked over the week, but yeah I didn’t have a problem at all.

Steve: Okay, and did you have to dumb down your English at all, or were you just kind of speaking normal?

Toni: No, I was pretty much speaking normal. I mean it’s different in that there was not a lot of pleasantries, because you basically are asking them for pricing, you’re asking them for MOQs, you’re asking them who else do you supply for? So there was no like, hey, how are you doing, blah, blah, blah? You kind of cut through all that which was nice because it saves you a lot of time without all the chit chat.

But yeah, I think they’re probably used to these questions you’re asking anyway. And one of the main questions I had was how can I modify this? Like I’m interested in this, but I’m not interested in it as you’re showing it to me at your booth. So that didn’t seem to be an issue either.

Steve: And oftentimes they just gave you a quote right off the bat for those modifications as well, right?

Toni: Yeah, and that was really nice because I know if you’re using something like Alibaba to find products, and this is I told a couple of friends of mine that are more in the beginning stages of the e-commerce business, if you can swing a trip and try to find new vendors, I think it was a really easy way to get a lot of stuff done quickly. I know it’s expensive to go over there, but if you think about how much time you probably spend going back and forth on Alibaba with people, getting information, having samples, all that stuff, like to me this seemed just so much simpler.

Steve: I just want to take a moment to thank Kabbage for being a sponsor of the show. Now if you run a successful e-commerce business like I do, you probably know that the worst thing that can happen to you is to run out of stock. Now my wife and I regularly import container loads of merchandise from China, and sometimes you need a short term loan to buy enough inventory to meet demand especially during the holiday season.

Well, if you’re wondering how to get the funding needed to run a small business today, Kabbage has the answer. Kabbage helps small business owners access simple and flexible funding right away without the headaches that come with applying for a traditional loan. Apply online or from your phone by securely linking your business information to get an automatic decision. There’s no waiting in line, scanning documents, or tracking down financial statements.

Kabbage gives you the flexibility to decide what is best for your business. And once you’re approved, you choose when to use your funds and how much to take. You’ll only pay for the funds that you actually use, and it’s a line of credit that can be used for your purchasing needs.

Kabbage has supported over 100,000 small businesses with over 3.5 billion dollars in funding. So visit Kabbage.com/wife. There is no cost to apply or to set up your line of credit. And as a My Wife Quit Her Job listener, when you qualify for funding, you will get a $50 visa gift card that you can use anywhere. Now that’s Kabbage with a K, K-A-B-B-A-G-E.com/wife. Once again that’s K-A-B-B-A-G-E.com/wife, now back to the show.

And Toni, I don’t know about you, but I always try to do a little bit of small talk in Chinese, but for some reason all the vendors always reply to me in English when I talk to them in Chinese. And so I take that as an indication that my Chinese isn’t good enough. What did you think about pricing and MOQs compared to like your experiences on Alibaba?

Toni: So they feel surprisingly low, and I know you had the same experience as well with some of the people you talk to, but the quantities were very low to me. And the pricing seemed a little bit lower than what — I mean I wasn’t comparing apples to apples, but I know what a lot of these things cost. So they seemed a little bit lower, but the biggest change to me was MOQs.

Steve: Yeah, just give us an example of what you’re getting, because I know that when we went around, like one vendor quoted us that we had to buy a thousand dozen, but then another vendor who sold something very, very similar, we only had to buy a couple of hundred pieces. So it’s like a huge range this time, which was a little bit unusual for us.

Toni: Yeah and I was getting anywhere from one 120 pieces which seems absurd to 300 which we do have vendors where it’s a 1,000 plus.

Steve: And I’m just curious, pricing wise for the vendors that you had to buy 1,000 plus, was the pricing lower at the fair for the smaller quantities or on par?

Toni: The pricing was lower across the board, but it wasn’t like half, it was probably 20% lower.

Steve: Okay. The reason why I’m asking this question is I know there’s a lot of middlemen on Ali Baba, and I was just curious whether you’ve been dealing with middlemen do you think versus like the manufacturers that are actually at the fair?

Toni: Right, so I know that one of our suppliers is a manufacturer, but I know another one is a middleman. So the pricing at the fair was definitely more competitive.

Steve: Okay, and would you say that — I mean this is your first time there, like you knew going in what you wanted to look for and what you wanted to source, but would you advise that people go there just like a shopping trip like if you have no idea?

Toni: I would say don’t go if you have absolutely no idea. I mean you can go, but you will be overwhelmed very quickly. I actually and I told you this, I walked the sports and outdoor for a colleague of mine that’s going into that business, a certain niche of that business, and I was overwhelmed after the first row of vendors, because I wasn’t sure what she was looking for or what she was interested in. And it’s just one, you get sort of the shiny object syndrome where you’re thinking, oh my gosh, I want to sell [inaudible 00:27:33], they look amazing.

And then you’re also thinking what is that, do I need it, and then like every other vendor selling very – one vendor selling similar things. So I know we walked through all these supplies and the same set of push pens were on every booth.

Steve: Yeah and I was just wondering how many of those that you talked to, because I know like we talked to different textile firms, and they all make similar things, but the pricing is like always across the board, like it’s different pricing because it’s different quality and that sort of thing. What was your experience in office supplies and accessories?

Toni: With the pricing?

Steve: Yeah, the pricing and quality, that sort of thing.

Toni: Pricing and quality definitely lined up, and since I spent the past two and a half years in the jewelry space, like I’m pretty good at detecting better leather from not as great leather, things like that. So there definitely — I can pick up something and realize like, hey, this is isn’t the quality that I’m looking for, but those things were definitely priced lower. And that just seemed to be across the board. Obviously suppliers that don’t have a lot of office supplies knowledge, it was just kind of fun to walk through it.

Steve: Yeah I know, obviously there’s some pretty cool office supplies.

Toni: Yeah, you get a little bit like every section you walk through and you think, oh that’s really cool, I want to — which is why I would hesitate to for someone to go with no idea at all. I would say if you know a general area that you want to sell in, so hey you want to sell women’s clothing, then you’d probably be okay. But if you just were like, I have no idea what I want to do — we actually, I think you and I met somebody at a conference that had been five times, you remember that lady that had been…

Steve: Yes I remember yes.

Toni: I can see why she does it, and when she told us that I was like, how could you have gone five times and not have a product? But after going, I could totally see why you could go five times and never a product. It’s so overwhelming.

Steve: I think between the three of us, we probably covered almost two thirds of the fair would you say?

Toni: Yeah, we didn’t go into pets, I don’t think we hit the pet area.

Steve: Or medical supplies either for obvious reasons.

Toni: That would’ve been scary.

Steve: Let’s talk a little bit about transportation.

Toni: What we did?

Steve: Yes, because we had a lot of adventures as I always do. So first of all like if you’re out there and you go to the fair, if you can’t speak a lick of Chinese, make sure you take the free hotel shuttles, or I would say take public transportation, like the subways are pretty convenient, or stay at a hotel that is within walking distance of the fair. Otherwise, you’ll need to use a taxi which sucks, because they’re all crooks. And I can say that I guess because I’m Chinese, but almost every single taxi driver we had in China tried to do something to us, would you say?

Toni: Yes, and I have to add this because this was something that I had this thought after we got back looking back on the whole experience, and I really appreciate being able to tag along with you guys, because I don’t think I could have just flown over there by myself. But I really felt like outside of the taxi experience, it’s something that you could do not knowing a lick of Chinese and not knowing — not having been there before. The only time where I felt like I could not navigate this alone was only when we were in a cab.

Steve: So a couple of words of advice even though this may not help you 100%, have the hotel print the name and the cross streets in Chinese for you. I actually had the card with me, and I showed it to every taxi driver, but they still managed to mess with us. So there was one time the taxi driver, like you show him the card, and they don’t even acknowledge you half the time. And so I was forced to use my Chinese.

And I remember this one time I was talking in Chinese to the driver telling them the cross streets which I knew how to pronounce in Chinese because I’d practiced, and he turned the radio up. He turned the volume up on his radio, so he didn’t hear me, and so the whole time we were just driving this taxi, I had no idea where he was going. And fortunately, I actually had this plan with Verizon. It’s called; I think it’s called the Verizon International Day Pass, where you can actually have access to Google Maps.

Usually Google and Facebook do not work in China, but if you’re on this Verizon plan, you actually somehow get access to Google and Facebook. And so during that taxi ride, I actually had my maps open while he was driving so I could track where we’re going. And I remember, he obviously heard where we were going, but as soon as we got to the exit, he went the wrong direction away from the hotel. And I found this out immediately via maps, and so I started jabbering in Chinese immediately to get him to turn around.

And then finally after just talking to him over and over and over again, like I remember repeating the same thing over and over and over again, he finally acknowledged me, made a U turn, and went back to the hotel. But that probably increased the price of our taxi by like 30% I would say.

Toni: Which is about 17 cents.

Steve: Which is about a whole dollar, but that’s not the point.

Toni: I actually was pretty surprised because typically in a city, the cab drivers know the way around better than anybody, because that’s all they do is drive. And I was shocked in China how the cab drivers didn’t seem to know how to get anywhere. We had the one driver that actually couldn’t read, so that was a problem because we had the card where we were going, but he couldn’t actually read a card. So that was an issue.

Steve: And I don’t think it was a literacy thing, that’s what was scary. I think his eyes were so bad that he couldn’t read it, which kind of scared me.

Toni: Yeah, so the cab part, I would avoid though only because I don’t think we had a single driver that spoke English or that even understood English, or understood I think the name of the hotel in English. So I think that was a big problem. And then on top of that, we had the one cab driver that…

Steve: Okay let me start the story.

Toni: I’ll let you tell it.

Steve: Okay, so we agreed on the price. He decided to do it off the meter, we agreed on ten Chinese dollars, which is only about like a buck eighty. But then once we got to the destination, he just doubled the fee. He was like I want 20 bucks. And what can you do at this point, right? And so I had Jen hand over the $20, which divided by six whatever that ends up being. I was really pissed, and so I slam the cap door.

And all of a sudden, he started like swearing at me, like all these Chinese bad words, and well I actually can even understand. He was just shouting and he’s really pissed off, I don’t know, it was pretty scary, right Toni?

Toni: Yet seeing that I was the most identifiable person in the group.

Steve: Here’s the thing, what was sad is like finally it was my opportunity to use all the Chinese curse words I used that I learned over the years, but I couldn’t come up with any. The only thing I could come up with was you’re so mean in Chinese. It was really sad, here he was like cursing me out there and to kill me and everything, and I couldn’t come up with anything. So finally we just walked away. He got his 20 bucks, and we just kind of went up to the hotel. But it was a little bit scary, it was a little bit tense at that moment, would you say?

Toni: I would say very much so, because he was so – what you said [inaudible 00:34:41] pretty hard, and which I understand, like it was definitely a frustrating moment.

Steve: It was a mistake, it was a mistake.

Toni: Well we – I mean I heard the conversation where he had said 20 and you said ten, and there was an agreement in that. So I get — and that was like our last — was that our last night there?

Steve: Yeah, it was our last night.

Toni: Because we had been ripped off by cab drivers for three, several days. So the frustration was definitely mounting, but the problem was that he stayed on the cab screaming at us, and our hotel was one of those hotels where you go in and you have to wait for the elevator to take you up to the lobby. So we’re standing in the lobby like all black, and he’s still there screaming at us.

Steve: But he never got out of his car.

Toni: He didn’t, and if he did I would have run for my life.

Steve: See, the thing is I feel a little bit more confident in China because people are generally smaller there. Like I mean I would have obviously avoided any confrontations, but in general just — I’m not — I don’t fear anyone physically in China in general. But yeah totally, we would have run in the hotel. There’s actually a guard at the door too, so it would have been all good.

Toni: Yeah, that was actually the only time that I ever felt unsafe.

Steve: Yeah, and we had to walk that next day and then like I think I know Jen was like paranoid that we’d see that same cab driver among like millions of cabs like in the city.

Toni: Well, I was paranoid because I’m pretty sure I was the only white girl in the city. So while you guys might have blended in a little bit better, I clearly would have been recognizable from the street.

Toni: Which he would have identified every like take this offering, take this white girl. We apologize.

Toni: So yeah, that was actually the only time where I was a little bit concerned, although I will say that, and I didn’t expect it either is that there’s a lot of bicycle in China, not racing cyclists but actual transportation bicyclists, and they’re all on their phones. And I know at least once I was almost hit by one of them. I knew I you think grabbed me, so I didn’t get hit, but you definitely not only have to be on the lookout for cars there.

But the bicyclists are almost as numerous as like cars and pedestrians, and they don’t really follow any of the same like traffic laws that pedestrians and cars follow. They sort of just do their own thing; sometimes they’re on the road, sometimes on the sidewalk. And that’s one thing I definitely wasn’t prepared for to be alert about cyclists.

Steve: I think you saved my life in Hong Kong too, because they drive on the left side of the road, and I looked left before looking right, and I was about to go and there’s this huge bus that was coming towards my right, you pulled me back there. So I think we’re even on that front.

Toni: Yeah, but that’s definitely the thing that you have to get people getting used to for the cyclists in China, and then in Hong Kong you’re always looking the wrong way, because you’re used to looking whatever, I don’t know which is which. But yeah, that took a while stepping out of cabs and realizing that the cars are coming from a different direction.

Steve: So Toni, what would you have done differently, like if you were to go back again, what would be some things that you do differently on a second trip? Business cards obviously.

Toni: Business cards, I would have taken a notebook with me to the fair just so I could have taken better notes. One thing I did do and a lot of vendors will let you do this, some of them say no photos, but since I didn’t have a notebook, what I started doing was taking the products that I was interested in, and of course if your products are small you can do this. If it’s a rocking chair, it would be a lot more difficult.

I would take the business card with the product I was interested in and take a picture with my phone, and I would use that as a way to remember what I had talked about, because I would put like the pricing on the business card too. So that was the easy way to remember, so that if you forget your notebook like we did, you can do it that way. Definitely do that. Next time I would have a phone, but I think you having the maps on your phone was actually a really big deal, because one, it allowed us to know when the cab driver was going the wrong way.

And two it helped us get around in Guangzhou better. Hong Kong seemed really easy to navigate with the subway. Guangzhou didn’t seem quite easy. So I think if you can get a phone plan that allows you to access maps when you’re there, I think that’s really helpful.

Steve: Would you have stayed at the hotel that we stayed at, or would you have stayed hotel adjoining the fair? Like if you were kind of…

Toni: No, I definitely would not have.

Steve: Okay, you would have stayed at the hotel near the fair?

Toni: No, no I would definitely stay at our hotel where we stayed or around there.

Steve: Okay, even with the taxi situation?

Toni: I would have taken the shuttle. I definitely would not get in a cab ever by myself there, or even probably with someone else who didn’t speak Chinese. Now Mike Jackness was telling us that at the fair they have like a black car service.

Steve: Yes they do. I think it’s 5X more expensive I want to say.

Toni: So it’s like $7

Steve: Seven dollars yes. So yes you can get — all those black car services, they speak good English and they’ll take you there. I always think of it as a scam, because they’re always waiting for you outside the train station and what not, and they’ll charge you a lot more. So yeah I guess that would be a good solution.

Toni: So yeah I would do that, and then I’m trying to think what else I would do. I don’t know, I forgot how we did it.

Steve: So was it worth it for you, and how does this compare to your Alibaba experience in general?

Toni: Quite everything it’s worth it, and I think if you have a product idea, I would invest the money in going. One, because I think — there’s just something different and I don’t know if this is a cultural thing or if it’s just going and participating in the fair, but there’s no doubt talking to people face to face, it seems to make a difference. And I would think it makes a difference in follow up as well. But I definitely think it’s worth going. And I feel like it’s not that expensive, I mean relatively speaking to starting a business I guess.

Steve: Sure, actually we haven’t figured out all the finances yet, but several thousand dollars, does that sound about right?

Toni: Yeah, I would say you definitely go for under five.

Steve: I mean my personal opinion is like the whole Alibaba thing, getting samples, going back and forth, that could take several weeks of going back and forth. And still the people on Alibaba, they’re probably going through lots and lots of correspondence. Here by just showing up at a booth, you are already showing them that you’re making a commitment to go to the fair and see them. They’re going to be a lot more receptive to you. You can see all their sample products, like practically samples of everything that they make right there in the booth. You can make a quick decision, get a quick quote, and then by the time you get back to the States, you’re probably ready to place an order already.

Toni: Well and there are people placing orders at the fair.

Steve: Yeah, you can even — yeah you can place orders at the fair. That’s what we did because we visited some of our existing vendors, and we went to look at some of their new products. And there’s one thing, you can touch everything there because all the samples are there, whereas with Alibaba you have to wait like a week to get a sample or have something made. It just really speeds up the entire process.

Toni: Well and I think, yeah I definitely agree with that, and I feel like being able to see the products — and one of the things that I found really interesting which I had no clue is that a lot of the booths had the stores they sell to on their booth. So they would have like an office or place, they would have things like what, Michaels and Sniffles or whatever the companies that sell that kind of stuff. They would — in some of the accessories said they would have Wal-Mart or Coles and things like that.

So basically to me it’s also a little bit of a stamp of approval. So Coles is buying from this factory, they probably have higher standards than someone that you have no idea about the factor in Alibaba.

Steve: Yeah. I mean one thing I will say is like all the vendors are very free in telling you like who they’re selling to, like even if it’s like your direct competitor. Like we’re in this booth and they’re like, oh is this one of your competitors, they’re buying this and this and this and that. And so like if you go and you can get an idea of what your competition is selling as well, and maybe you want to — they’ll even tell you like what’s hot, and so you can really get more data and determine whether you actually want to carry that particular product.

Toni: Yeah. The other thing…

Steve: I don’t know if that’s a good or bad thing, but…

Toni: I know I thought that would be bad too, they’re telling people what you’re doing. The other thing that I thought was interesting and probably this would be something that someone better prepared than myself would know is that the money in Hong Kong is different from the money in China.

Steve: Yeah. I mean we took out a bunch of cash, yeah.

Toni: But in my mind it was all the same, like it should have been the same currency sort of like when you travel in Europe. And that was not the case as well as a lot of places did not take credit cards.

Steve: In China?

Toni: Yes. Well, even in Hong Kong, you remember the first place we tried to have dinner.

Steve: Oh that’s true, you’re right, you’re right. Well you should always take in cash with you in China because there’s a counterfeiting problem. So we got all of our cash in the US before we went in. In general though, most places took credit card. There was a couple of things like buying train tickets for example that wouldn’t take a credit card which was a big deal, but outside of that, like most of the food — actually I can’t even say that because like the first food place we started, they didn’t take credit card. All right, never mind, I was just going to stop talking now.

Toni: It was very strange because I was of the assumption, I know when I travel in Europe, and I travel in the Caribbean, everybody takes credit cards. And so you don’t really need to have cash except for to tip people basically. And I was surprised there, they have what they called the Dolphin, is that the card that they call like a reloadable card?

Steve: Oh no, the Octopus card.

Toni: Octopus, I knew it was a sea creature. And then out that night, we went to — their food court remember, they only took a certain type of reloadable card as well. So we had to buy the card for cash, and then we used the card to buy the meals.

Steve: Yeah.

Toni: So you definitely need cash, which is something that — you need more than 50 bucks in cash, you need significant cash to get around.

Steve: Yeah absolutely. But outside of that I mean you had a pretty positive experience, and would you advise people who are serious about e-commerce just go for the heck of it?

Toni: Yeah I would go.

Steve: Okay. Well, believe it or not, I didn’t think we’d be able to chat 40 minutes about the Canton Fair, but apparently we did. But thanks Toni for coming along with us on the trip, it actually made the trip a whole lot more fun for my wife and I, because normally we actually dread going. And having someone else along was just a lot more fun. It made a lot more fun for us.

Toni: Well yeah, thanks for having me. I don’t think I could have done without you guys.

Steve: Hope you enjoyed that episode. I think the key take away from this episode is that if you want to quickly visit thousands of vendors to source your products, then going to a show like the Canton Fair totally makes sense. After all, your time is valuable. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode187.

And once again I want to thank Privy.com for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use to turn visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture, exit intent, and site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it’s so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop ups for any primer that is closely tied to your e-commerce store. So if you want to give it a try, it’s free. So head on over to Privy.com/Steve, that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/Steve.

I also want to thank Klaviyo which is my email marketing platform of choice for ecommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on auto pilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O, once again that’s mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.

Now, I talk about how I use all these tools on my blog, and if you’re interested in starting your own ecommerce store, head on over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six-day mini course. Just type in your email, and I’ll send you the course right away, thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

186: Brad Moss – How To Maximize Your Amazon Sales From The Former Head Of Seller Central

How To Maximize Your Amazon Sales With Former Head Of Seller Central Brad Moss

Today I’m happy to have Brad Moss on the show. Brad recently spoke at my conference, The Sellers Summit, this past year, and his presentation was very well received by the attendees.

He’s the former head of Seller Central at Amazon and he has intimate knowledge of how Amazon works from the inside. And today, he’s the founder of ProductLabs.net where he helps Amazon sellers blow up their businesses.

Anyway, Brad is an awesome guy and he’s got some crazy Amazon stories to tell as well. Enjoy the episode!

What You’ll Learn

  • What it’s like to work at Amazon and what the environment is like
  • How to analyze an Amazon account and and know what needs to change to improve sales
  • Guidelines for a good Amazon conversion rate.
  • Guidelines for your CTR.
  • How to diagnose your conversion problems.

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Privy.com – Privy is my tool of choice when it comes to gathering email subscribers for my ecommerce store. They offer easy to use email capture, exit intent, and website targeting tools that turn more visitors into email subscribers and buyers. With both free and paid versions, Privy fits into any budget. Click here and get 15% OFF towards your account.
Privy

Kabbage.com – If you run a physical products based business, sometimes you need a short term loan to buy inventory to meet demand, especially during the holiday season. Kabbage helps small business owners access simple and flexible funding right away. Click here and get a $50 Visa gift card upon signup.
kabbage

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.
Sellers Summit

Transcript

You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrapped business owners, and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. Now today I’m thrilled to have Brad Moss on the show. And Brad is an ex Amazon employee who was the head of Seller Central. So he has intimate knowledge of their inner workings. And today we’re going to discuss what it takes to maximize your sales on Amazon.

But before we begin I want to give a quick shout out to Privy who is a sponsor of the show. Privy is the tool I use to build my email list for both my blog and my online store. Now what does Privy do? Privy is an email list growth platform, and they manage all of my email capture forms, and in fact I use pretty hand in hand with all of my email marketing providers.

Now there are a bunch of companies out there that will manage your email capture forms, but I like Privy because they specialize in e-commerce. Right now I’m using Privy to display a cool wheel of fortune pop up. Basically a user gives their email for a chance to win valuable prizes in our store. Customers love the gamification aspect of this, and after I implemented this form, email sign ups increased by 131%.

Now there are other cool things that you can do with Privy also. So for example let’s say you offer free shipping for orders over 100 bucks, well you can tell Privy to flush a pop up when the customer has $90 in their shopping cart to urge them to insert one more item. So bottom line, Privy allows me to turn visitors into email subscribers, which I then feed to my email provider to close the sale.

So head on over to Privy.com/Steve, and try it for free. And if you decide that you need some of the more advanced features, use coupon code MWQHJ For 15% off once. Once again that’s P-R-I-V-Y.com/Steve.

Now I also want to give a quick shout out to Klaviyo who is a sponsor of the show. I’m always blessed to have them as a sponsor because they are the email marketing platform that I personally use for my store, and I depend on them for over 20% of my revenues. Now, Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for ecommerce stores, and here is why it is so powerful.

Klaviyo can track every single customer who has shopped in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week, easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special auto-responder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and there is full revenue tracking on every single email.

Now Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used and you can try them for free at mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O, once again that’s, mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle, so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here is your host, Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit her Job Podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Brad Moss on the show. Now Brad was actually a speaker at my conference, the Sellers Summit this past year, and his presentation was very well received by the attendees. He is the former head of Seller Central at Amazon, and he’s got intimate knowledge about how Amazon works from the inside. And that’s one of the reasons why I wanted to have him come on the podcast today.

Today he’s actually the founder of productlabs.net, where he helps Amazon sellers to [inaudible 00:03:35] their businesses. In addition, he has some software under development that analyzes your account to see how you can improve your sales. Anyway Brad is an awesome guy, and he’s got some crazy Amazon stories to tell as well, which he kind of shared with me at the conference. They are really entertaining. And with that, welcome to the show Brad, how are you doing today man?

Brad: Thanks Steve, that’s quite an introduction. I’m glad to be here.

Steve: So one thing the listeners don’t know is like you just had a newborn, and then you kind of flew out the family over the conference with like a newborn baby. So how’s the baby doing?

Brad: The baby’s great, the baby’s great, and more importantly, my wife is still holding in there.

Steve: Yes, your wife is a saint.

Brad: Yes she is, she is, but yeah the bam is awesome, and he’s great.

Steve: So give us your quick background story for those listeners who don’t know your back story. Tell us about your stint in Amazon and why you decided to start Product Labs.

Brad: Yeah sure. So do you want the long or short version?

Steve: Let’s – I’ll cut you off if it gets too long, how’s that?

Brad: Okay, it sounds good. So I started on Amazon maybe five years ago, five and a half years ago. And I actually started on Amazon, I come from an entrepreneurial background, and I actually had a game development studio before. And I worked in video games for a while. And so when I started on Amazon, they actually tested me with a project called a seller gamification. And it was a really cool concept, and I worked on that for about six months. And we were a day before launching when some middle management stuff happened at Amazon. That never happens at a big company right?

The day before launching, people were fighting over this engineer who is Nike engineer, and my side lost. So we never launched that, and I think you guys would’ve seen a lot of really cool stuff from that program had it launched, but it never did. Nonetheless, it got me really intimately familiar with Seller Central and how the system works, because we had to build this program into Seller Central. And so from there, there was no head of Seller Central, there was no business leader over Seller Central.

And from there we said, well this is a natural transition and Seller Central was pretty terrible in certain places. And so I moved into that role. And so I ran Seller Central for a while and tried to make some improvements. And it’s quite a hard thing to wrangle. There was over 167 different systems that are running inside Seller Central at the time, and there was all these different teams inside there. So I was trying to, or I had to set the rules and guidelines for these teams, and they’re doing things coming on especially external teams coming into our org [ph] to build some stuff inside Seller Central.

Seller Central is okay. I wish it was much better, and I had a lot of things that I wanted to do to improve it, but you can only do so much inside a big company.

Steve: Can you give us an idea of what the environment is like in there, and what it’s like to work there kind of?

Brad: At Amazon?

Steve: Yeah.

Brad: Sure. So for example — well it’s pretty neat in that being the lead they gave me quite a lot of responsibility, and they did that, but then they put the whole burden of proof and reasoning on my shoulders as well. So as a business lead, I would say, hey I want to change this widget to — I wanted to change the front page of Seller Central to no longer show that whole middle bar, and they’d say why. And I have to have a business case behind it and say, well if we get rid of it, they’d have to have the numbers behind to say, well if we get rid of that, we’re going to see an improved what we call GMS, which is like GMB.

It’s total sales in the system — would improve GMS of five million dollars if we do that. Well that’s not good enough because of XY and Z. So I owned the program, but I had to prove all the stuff that I wanted to do and why I wanted to do it every step of the way. And I had to prove to my manager. My manager was typically on board, but I have to go — sometimes it was big stuff that we were changing. I have to go, run it past a VP or the senior vice president. So Sebastian Gunningham was senior vice president at the time. I think he still is, and we talked about changing the whole head, the header, the whole head, the top part of Seller Central.

And we did, and we made it mobile friendly, well on certain pages so that if you looked on your mobile phone, you could actually navigate. Certain pages don’t work, and you still can’t quite navigate them on your mobile phone. But we made this refresh of the whole top nav, and we presented that to Sebastian and some of the reasons why, and his navigation and what sellers would see as an improvement from there.

Steve: So everything is very metrics focused, like every decision, right?

Brad: Exactly, so it wasn’t like, hey I want to make this red because I like red better. It was that would never fly at Amazon. We have to do an A/B study. For example we on boarded that PPC, the product sponsored product system. Those guys wanted to come into Seller Central; they wanted their own title at the very top. There’s inventory and orders, they wanted their very own, and right now you’ll see one that says advertising, right? We put that in there.

We actually thought the word marketing was a better word, because we wanted to put other stuff inside that tab aside from just the PPC, sponsored products. And so we did an A/B test between marketing and advertising, and users. We found that users recognized the term advertising a lot more clearly than marketing. And so that’s why it’s named advertising today.

Steve: I just want you — I’m just curious like whenever they make these huge announcements and whatnot, all the decisions that they make, do you guys, do you always have to run tests to see how it effects revenue before any sort of decision is made?

Brad: Not always test. There’s many times there’s theories. And that might mean — and that can lead into my next role which I did which was mobile. So because I ran Seller Central, I got to know that really, really well. And then the question always was mobile, how do people access Seller Central, their accounts on mobile. And so I then picked up the business case, said okay well, is there a business case to make Amazon to make a mobile version of Seller Central.

And today everyone — the end of the story is, yes there was because we have the Amazon seller app today, and that’s what I built. But it was a hard business case to make. I based it on several different factors, and to give you a little bit of perspective. When I first started at Amazon, I noticed this one page on Amazon that no one was paying attention to. And I said, hey if we do some updating here, it’s going to be a $30 million opportunity, the analysis that I did it.

And then my manager just laughed at me, he said no, we’re not going to do that. I said why? It’s got to be a billion dollars in three years. Oh we’re not going to do it at all. I said, oh that’s a high bar. So with mobile, my question that was running through my mind the whole time was like, well, can we build something that will grow to be a billion dollars in increased revenue for Amazon in three years?

And so with mobile, the case came down to, well the arbitrage seller, the sellers who go — might go to Costco, and they scan something, they say, hey look. this is selling for $10 cheaper on a Costco than it is on Amazon. If I buy it and then I list it on Amazon I’m going to make an extra three bucks on buy box. And so whenever someone did that, that product got rolled into our program, and that’s an increased value when someone purchased that product that they listed through the app. That got attributed to our mobile program, and that started growing. That was part of the revenue.

Steve: I see.

Brad: For the increase we had 300 million which we mentioned here. So that was one of the cases.

Steve: It sounds like the decisions are all like macro, like if it’s not going to be a huge difference, then Amazon is not going to bother even doing it.

Brad: Exactly, well at least at least from someone like in my scenario, in general yes. Sometimes there’s even a bigger macro like strategic vision somewhere that Jeff Bezos sets out, or his team sets out and every one of those come in and there’s like no dollar values tied to them. They’re just like we just want to do this.

Steve: Right, that makes sense.

Brad: It comes from Bezos, and then they do it. But most of the time, there is a strong business case behind why are we — why someone is doing stuff, why these new announcements come out, and these new programs are launched.

Steve: I mean so let’s switch gears a little bit. And so you left the company what, five years ago, and then you decided to start Product Labs where you kind of help Amazon sellers, what was the impetus for that?

Brad: For leaving — I mean for leaving the company I’ve done maybe a major [inaudible 00:13:05]. I’ve done some pretty good work with some really good teams there, and I decided to move on. I mean again there are some middle management fighting that starts happening especially when you have a successful program. And so I didn’t really want to deal with that too much, and also there were some family reasons that I wanted to move back to Salt Lake City.

So I left, and as soon as I left, I had a lot of people that just started pinning me that I had just known casually. And they said, hey I need to understand stuff on Amazon; there are so many problems here. And having known the system on Seller Central, and how difficult, tremendously difficult a lot of the things can be — that said they’re getting better — some of them are slowly getting better, right? But some of the systems are so hard to understand, it’s such a steep learning curve. I realized there are a lot of people that just needed this help.

And so I just started with a few clients and said, sure, I’ll able to help you get things up and rolling. And we got them up and rolling and they saw some great success. And then I pulled a partner and it’s another ex Amazon business lead, his name is Tim Hughes. He was at the conference.

Steve: Yeah.

Brad: Yeah you met him. And so I pulled him in and said, hey let’s do this and grow this, and I want to build some software that’s tied into everything that we’re doing. And so Tim has been hitting up a lot of the software side of things. And so yeah, it just slowly started to grow from there.

Steve: So Brad, I know a lot of people come to you and you’ve helped a lot of Amazon businesses grow. I was wondering if you could kind of walk me through your process of when some someone comes to you, how you analyze their account and come up with action items on what to change.

Brad: Yeah sure. So this has been — when we started, this is always the biggest question. And part of what I talked about at the conference was we’re realizing everyone has their own opinions of what you should be doing, and a lot of them are really good. And it turns into this huge list of 50 things that I got to do you right now to improve my business. And being overwhelmed like that and having the kind of Amazon training and experience that we ha, whenever you get overwhelmed, it means there’s no structure, and that you don’t really know what’s going on in the operations of your business.

And so we created this kind of a map to the whole Amazon system and what works, and what is driving what. So one of the key things at Amazon whenever we’d build these decks, these metrics decks that we review every single week, that’s how the whole business is run is through these metric stacks. We would identify what we call inputs and outputs. So inputs are things that you can change. For example like a good picture on your detail page, or like the title of your detail page. You could go in there right now and change that.

But that’s going to drive something, and so the question is what’s the output that that’s going to affect. And so we went through and we did analysis on the whole selling cycle inside Amazon. And we’ve built kind of a framework where we’re looking at, oaky what are the inputs and outputs. So for example if I change a picture, that is actually going to affect my conversion rate on my detail page, right? And it’s not actually going to be changing my sessions or changing my costs.

And so we need to understand where things are broken first. So we actually do a breakdown, we look at the health of these output metrics. So the key ones that we look at are, one the conversion rate, and what the conversion rate is.

Steve: What’s a good conversion rate?

Brad: Ten percent or above is what we give an A.

Steve: Does that apply to all categories or is that like a general guideline?

Brad: Yeah that’s a general guideline of what we found. Yeah I’ve seen this high of 60% on some, and I’ve seen some miserable ones too.

Steve: What would you consider something that definitely needs improvement, like a conversion rate?

Brad: So 4 or 5% definitely needs improvement. Even six and seven probably need improvement, you can improve it.

Brad: These conversion rates are crazy that you’re quoting compared to like the average conversion rate for a standalone store, which hovers around 2 to 3%?

Brad: Yeah you’re right. It is the average retails at around 3%, and these conversion rates, I don’t know if it has to do with your further down the funnel inside Amazon, and so when someone is clicking on your page, they’re much further down the funnel hence the conversion rate is higher. But this is the conversion rate inside Amazon that we’ve got a metric that we’re gauging this on.

Steve: Okay, and so you go through someone’s products and then you just kind of point out conversion rates that are below ten?

Brad: Yes, so we look at what your conversion rates are for all your products, and the number of sessions for all your products, so this one is very specific by category, the number of sessions. So how many people are visiting your page because really if it’s conversion rates time sessions equals the number of sales, right? That is simple math. But that’s how we’ve broken it down that way. So if you’re looking at sessions, there’s a kind of a threshold of sessions.

We actually look at the market, what the other sellers are doing in your market and the number of sessions that they’re getting, and where you are and if you’ve achieved similar sessions to them or not. And that’s kind of the threshold. But when you want to talk about generality sessions, around 3,000 sessions is typically good for most categories, 3,000 sessions a month.

Steve: How do you determine how many sessions like a competitor is getting per product?

Brad: So we do research on their products, and we use some tools that give some approximation of what their sessions are. [Overlapping 00:19:06] It’s going to be based those — yeah based on their BS R, and conversion rate and sales, we triangulate kind of where their sessions are.

Steve: How do you know what their conversion rate is though?

Brad: Well that’s part of — we do some analysis on some of the detail page, and we give some estimates.

Steve: Okay, got it, got it.

Brad: It’s not exact numbers; we don’t have those numbers, so we do what we can.

Steve: These are kind of subjective based on the quality of the listing, right?

Brad: Yeah, and based on where they are on the listing. So, we’re looking at the top sellers, and we know that in general top sellers have a higher than 10% conversion rates. The question is how much higher do they have?

Steve: Got it, got it. Okay and so you’re comparing the number of sessions that you’re getting versus a competitor to see where you kind of lie in that curve, right?

Brad: Exactly.

Brad: If you’re far off from the leader, then you’re probably doing something wrong?

Brad: Yeah, and one of the things that we tell people is it’s hard to hit a homerun every time, and my expect — I think it’s an unrealistic expectation to expect a home run every time. Now a lot of people want homeruns every time, but it’s very difficult and it’s actually can get really spendy. And when I say homerun, I mean become the number one seller of your product in particular category. So we’ve set our thresholds at a spot where you’re going to be in the top quartile of sellers of your product, and that’s kind of hitting in A in our book.

Now you can get beyond that which we call super if you’re doing beyond that, which means you are — you may be the top one or two sellers in the category. But you’re going to be up all night if you’re always trying to be and you’ll never achieve that if you’re always trying to be number one in every single category that you’re in with all of your products.

Steve: It seems like 3,000 is kind of like an arbitrary number, because what if you’re selling something that just doesn’t get that much search volume, you’re never going to hit that, right?

Brad: Yeah, so that’s why we — this discussion is much more based on the competitors and the particular type of product. And so I just threw out the 3,000 and that’s a good general — it’s a general number of most products that we’ve seen. But it has a much wider standard deviation, the sessions does versus the conversion rate.

Steve: Okay, so assuming that – okay so let’s say the sessions is kind of like far off from the lead, like what are your next steps?

Brad: So we’ve identified — so for conversion rate there’s basically four inputs, what we call inputs that affect the conversion rate, and for sessions there’s eight different inputs. And so for sessions, we break things down into two categories either organic traffic, so traffic that’s just coming from people generally searching the Amazon catalog. Or influence traffic and that’s traffic that you’re paying for or that you’re pushing into Amazon. And so, each one of those has basically four categories of inputs.

So if you are getting — for example if you’re not doing very well and part of — so I’ll step back a half step. Part of our assessment we look at where your sessions are coming from. So we analyze if it’s coming from just native Amazon clicks, or if it’s coming from advertising clicks. And there’s a ratio there. So if over 50% of your clicks are coming from ads, you’re really dependent upon ads and there’s probably something wrong with your organic listing, because people aren’t even finding it by doing the normal search result.

Steve: What’s a good ratio of organic for paid then?

Brad: So I would say between, I mean 50 is probably about as far as you want to go. And again there’s another component here of strategy. If you want to push really, really hard for a month or two, and so you’re doing tons of paid ads, then you can expect this to go up. But in general that will come back down, and it should be around 30%, 30 to 50% of organic versus influence, or paid traffic.

Steve: And the 3,000 number you kind of threw out earlier, that’s for both components, right?

Brad: Exactly.

Steve: Okay got it.

Brad: So then for the organic for example that’s low, then we say, okay what’s going on with your — there’s four different things. One is the title of your listing, that’s going to affect your sessions. The actual keywords, the keywords inside the content of the detail page, that’s going to affect your organic ranking. And the keywords in the back end and not just keywords, but the other components in the back end, we fill those out before weighing, and you may need to adjust those. And then the last thing is the categorization sometimes can be off, and that will pull you out of the organic ranking, the right way that you — of where you should be.

Steve: So how do you test, like in the back end for example, let’s say you’re choosing the wrong keywords, if you were to just have someone change those, do you change a bunch of them and then see what happens, or do you just change one at a time?

Brad: So because the results take — I mean it’s a question of A/B testing that you can’t fully A/B test on Amazon at any point. It’s more of like you make a change and then you see what happens, and you make a change and you see what happens. Because of that, we usually change several keywords at a time. And it may not be all of them, it may not be, hey all these keywords are bad. It may just be, hey there’s a few more we want to add in here, so let’s try these. Let’s adjust these and test it for the next several weeks, and see how your organic ranking is improving or decreasing.

Steve: Okay. And then the other thing you said was words within the content. Does that imply that the description and the bullet points are getting considered for keyword?

Brad: Aha yeah.

Steve: Interesting, I didn’t know that. I thought the description did not, but…

Brad: So the ABC is not getting plugged, the enhanced content stuff is not getting indexed, but the descriptions are, and the bullet points still are from everything we’ve tested.

Steve: Okay, so it’s in your best interest then to write out a flashy description?

Brad: Yeah definitely, and it should make sense. I mean so for example this comes back to conversion rate, but the descriptions are so interesting, because it’s a mixture between driving sessions and driving conversion rate. We took a client from 4% to 10% in conversion rate just by changing the text in the description, and it was just the text. We didn’t change the images; we didn’t change the titles, just the text. So people do read some of this stuff. It doesn’t only — the images aren’t the only thing that matters.

Steve: Was that a more complicated project that required more or better description though?

Brad: It was a supplement, but it was a more complicated supplement. So I would say it was a unique supplement, more of an outlier in its field.

Steve: Okay, that needed more explanation probably I would imagine.

Brad: Yeah.

Steve: Okay that makes sense, that makes sense. Okay so let’s see, we’ve got — so we’re still talking about sessions, and you said there were four things for organic?

Brad: Yeah.

Steve: And so title, bullet points, description, what is the forth?

Brad: The listing back and then the categorization, how you have categorized.

Steve: Okay yes. How do you figure out if you’re in the wrong category?

Brad: I know there’s a lot of category hopping because people are really pushing to try and get Amazon badges out there. I’ve noticed Amazon cracking down on some of that too and they’ll move you in different categories where you need to be. Categorization it’s the same as — I don’t know if the real question is how do you know if you’re in the wrong category? The question is more, are you in the most effective category for your product? And sometimes you are and sometimes you aren’t.

And so that’s another thing that it can it can be more scary to move because you can adjust some of the indexing that Amazon — historical indexing, you can move it up and down if you’re moving categorization. So that’s a more serious thing that we consider, and it’s only when things feel like they’re really bad and it’s kind of like we’ve tested several of the other ones, they’re not working, and so then we consider listing categorization…

Steve: Okay, that makes sense.

Brad: As the last resort.

Steve: Okay and what is your view on enhanced brand content in general?

Brad: So enhanced brand content is over on the conversion rate side. It should improve your conversion rate. And so I think it’s great, it looks good. As a consumer I like it, and when I’m looking at a product that I’m really interested in. I know it shows up pretty well on mobile if you’re looking at mobile, and a lot of people shop on mobile these days. That’s one thing that people need to always consider is the mobile shopper, because that is where I think it’s over 50% of traffic coming is from mobile.

But the EBC is great, and if your conversion rate is low, we’ll definitely look at your [inaudible 00:28:34] content. Sometimes people have a terrific conversion rate, they may have a 20 or 30% conversion rate, and they want to do the enhanced brand content, that’s something that you can do. It may not be the top priority, but if everything else is already covered, then by all means add more enhanced brand content.

Steve: That’s kind of private question more along the lines of if your conversion rate is already pretty good, like is it something that you should still spend time to implement over some of the other things?

Brand: Yeah, so it’s a matter of stack ranking what you want to do, right? If your sessions are really low, I would not be ABC. I’d really focus on trying to optimize the organic sessions or the paid sessions that you’re doing.

Steve: What about parent child, like does that fall under the sessions?

Brad: Parent’s child does fall into the session side, the organic side. And that’s part of the categorization, we kind of lump those into the categorization as well. And everything that we’ve tried, I can’t speak to others experience, but everything we’ve tried always points to a benefit of having a parent child relationship for products.

Steve: Interesting, because there are different schools of thought, right? You get more listings in the search results.

Brad: Yes and no. I mean you get some more — your listings will still repeat in the search results. It’s just they may be lower. So you might still see your blue and your red socks. One might be a couple of pages later than your blue one. And they still both point to the same parent. And so the parent moves up. The idea is that everything kind of moves up because there’s conversion on it, or someone might discover the blue one. And then blue pulls the blue one up even though some comes in through the black.

Steve: Right. Okay so in general you recommend that you try to do parent child in your experience at least.

Brad: Yeah, that’s kind of a standard thing. We brought someone’s catalog, but then the first two months their whole business grew about 200%, and all we did was adjust the back end categorization of things. And that means parent child relationships, doing them the right way, and then adjusting just a few back end keywords, and their business grew 200% from what it was. And that was it that we know, that’s all we had done to get to that point.

Steve: Are there limits to the parent child, so let me just give an example in my case. I sell napkins, could I put like similar designed towels within that parent child, like what are the limits and the boundaries of what you would do parent child with?

Brad: So yeah that’s a really good question. I guess on the kind of the parent child, what do you dump in there, right?

Steve: Right yeah.

Brad: I mean I’ve seen some listings that probably have 30 different styles, and then each one of those styles has five different sizes in it. Some of those things are doing well. So the question — I don’t know if I have an exact answer for you. That would probably come into the point where it’s more of an art than a science, and what do you think the consumers are imagining here, or seeing here in the situation. Do you think they’re coming to that page and then converting over to the towels versus the napkins? And if they are, then do it by all means.

Steve: But does it hurt to do that is actually what I was asking?

Brad: It might be something to try, I don’t know, I don’t think I can give you an exact answer on that. It might not hurt it and it might hurt it. And parent child are not that scary. Having done them a lot, it’s actually not as scary as it feels to do them when you pull them in there. I mean it’s just — you create an ASIN, hold the children in, and if you don’t like it anymore, you pull them right back out. And they’re their own ASINS, because everything sticks on the same ASIN.

Steve: So let’s switch gears and talk about conversions then. So what are some of the things that you’ve changed that have greatly affected conversions, like what are the inputs first of all?

Brad: Yeah, so conversion rate for the four inputs we have identified are, one the listing, what the media is for the listing. So your pictures can be a really big deal. We bump conversion rates ten points or 20 points based on just changing a picture. And the top picture of a product. We brought one from 3 to 13% just by redoing what the main hero image was.

Steve: Oh yeah, I can totally see that.

Brad: Yeah and so pictures are quite a big deal, and that’s the first thing everyone always sees. So that should always be the — you should look at it with laser focus. And then the content, like I mentioned all the text inside there, so the bullet points and the detail page. And then the next one is the price or kind of put in a more general term is the value of your listing versus your competitors. So your price is actually going to influence your conversion rate up and down. If your competitors are all selling for a lot more money, and you’re selling for a lot cheaper, your conversion is going to go up, right?

And vice versa, if your conversion rate is really low, and you’re $10 more expensive than the next guy, it could — that’s an indicator that really it could be your pricing issue. And part of pricing does come into are you relaying the value or the increased value of your product to the consumer? And if you’re not doing a good enough job, when the price is really where it’s going to yield. And we say, oh this isn’t really worth it, so I’m going to bounce this page and go buy from this other guy. Sorry did you have a question?

Steve: Yeah I was going to ask you, what is your view on video? I’ve seen a lot more videos now on listings.

Brad: Yeah, I think videos are great. If you can get them on there, I think they’re fantastic. It’s just additional rich media for your listing.

Steve: When you add a video though, it’s always at the bottom, right?

Brad: Yeah, the video shots, yeah those get clicked on quite a bit from what we’ve seen.

Steve: Interesting, okay.

Brad: And those — it’s when people are looking for more information about the product, they’ve looked kind of at the top and then they see a video that pertains exactly to your product right when they’re going down to look at some of the customer reviews. Because you scroll down, you’re about to look at some reviews, you’re like, oh here’s a video that might explain a little bit more about someone’s experience with this, or from the manufacturer himself.

Steve: So if you were to prioritize all these things, like what is your order of hierarchy in terms of what you focus on?

Brad: So, and then I’ll give the fourth one too, I just gave you three. The fourth one is customer feedback, so the stars that you have. And that’s actually an output too. It’s not necessary an input, you can’t go in there and change your customer feedback, right? There’s four additional inputs that affect your customer feedback, but customer feedback is another — one of the four metrics that goes into your conversion rate, reporting that you do.

Steve: How is that an input again, sorry?

Brad: Well customer feedback is not an input. Customer feedback is an output. And then I don’t know how deep you want me to get. There is four — we’ve identified four additional things that go into the customer feedback if you want that higher — if you want to get that higher.

Steve: Maybe let’s come back to that first.

Brad: Let me come back to that yeah. Okay sorry, so what was your previous question?

Steve: The other priority in terms of like what in order of priority, yeah?

Brad: We typically look at – well media is one of the biggest things that we see people struggle with, and even a brand that has a really well done pictures, sometimes is not displaying it the right way. For example, we were helping someone with a pillow, and it didn’t quite look like a pillow. It was a really fancy pillow, and didn’t quite look like one. And so we advice them and we had adjust the picture, the main picture, and so people kind of understood a little bit more that it was a pillow you sleep with, not the one you put on the couch. And that improved conversion rate quite a bit when we did that.

So that’s usually the biggest offender is the visuals there. It’s either that — well it’s hard to say, because many people coming in, they’re running a business and the value side of what your price is, they can’t change the price or they have it listed really high, and they want to make more money on it, and they can’t come down, but the conversion rate is really low. And so if they can’t come down on that, that leads back to, well, how can we make the media look nicer or the content look a little better, or improve the customer feedback so that this is going to justify the high price point that you have.

On that price point by the way, some people ask when to improve their price, and this is always a fun thing to discover. When someone has a really high conversion rate, that’s an indicator you can bump up your price. Now I won’t go crazy and probably destroy your listing, but that’s an indicator people are willing to spend a little bit more on your product if your conversion rate is so high.

Steve: What do you consider a conversion rate where you would want to up the price?

Brad: About 20%.

Steve: About 20%, okay. What is your strategy there, do you kind of slowly inch it up?

Brad: Yeah, I mean we do kind of 50 cent increments, sometimes dollar increments. It depends on what their top price is. If they’re selling for $57, you might jump it up to $58, and watch the conversion rate over the next couple of weeks.

Steve: I see, and that in general you’re doing the analysis on what generates the most revenue?

Brad: Exactly yeah, and all this in puts into a big system we have that identifies what are their cost of goods, what are the returns, the whole cost side of things, which is a whole different equation. But we pull it all together, and do an analysis on what their net profit is and their profit margin is.

Steve: Have you seen the conversion rate increase as a result of a price increase?

Brad: I think I have, but I can’t think of any specific example.

Steve: I mean sometimes, and this happens in e-commerce sometimes where you raise the price and there’s a higher perceived quality of an item due to the price and it has the opposite effect. I know that happened with my course actually. Once I started raising the price, I actually increased the conversion rate. Just wondering how often that happens in your experience, or people are just very price-conscious in general?

Brad: I think on Amazon people are pretty price conscious. That’s one thing always to remember when you’re coming on, when you’re displaying a product on Amazon versus another e-commerce website like your own is in general people like deals when they’re coming to Amazon. It’s built on low price, but that said I think there is some wiggle room in there, and you might be able to adjust that improved perceived value for what you’re doing.

Steve: Let’s kind of jump back to the customer feedback, like you were talking about you’re going to dig deeper into the customer feedback. Like what are some things that you can do to affect that?

Brad: So you have the four things that we’ve identified and there could be more, I’d love to hear if there’s other cool things that people are doing out there. But number one is, answer all the questions and answer them and make sure your answers are professional and concise and positive. So answer any questions that people have. Number two is the thing when you ask for reviews, we’ve gone through this whole review ups and downs over the last six months or twelve months, asking for reviews and trying to improve your conversion rate under reviews.

In general we found it’s like one to 2% conversion rate per review, but when you start asking for them, it can jump up to 5%.

Steve: Is that still the case even with the opt out?

Brad: So the opt out has cooled back down a little bit, but we still see it improved, and we still use that as a general rule of thumb for everything that we do, because we do see reviews coming in through the emails.

Steve: How many emails are people sending, or do you recommend people send?

Brad: No more than two, two would be the max. The three click chain, that’s not good. I mean you’re just bugging people at that point in our opinion.

Steve: Do you ask for seller feedback first prior to product feedback or what’s your Strategy?

Brad: No, just product feedback. Seller feedback is almost useless. At a certain point, no one cares who the seller is. At a certain point if you have good feedback and you can scrap bad feedback, because most the time the bad feedback is about a product anyway. And so at a certain point, your feedback is great, and there’s no reason to have higher seller feedback versus not. No one really cares who the seller is.

When I came into Amazon I thought people did and I was really pushing that, then I got laughed at because everyone knew what I didn’t know, it’s no one cares who the seller is as long as it’s prime and they get that promise, then people don’t care, at least at this point in the game. They may as well…

Steve: Does Amazon care though; I mean does it go into the waiting factor in terms of…

Brad: Yeah, so the only reason seller feedback matters is on Amazon side. So it doesn’t matter to the customer, but it matters in the Amazon side. And as long as you keep it clean and you have a decent amount of feedback and it’s all about four and a half or four point seven or one whatever the math, I think it’s four point seven, then you don’t really need more, you don’t even want more necessarily. And it will come in, it’ll trickle in, but as long as you’re up that good, then you’re great.

Amazon will — it’s kind of like a check box right in there. Mine is looking through things like a check box, and then, oh the seller doing X number of revenue? If they are, we might give him more attention or might give him an account manager or something like that if that’s what you’re trying to go after.

Steve: So yeah, once it gets to a certain threshold, then it’s not going to really improve your organic rankings across the board for your product?

Brad: No, not at all, not at all.

Steve: Cool, hey we’ve been chatting for 40 minutes, is there anything – you’re off again, sorry. Is very anything that you want to add?

Brad: Just the last two inputs, customer service, the gen A plus customer service in general, and then obviously the most important thing is an A plus product, making sure your product is not faulty. And that’s hard because of the way up the channel right, you got to make sure that it’s good. But if you have an awesome product and people give you great feedback.

Steve: How are you guys dealing with these sellers that just leave malicious feedback or like these hijackers that come and take your buy box and then disappear like in a week, it’s like playing whack a mole, what do you guys account of that?

Brad: Yeah we have — and that’s we jump on it as fast as we can, and that’s one of the reasons for brand registry 2.0 is so you can control that a lot more closely, and you can get people off your listing really a lot quicker if you’re the brand owner. They even have — I heard from someone on the team, they have like an SLA [ph] of around like six hours to respond to your inquiries and questions on preference in 2.0.

Steve: Okay cool.

Brad: So that’s what she told us yeah.

Steve: So Brad, to end this interview, you want to tell us about some of the services that you offer and give us like a little peek about what your software is that’s coming out?

Brad: Sure. So I’ll mention the services first. So essentially we do two things. One, we do these kind of analysis for people, so the stuff we’ve been talking about. They’ll bring their business on; they kind of don’t know where they are, if they should focus on doubling down where they are now, or expanding. And they don’t quite know where they are in the marketplace and what they want to be doing. And so at that point, many people come to us and they say, hey, I’d love a full assessment of my business.

So we do these assessments, and it’s a full deep dive, strategic deep dive for people. It takes about two weeks to do from our side, so we look along different angles of their business and what’s going on in the marketplace. And then we give them a report and we talk through it, and talk about things they need to do to improve their business. That’s kind of the first thing we do. The second is we do that and then we do everything for them.

Steve: I like that option.

Brad: Yeah, it’s the full hands on kind of [inaudible 00:46:11] service. And we run these companies, we run the whole Amazon channel for businesses, big and small, and we say, hey if you want to focus on product development, that’s where your passion is, that’s what you’re really good at, and you don’t want to deal with all the Amazon garbage that happens, we will take over that full channel for you, everything from customer service, PPC optimization to the detailed page opposition.

And then we put it in our system and we optimize for profit for them. And we say, hey, look this is what’s going on with profit; we think you should be doing XY and Z. And these are the tasks we want to do this month to improve your margins. So that’s the second thing, and we do a lot of that for clients, is the full on managed service of the whole Amazon channel for them.

Steve: Okay, and are you prepared to talk about what’s coming out?

Brad: Yes, so I’ll give you a little bit of peek. So we’re very interested in understanding more about who the customers are, and who your customers are. I know for everyone who does Facebook and works through the Facebook side of things, there’s some really cool Facebook analytics and demographic information. We are really interested in tying back kind of together with what’s going on Amazon, and kind of triangulating all the activities that you’re doing on Facebook with Amazon and validating the whole system for people.

Steve: Are you saying that we can create audiences based on our purchasers?

Brad: That’s where we’re going.

Steve: That sounds very interesting.

Brad: Exactly where we’re going yeah. There’s that and then we’re also interested in the Amazon marketplace as a whole, what’s going on and things like how many Amazon brand Amazon own brands are there right now, and in what categories are they in. So we’re looking at things like that, and we’d love to make all that public to people to just let them know what’s going on, what Amazon is doing, and then anchor [ph] a little bit more about what your competitors are doing.

Steve: Cool man. Well, hopefully Brad will be at the 2018 Sellers Summit. In fact as soon as I hang up here, we’re going to talk about that a little. But thanks for coming on the show Brad, I’m happy to have you man, you did a great job at this year’s summit.

Brad: Oh appreciated Steve. The summit was one of my highlights of the whole year to be honest. It’s a great event.

Steve: Cool man. I hope to see there again next year.

Brad: All right great, thanks.

Steve: Take care.

Hope you enjoyed that episode. What I love about Brad is that he’s really approachable, he knows his stuff, and he’s willing to share his knowledge with everyone. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitherjob.com/ episode186.

And once again I want to thank Klaviyo.com for sponsoring this episode. Klaviyo is the email marketing platform of choice for ecommerce merchants, and you can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on auto pilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O, once again that’s mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.

Now I also want to thank Privy.com for sponsoring this episode. Privy is the email capture provider that I personally use to turn visitors into email subscribers. They offer email capture, exit intent, site targeting tools to make it super simple as well. And I like Privy because it’s so powerful and you can basically trigger custom pop ups for any primer that is closely tied to your e-commerce store. If you want to give it a try, it’s free. So head on over to Privy.com/Steve, once again that’s PRIVY.com/Steve.

Now, I talk about how I use all these tools on my blog, and if you’re interested in starting your own ecommerce store, head on over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six-day mini course. Just type in your email, and I’ll send you the course right away, thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

185: The 80/20 Rule Of Sales And Marketing With Perry Marshall

The 80/20 Rule Of Sales And Marketing With Perry Marshall

Today, I’ve got an extra special guest on the show. Perry Marshall is one of the world’s most sought after business consultants and is the author of many bestselling books in the PPC advertising industry including the Ultimate Guide To Google Adwords and the Ultimate Guide To Facebook ads.

He’s consulted in over 300 industries and he’s known as the godfather of PPC. Enjoy the show!

What You’ll Learn

  • The 80/20 rule in action and how it has helped many of Perry’s clients.
  • How to directly apply the 80/20 rule to your business.
  • How to decide which PPC ad platform to use for your e-commerce business.
  • The pros/cons of the major PPC platforms.
  • Where to focus your energy when you have limited resources.
  • Perry’s guidelines on how to market your business.

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Ignite.Sellerlabs.com – If you are selling on Amazon and running Amazon Sponsored Ads campaigns, then Ignite from Seller Labs is a must have tool. Click here and get a FREE 30 Day Trial.
Ignite Logo

Kabbage.com – If you run a physical products based business, sometimes you need a short term loan to buy inventory to meet demand, especially during the holiday season. Kabbage helps small business owners access simple and flexible funding right away. Click here and get a $50 Visa gift card upon signup.
kabbage

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.
Sellers Summit

Transcript

You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrapped business owners, and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. Now today I’m thrilled to have Perry Marshall on the show.

Perry is one of the most sought after business consultants when it comes to pay per click advertising, and he’s known as the godfather of PPC. And today we’re actually going to pick his brain on how to grow your business with the 80/20 rule.

But before we begin, I want to give a quick shout out to Klaviyo who is a sponsor of the show. Now I’m super excited to talk about Klaviyo because they are the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store, and I actually depend on them for over 20% of my revenues. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider.

Well, Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for ecommerce stores. Klaviyo can track every single customer who has shopped in your store and exactly what they bought, which makes it extremely powerful. So let’s say I want to send an email out to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week, easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special auto-responder sequence to my customers depending on what they purchased, piece of cake, and there is full revenue tracking on every single email.

Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used and you can try them for free at mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O, once again that’s, mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. And if you’re interested in starting your own online business, head on over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six-day mini course. Just enter your email on the front page, and I’ll send you the course immediately. Now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle, so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here is your host, Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit her Job Podcast. Today I have an extra special guest on the show. He is one of the world’s most sought after business consultants, and is the author of many bestselling books in the PPC advertising industry including The Ultimate Guide to Google AdWords, and The Ultimate Guide to Facebook Ads. He has consulted in over 300 industries, and he’s known as the godfather of PPC.

Now does this man sound familiar? Well it’s none other than Perry Marshall. And with that welcome to the show Perry, how are you doing today?

Perry: Great Steve, it’s a delight to talk to you and you’ve got a pretty great story. We were talking earlier about your story of living in Silicon Valley. Living in an expensive city is no day at the beach.

Steve: It is not yeah, but there’s perks, you can’t buy the weather anywhere else, right?

Perry: Right, right. Well, I live in Chicago and our weather isn’t always that great, but it’s a great city. So you have these tradeoffs, like well are you willing to pay to live in a world class city, and all the things that — and I think it’s worth it. I think the connections that you have and the things that you can do, and so probably a lot of your listeners live in expensive metros, and have to thrive in the competition, right?

Steve: Absolutely.

Perry: It’s a pretty new topic.

Steve: So hey I actually know your work because I think back in 2007, I think I picked up your Ultimate Guide to AdWords. But for the benefit of the listeners, can you give us like a brief background story about how you got into PPC in the first place, and then eventually what led you to focus on like the 80/20 principle of sales and marketing?

Perry: Well, I want to quickly start by connecting with the name of your show. So my wife quit her job when our first was born. And a few months before that I had gotten laid off from my engineering job and gone into sales, which was kind of being thrown in the lake and see if you can swim. So I’ve lived this man, and it was a good two years of bologna sandwiches and rum and soup, dialing for dollars and pounding the pavement, and so man I totally get it.

And look I think that when you take on that extra burden of being the breadwinner, and of course it could be the woman being the breadwinner, it could be the guy being the breadwinner. But I think there are just situations where you put yourself in the situation, it’s almost like a movie, like what is this character going to do anyway. And well he’s got a battle ox, and he’s got to go through wars and battles and go on ships in the stormy sea, but you end up being a lot stronger and having a lot more moxie.

So I say there’s two kinds of people in the world. There are poodles and there are or are wolverines. And the way that you become a wolverine is your wife quits her job if you have to make it work. So that’s like the early back-story.

Steve: Was that the last time you did engineering by the way, because I know we’re both electrical engineers, was that the last time you did electrical engineering?

Perry: Well, in a sense I still do it, which is a whole another story, which if you want to get into we can talk about, but actually I feel like in engineering background is a liberal arts education for the 21st century.

Steve: Interesting.

Perry: It’s really helpful, and so I’ve always had a hand in — and I mean I even regard a lot of what I do now and what we’re talking about as engineering. Like all of these marketing problems are really engineering problems with a whole bunch of human psychology mixed in. In fact I think part of my job — I got this customer named Ari Galper. He lives in Australia and he does not have an engineering or a mathematics bone in his body.

But he said to me the other day, he goes you know Perry, you actually did teach me to think like an engineer, and I can put on that hat when I need to. And there are times when it’s really called for all the way from, hey I get this agency and they want to manage my clicks, all the way to somebody wants to buy my company, or somebody wants to sell me their company, or they want to sell me their website or any of those decisions.

There’s a little engineering problem, like well is the money going into the black box and coming out with more dollars than went in? Those are all engineering problems.

Steve: Okay interesting. Okay so I didn’t mean to interrupt you. You were talking about — you left off on I guess the meat of the story how you got into PPC.

Perry: Yeah so after a couple of years, I started to find my way and I discovered direct marketing. And I worked in a company that sold industrial hardware and software, and the company got sold and I got some stock options, and I hung out my shingle. It’s like dude, now you’ve got like make this thing work, and you’ve got to generate leads. And Google AdWords came out about six months after I quit my job. And I was trying to generate leads, I had this little CD I would mail out called guerrilla marketing for high tech sales people.

I was looking for people to fill in that form and request the CD. And Google AdWords came out, and after about three days of playing with those I was like, oh my word, this is the coolest thing I’ve ever seen in my life, this is amazing. And so I grabbed onto it and for about a year it was my little secret, it was like I’m not telling anybody about this, a seeker fishing hole.

But then Ken MacCarthy who ran the system seminar for internet marketing, which as far as I’m concerned at the time was the best seminar for marketers on the internet. He said, hey you know Google AdWords, why don’t you come and speak at my seminar on Google AdWords. And all of a sudden I found myself in the Google AdWords business, which I didn’t even really know was a business, because it kind of wasn’t at the time.

And then what happened over the next couple of years was it just exploded and went crazy, and I found myself on the inside of every business that you can imagine like seeing their numbers, seeing their clicks, seeing their conversions, how it works, every kind of product you can imagine. I mean I remember when my first customer sold Japanese maples trees. And there was another guy who sold a summer camp, and there was all these people selling different things, and some of them were physical products and some of them were services and you just had this vast thing.

And well, so fast forward and here we are and all this stuff is normal now. In fact direct marketing is normal and tracking conversions is normal, and all this stuff that Claude Hopkins wrote about in scientific advertising in 1918, which is 99 years ago, is normal, right? And so, massive paradigm shifts.

Steve: So given that, so one of the common questions I get asked, I mean you’re familiar with all the PPC advertising platforms. So most of the listeners are on the e-commerce space, and one of the common questions I get asked is hey I just launched this site to sell physical products, and I really don’t know where to start with generating traffic, like should I go with Google, should I go with Facebook, should I go with a marketplace? Like can you kind of walk me through like the thought process on how you advise a client when they come to you with such a question?

Perry: Yeah, and this is a really good question, and so let’s just start — let’s try to keep you from getting eviscerated, okay? So first off you can’t master six PPC platforms, and like there’s this whole sort of social media guilt trip like, oh you got to be on LinkedIn and Pinterest and Facebook and Twitter, and [inaudible 00:11:04]. Like you can’t, you just can’t, and especially if the person who’s asking this question right now, there’s no possible way.

Here’s what you can do. You need to master one form of traffic and one form of conversion. And before you go doing anything else or get distracted by anything else, that’s what you’ve got to do. And so you need to pick a platform that’s appropriate to you, and I’ll get to that in just a minute, but then you need to really just hone it in and narrow it down, find probably some niche within the niche that you can master. And just like ruthlessly knuckle down on that one thing.

And it’s almost like do not pass go [ph], do not collect $200, do not skip around, do not get distracted. And I mean if there is anything that is just the mortal enemy of most people today, it’s just in the list, distraction.

Steve: Yes.

Perry: And it just it robs people of their whole life. So now you got to pick a platform. Well, I got a few things that might help. On our website, well we have a few interesting little websites. So is Facebook for me, is AdWords for me? And you actually get a score. So if you go to is FB for me, isfbforme.com, you can answer a dozen questions in about 60 seconds, and click the button, it’ll give your score on a scale of one to ten. How suitable is Facebook for your business?

You can go to is AW for me, which is AdWords for me dot com. And same thing for Google, and it’ll tell you not only Google’s search, it will also give you Google display, it’ll also give you a competition index of probably how much are you up to.

Steve: Can we talk a little about how that works?

Perry: Sure, sure, sure.

Steve: So like what businesses are more catered to Facebook, kind of like on a high level versus AdWords, versus the display network?

Perry: So really oversimplified summary is Google is the yellow pages, Facebook is the coffee shop. If what you sell is cultural and emotional, and relational and identity oriented towards the tribe that you belong to, then Facebook is really up your alley. If what you sell is more analytical, if it’s more business to business, if it’s more propeller head or more technical, Google is probably better. I mean just think of it from the standpoint of what is the state of mind of a person who is on Facebook versus what is the state of mind versus they’re on Google.

They’re using different sides of their brain really, and the whole entire platforms really reflect a different side of the brain. And so now both — there’s a lot of overlap between the two. Another thing about Facebook is Facebook is easier to make a splash; it’s easier to just go make something happen today right now. You could come up with a good ad and you could post it, and you have people responding in seconds.

But it tends to wear out, things you do in Facebook tend to have a limited shelf life. Whereas Google is a more — if you can get dialed in and optimized, which might take you months, it will run in run for a long time. So it’s kind of like a freight train. It takes a while to get going, but the momentum is tremendous. And so, there’s pros and cons to all these platforms.

Now, here is another thing that I think can be very powerful. Remarketing or retargeting which is when you go, you look at a dress on eBay or Amazon or somebody’s site, and then all of a sudden all these little dress ads are following you around. I think everybody has seen that. That is actually an underrated form of marketing that people have a lot of skittishness about. And they’re kind of resistant to do it, they’re like, well that’s creepy, I don’t really want to do that.

Plus those people even visited my website; I don’t want to have to pay to bring them back again, like that doesn’t seem fair. Well, all of those are reasons why you should actually do it. And what I want to say to you is that it’s probably the first thing that you should do before you go do everything else. If you have any traffic in your website, now if you’re starting, if you just bought your domain name yesterday, you have zero traffic; it’s going to do you no good.

But most people already have some traffic. And what’s happening on your website right now is three or 5% or 10% or 1% are doing whatever it is you want them to do, and the other 90% aren’t. Now out of the 90%, probably 70 or 80% will never do what you want to do ever, ever, ever. But there’s this like top like you already skimmed the cream off the top, but then there’s the top of what’s left that you can get to engage with you if you use remarketing, but you will lose them if you don’t.

Now, here’s why I’m actually telling you this. The reason I’m telling you this is because this is a great way to start either Google advertising or Facebook advertising. It could even be a way you get into You Tube where if you’re in a really competitive market and the clicks are expensive, and it’s hard to get a conversion for an acceptable cost, start with three marketing. And draw little concentric circles and make them wider and wider until it’s actually working with cold traffic.

And so remarketing becomes like a clutch that you let out so the engine doesn’t stall. And I just think, that’s probably going to help some people really…

Steve: When you’re talking about remarketing for AdWords, are you talking about just bidding higher for the people who already visited your site for your search terms?

Perry: Oh okay. So there’s several kinds of remarketing. So there’s remarketing lists for search ads, RLSA, which means you can bid very differently for people who already have visited your website on Google search than for people who didn’t. But there’s also remarketing on Google’s display network, which is an entirely different thing. So, all the banner ads on The New York Times, and in everywhere on the internet, in text ads.

So one of the problems with remarketing is people just keep seeing the same thing over and over again, they become banner blind. Well, you don’t want to do that, you actually want to take maybe your five best campaigns and put them all in rotation, so that the person who visited your website is now being introduced to multiple angles on what you do not just this one thing. And that makes the advertising interesting instead of boring and repetitive, and it makes it less creepy and more relevant.

Steve: I just want to take a moment to thank Kabbage for being a sponsor of the show. Now if you run a successful e-commerce business like I do, you probably know that the worst thing that can happen to you is to run out of stock. Now my wife and I regularly import container loads of merchandise from China, and sometimes you need a short term loan to buy enough inventory to meet demand especially during the holiday season.

Well, if you’re wondering how to get the funding needed to run a small business today, Kabbage has the answer. Kabbage helps small business owners access simple and flexible funding right away without the headaches that come with applying for a traditional loan. Apply online or from your phone by securely linking your business information to get an automatic decision. There’s no waiting in line, scanning documents, or tracking down financial statements.

Kabbage gives you the flexibility to decide what is best for your business, and once you’re approved, you choose when to use your funds and how much to take. You’ll only pay for the funds that you actually use, and it’s a line of credit that can be used for your purchasing needs.

Kabbage has supported over 100,000 small businesses with over 3.5 billion dollars in funding. So visit Kabbage.com/wife. There is no cost to apply or to set up your line of credit. And as a My Wife Quit Her Job listener, when you qualify for funding, you will get a $50 visa gift card that you can use anywhere. Now that’s Kabbage with a K, K-A-B-B-A-G-E.com/wife. Once again that’s K-A-B-B-A-G-E.com/wife, now back to the show.

Can you comment a little bit about like the major differences between Facebook ads versus the Google Display Network?

Perry: Okay, so Facebook is always based on targeting some fixed audience. I mean pretty much any context like; well okay I’m targeting fans of a certain TV show, or feeds of a certain website or even some custom audience. It’s a finite audience which you are saturating. Well, Google Display Network is not like that. Google Display Network is always a passing parade, there’s always new people coming through. And so that makes Google Display Network much more evergreen.

So on display network, you can have text ads, you can have banner ads, there’s an enhanced ad where you actually load up all these different bits of text and images, and Google actually try different combinations for you. So all of these all these things exist.

Steve: There’s a reason why I’m asking these questions Perry. So I do, I run all the ads, all my own ads in all these platforms. And the only ad platform that I’ve never quite gotten to convert that well is the display network outside of dynamic retargeting.

Perry: Oh? Okay.

Steve: Yeah and so originally when I got you on here, I wasn’t going to talk about this, but I’m just kind of curious now since I do have you on. Of the clients that you’ve had gotten the Google Display Network working for like kind of what has been your strategy?

Perry: All right, so there there’s a bunch of strategies because there are a bunch of different ways that you can target. And so here’s kind of how you need to think about it is what’s going on for the most part on the Display Network is that there are a bunch of advertisers who have gotten locked in. And when you have a locked in, it is a magic carpet, right? It is and there is — like if you have a mass consumer product that could appeal to lots of people, there is gargantuan amount of traffic on Google Display Network, I mean you can hardly believe it.

Well so what happens is, what a lot of advertisers do is they use cost per action bidding and they lock in on a certain set of websites that give them an acceptable return on investment. And so now they have a very tight feedback loop, so they’re saying, I’m willing to pay $3 a conversion or $30 a conversion, or whatever the number is, so Google just show me these sites that get me these conversions. And so when you do that, you have to pay your dues at first, but once you start to get it locked in, it gets super locked in.

And then those sites become very difficult for other advertisers to wedge in on, because the existing, the incumbents are already in there, and Google always favors an incumbent. It’s just like elections; it’s actually for all the same reasons. And so the really like dreadful part about Google Display Network is that there’s millions of sites, and Google is prone to show your ads on sites that are full of all these people that are just doing ring tones or really low quality traffic.

Furthermore, there’s click fraud and like all these like scammy, spammy sites that run Google ads. And so there’s a whole lot of swamp land in Google Display Network, and so you actually kind of have to double down to figure out where to target. And Google Display Network — I mean I can’t even keep track of it, my co-author Mike Rhodes actually keeps official track of all these things. But I think there are something like eight to ten different targeting methods on Google Display Network.

So you can target by keyword, you can target by website, you can target by something called in market, which might be a good place to start where Google can figure out this guy is trying to buy a refrigerator right now. This whole group of people that you can target, all appear to be buying refrigerators in the last two weeks, and so you can target them. You can upload lists to Google, and you can create similar audiences, which is not as effective as Facebook’s version, but it does exist.

Steve: So do you recommend starting with keywords or these different audiences that you’ve been talking about, like in market audiences?

Perry: I would start with the less commonly used methods. Now, we have some chapters about this in our Ultimate Guide to Google AdWords book, and we also have a course center website called Display Expert Series, which is a real deep dive into how you do it. And if you’re going to spend money on Google, I would suggest availing yourself of a resource.

Another method that can be affective is category targeting. There are about 2,000 different product purchase categories on Google. And so if you’re selling baby stuff, then you can target baby clothing and things like that, and zero in a lot closer, and you need to take a mentality like — I call it toehold, foothold, stranglehold. You don’t try to kill the whole elephant all at once. If you can get a few whether it’s keywords or websites or categories, if you can get a few sites and a few targets that lock in, because you’re going to end up with certain pages that convert at an acceptable price.

And once you get into that virtuous cycle, then you can continue to expand. And you have to — especially at first you have to spend a lot of time eliminating all of these sites that don’t convert. It’s just this huge game of elimination.

Steve: So what I’m hearing is basically you want to go really narrow and maybe even pick specific pages on the web that you think are going to convert and just get those pages, and just kind of gradually build up your…

Perry: Okay, I don’t really go so granular that you think you know what the pages are going to be. That’s really dangerous. In fact guessing that I found is almost impossible. But what you can do is you can limit your exposure, you can pick some narrow band of some topic or some keyword, and then you can find some pages within that, that convert, and you can ruthlessly eliminate the rest. And once you start to have some that convert, then finding similar ones, it just becomes a lot easier.

Steve: Okay, so when it comes to someone who is brand new, and a lot of these listeners are probably just getting started with their sites, which platform would you recommend they start with? And I know it depends on the nature of their business, but so I kind of teach AdWords, not the display network obviously, but I mainly tell people to start with Google Shopping and Facebook depending on what type of stuff that they sell. Like what is your kind of recommendation, and if you have any sort of clients that you’ve — client examples that you’ve used to advise them, that would be great.

Perry: Well, I would certainly start with this is AW for me, is FBfor.com. I would start with the scoring, and I would at least start with what gives you the best score. And then I would shut out all the distractions, just try to hunker down, and I would start with remarketing which exists on all those platforms. And then I would expand outward to colder and colder forms of traffic. And the Holy Grail is that you actually get it to work on completely cold traffic instead of traffic that in some way, shape, or form has already been warmed up before they got to you.

If you expand out in those concentric circles, that’s the best way to ensure you don’t lose your shirt. Like if you’re just retargeting people that already visited your site in the last three days, it’s almost impossible to go broke or wake up the next morning having spent $2,500, and feel like you have a hangover, which is you really don’t want to have a bad experience right out of the gate, and then be soured to the whole thing, because PPC is like crack cocaine if you can get it to work right.

Now, I want to make sure — I mean answering your — you talked about Google Shopping. Google Shopping is definitely one of the less picked over, less competitive compared to a lot of other — so like compared to Google search. So Google search if you’re like in the local market is usually pretty reasonable, but a lot of national markets it’s very, very competitive, whereas Google Shopping is more reasonable for most people.

Like I have a client right now, and they were experimenting with, well they’d been doing Google search for a while, and they never could quite get it to convert an acceptable ROI. I started working with them, we did some aggressive experiments for a little while, they got a little bit of improvement, but not all that much, and basically we switched all of our efforts to Google Shopping, and that appears to be working better. And now they can hang out there for a while, and they can develop that.

So let me give you an example of what they’re trying to do. They have thousands of products. And some people would be tempted just like throw a bunch of mud at the wall. What I told him to do — and like a lot of the stuff they’ve sold, they’ve sold like little tiny quantities of most of it, and they’ve sold large quantities of only some of it. And I said, so what I want you to do, think about — so the way I do 80/20 is there’s the 20% that generates 80%, and there’s the 20% of the top 20%, which is the 4%, that gives you 64% percent.

I said start with that 4%. In other words start with the 4% of your SKUs that have generated 64% of your sales, which is almost exactly what the ratios are going to be. You have about 4, 5% of what you sell is two thirds of your business. It’s almost always true. I said just target those products on Google Shopping and ignore all the rest, and just get those working. That way you’re going to risk less money, and you have a way, way better chance.

And then within the 4%, you’re going to find the 1% that’s probably 50%, and you want to own it. And one of the most important things that I could ever tell you is you want to pick a couple of specific niches and completely own them, and you want to be number one. Being number one on the internet is great, being number four is terrible, it sucks.

Okay so I haven’t heard your whole story. I’m willing to bet money that when your handkerchief website went crazy, and you replaced your wife’s income, it was because within certain platforms, maybe it was search engines or advertising platforms; you were the number one handkerchiefs guy.

Steve: That’s correct. We focused on that, and we were the best, and the largest brand in handkerchief. So we ranked on Google, and our AdWords actually really made us a lot of money in the beginning.

Perry: Right, so you weren’t number one on handkerchiefs at the local mall, but you were number one on here, just on Google. And you’re like oh my word, honey, look at all these thousands of people every day, they’re looking for handkerchiefs on Google, who knew. And she’s like, really, wow, well I do not understand it, but I do accept it. And you’re off on your adventure.

Steve: I just want to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six-day mini course on how to get started in e-commerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell, all the way to getting your first sales online.

Now this course is free, and can be obtained at mywifequitherjob.com/free. Just sign up right there on the front page via email, and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again that’s mywifequitherjob.com/free, now back to the show.

So I’ll just try to summarize what you said. So for Shopping, pick your highest grossing products and then only bid on those in the beginning for Shopping.

Perry: Well yeah, like whatever the most with the highest margins and the most profitability and the most uniqueness and the best unique selling proposition, and the least me too thing that you have. It’s probably going to be all of those things, and you just leaves are down on that.

Steve: Okay, what is the disadvantage of just bidding on all of your products, but even like at a low bid just to see if you can get in those French clients who just happen to be looking for those products online?

Perry: Well, okay just think of it like this, every single product that you try to sell, you’re going to spend a certain amount of wasted money 50 to 95% of those, and you’re going to find out that they don’t work, okay? And it might be 99; I mean you may have a very low betting average on most products. And so if you have 30,000 products, and if it takes you $10 of advertising to find out that this product doesn’t work, then you could spend $300,000 just to know that 29,950 products don’t work. Like the odds are so tilted against you.

I mean you really; you can’t go into this with a bunch of blind optimism. That is just a recipe for disappointment.

Steve: So you’re recommending is go with the best product and just kind of gradually expand your product base on that?

Perry: Yeah.

Steve: Okay, and I heard you mentioned earlier with the retargeting, what time window do you recommend people start out with for like quick wins?

Perry: Well, it depends on what you sell and what the time — but most people are going to know, do people shop for my product for five minutes or five months, right? And so if it’s a short time window, well the smallest time window that any of the retargeting platforms give you to my knowledge is a day, and it’s pretty hard to risk that much money if your retargeting window is one day. It’s pretty hard to go along with that. I find a lot do well with maybe three days, but of course if you’re selling a $100,000 piece of machinery or something, then you might go several months.

Steve: And in terms of advertising, so once you have the retargeting mail done, what is your strategy for getting cold traffic to convert?

Perry: Well, so first you need to test a lot of different things. And the number one deficiency of most ad campaigns is they test this really narrow impoverished range of hooks in USPs and graphics and language. So the classic thing that we did in all the early Google Books is we showed people, if you change this one verb, if you change just cheap to free, or if you change half price to two for one, or you do these kind of simple little changes, that’s how you split test.

And so people sit there and then they split test commas and verbs and capitalization and stuff. Well, in principle that’s fine, but really the principle is forest, trees, branches, leaves. You tests like, am I in the right forest, let’s try these wildly different locations, let’s try — so I’m writing ads and one ad is about absolute fear and terror that something horrible like could happen if you don’t solve this problem. Or another ad is just how you’re going to be absolutely in Nirvana if you can solve your problem.

And so one is towards and one is away from you. You test black versus white, you test heavily contrasting ideas. And you see you can do that with retargeting. And so if you test ten radically different ads, you’re probably going to find that the difference between the best one and the worst one is at least three to one. Well, if you do this several times, and all of a sudden you come up with just really fantastic ad sleighs [ph], then you probably got an ad that can convert cold traffic. But 90, 95, 98% of your ads are never going to convert cold traffic, and they’re kind of doomed from the start, you just don’t know it.

Steve: What is your opinion on losing money on the cold traffic, and then making up for it on the retargeting? Do you do you always – let me see how I can phrase this question, do you always assume that your cold traffic efforts are going to yield a profit?

Perry: Well, probably the realistic assumption is that your cold traffic is going to break even, and that you’re going to actually make money starting with the second sale. In most markets that’s roughly the water level of equilibrium is most people are actually going slightly negative to acquire a new customer. And the really smart players, they figure out how to do that, they know that they can afford to do that, and they’re prepared to do it.

Steve: So when you’re calculating like the ROI of your campaigns, do you look at it holistically then across all the campaigns, or do you do it at the individual campaign level?

Perry: Both. So now if I’m going to lose money on the front end to acquire a customer, I’m really going to pay attention to what I’m doing. I mean look, it’s a very common strategy, in fact the bigger the companies are, the more they’re doing it, right? Like Amazon has been losing money acquiring customers for a long time, but of course I think we all know the reasons why they can afford to do that. But you still need to put every individual thing under a microscope, and you need to know, it’s like well, I’m willing to lose 15% acquiring this customer because I know that 1% of these customers go on to buy my $10,000 thing, and it’s worth it.

But you’re always dialing it down. Even after you get a few of those customers to come and spend the $10,000, you start to go, oh you know what, those customers are from these certain kind of suburbs, with these kind of backgrounds or these demographics, and I’m going to turn off all my losing money campaigns that don’t cater to that demographic, because now I know what my high end customer actually looks like, and I’m going to do my loss ladder stuff to acquire those people.

Steve: Okay. This kind of leads me to my next question is how has AdWords evolved over time? Like a lot of people believe today that AdWords is just so competitive and the cost per click is just so high that it’s just really hard to break into the incumbents as you mentioned before. And so have your strategies kind of evolved since that first edition of your book?

Perry: Well, so what you said is true, but there’s a yin to the yang and here’s what it is, is that — and this is sort of true of all the platforms is they are so aggressive, meaning Google, Facebook etc. They are so aggressive in developing new features and new menus and new ways of targeting, and all this kind of stuff. Most advertisers, like 90% of advertisers only use about 5% of the features, and 5% of the targeting methods. Ad it’s actually only a tiny percentage of huge advertisers that take advantage of all the stuff.

Meanwhile, there’s all these nooks and crannies that are on these platforms that in any particular one niche like handkerchiefs, hardly anybody is using at all. And so it’s the principle of the slight edge, it’s like if you’re slightly better than everybody else in six or eight areas and not just one, then eventually you’re going to edge out the competition. And you just you really have to know your numbers, your tracking has to be set up exactly right, it needs to be feeding you the right information.

And then also very few companies are actually methodically systematically testing stuff. Like even just basic A/B tests, very few companies actually do that the way they should, and almost none of them have a master plan for, oh I’m going to — so I have architected these me tricks of things that I’m going to test, and I’m going through all the different contrasting ways that I can present and offer. And so between now and next October, I’m going to go through this whole battery of options here.

And when you start combining those together, you really can win. And I’ll tell you something else just for free. The Google reps, 98% of them are just dialing for dollars. And they give them a script, and Google is a really trusted brand, and they’re friendly and they’re Googlers and all this kind of stuff. Okay first of all, most of them have never spent their own money on any advertising campaign. Secondly, they’ve got a quota.

I’ve got a friend who owns an agency, he won’t even talk to Google reps. His staff is instructed, I don’t talk to Google reps, sorry. Like the Google reps are astounded, like everybody wants to talk to me. Well, look, who’s paying for Google Earth, and who’s paying for all this stuff, right? Who is paying for Google Scholar and like all these other things? It’s you, okay? If I had a dollar for every person who says, yeah the Google rep called me and suggested this thing, and I lost $20,000, and this happens all the time. Google is not your friend.

Steve: This has happened to my student also. Like a Google rep called them, and they’re like, oh yeah, start the campaigns. And they blew by a $1,000 in a day and a half, and then they contact me. And I look at their campaigns, and it’s all display network, they’re bidding on games and all these like wasted areas, so yeah.

Perry: Look, Google is a casino, and they are stacking the deck against you. All the default settings when you open a new account, they’re all tilted in Google’s favor, okay? They’re out to get your money; they don’t care if your business succeeds. You have to sleep with one eye open, and frankly like if you’re not willing to invest in some education, don’t bother. Who are you kidding? You’re going to go into a game that’s existed now for how long, 15 years, and you’re going to play against the casino, and you think you’re going to win without going to card counting school, are you crazy?

I mean really? I mean and I know there’s a cynic who is going to go, oh Perry is just saying that, he’s self-serving. Well, there’s a reason I’ve made a living teaching Google advertising. It’s not like Google is helping me. But hey, if you want to go give your money do a Google rep, go ahead, it’s not my money.

Steve: I mean Google is — the interface is just so much more complicated these days too, like Facebook is just so much easier to teach. I don’t know, you’ve got your work cut out for you there Perry.

Perry: Well, I agree and we teach Facebook too, and I think Facebook is easier. It’s easier at the beginning, it’s in fact frankly it’s a lot easier. Google is this long optimization curve. But the nice thing about Google is once you get the freight train going, I mean it’s really awesome.

Steve: Yeah, it’s I think you forget it almost, yeah. Well hey Perry, we’ve been chatting for quite a while, and I want to be respectful of your time. Where can people find out about your services, what you offer, any books that you recommend, and that sort of thing?

Perry: Well, I think you should go to is AW for me, is Facebook for me, and sign up for what comes next. We have some free courses online, and look, if you’re going to spend any kind of real money in this, I would suggest that you get our Google AdWords professional courses. There’s Display Expert Series, and there’s AdWords mastery for people. Like if you really got to do this, then do it right, and Mike Rhodes and I will teach you how to do it correctly, and it’s at perrymarshall.com.

Steve: Cool. And I’ll link up all those resources in the show notes. Perry, it’s a pleasure having you on, and finally able to chat with you after I guess ten years is when I first encountered your book. Really happy to have you on, I appreciate your time.

Perry: It’s an honor to be on, and congratulations on what happened when your wife quit her job.

Steve: Yeah, and it’s cool. It’s nice to talk to another electrical engineer on the show as well.

Perry: You bet.

Steve: All right, take care Perry.

Perry: Take care Steve.

Steve: Hope you enjoyed that episode. Perry has been doing this for quite a long time, and he’s actually one of the entrepreneurs that I followed early on with my businesses. For more from information about this episode, go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode185.

And once again I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for ecommerce merchants. And you can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on auto pilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O, once again that’s mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.

Now, I talk about how I use all these tools on my blog, and if you’re interested in starting your own ecommerce store, head on over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six-day mini course. Just type in your email, and I’ll send you the course right away, thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

184: How My Student Ron Makes 7 Figures Selling Childrens Wall Decals Online

How My Student Ron Makes 7 Figures Selling Childrens Wall Decals Online

Today I’m really happy to have Ron Eiger on the show. Ron is probably one of my oldest students in my Create A Profitable Online Store Course.

I launched the class in 2011 to very small group and I believe Ron joined in 2012 after I released it to the public. Now what’s cool is that Ron and I have kept in touch over the years and he’s been doing awesome.

He runs the store SunnyDecals.com where he sells children’s wall decals. In addition, he also private labels various products on Amazon. All told he’s on track to do 7 figures this year. Enjoy the interview

Want To Learn How To Start A Profitable Ecommerce Business?

Create  A Profitable Online StoreDid you enjoy listening to Jen’s story? If you would like to create your own profitable online store and join a community of like minded entrepreneurs, then sign up for my full blown course on how to create a profitable online store.

My course offers over 100+ hours of video and includes live office hours where you can ask me questions directly.

If you want to learn everything there is to know about ecommerce, be sure to check it out!

What You’ll Learn

  • How Ron came up with the idea to sell childrens wall decals
  • How he generated his first sales
  • How he recovered from losing 75% of his sales overnight
  • Ron’s advice for new ecommerce entrepreneurs

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Ignite.Sellerlabs.com – If you are selling on Amazon and running Amazon Sponsored Ads campaigns, then Ignite from Seller Labs is a must have tool. Click here and get a FREE 30 Day Trial.
Ignite Logo

Kabbage.com – If you run a physical products based business, sometimes you need a short term loan to buy inventory to meet demand, especially during the holiday season. Kabbage helps small business owners access simple and flexible funding right away. Click here and get a $50 Visa gift card upon signup.
kabbage

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.
Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrapped business owners, and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not. Now, today I have another student from my Create a Profitable Online Store Course on the show.

Ron Eiger runs Sunnydecals.com, and he’s on track to hit seven figures this year. He’s one of the oldest members of my class, and he’s had a lot of ups and downs with his business over the years. You’re going to love this episode because it provides a realistic account of what it’s like to be an entrepreneur.

But before we begin I want to give a quick shout out to Seller Labs for sponsoring this episode, and specifically I want to talk about their awesome Amazon tool, Scope. Now if you know me, I get really excited about tools I like and use. And Scope is a tool that actually increased my Amazon sales on several listings by 39% within the first week of use. Crazy, right?

Now what does this tool do that could possibly boost my sales so quickly? Well, quite simply, Scope tells you what keywords are driving sales on Amazon. So here is what I did. I searched Amazon and found the bestselling product listings in my niche, then I used Scope to tell me exactly what keywords that bestselling listing was using to generate sales. I added these keywords to my own listings, and my sales picked up immediately.

So today I use Scope for all my Amazon products to find high converting keywords in the back end as well as for my Amazon advertising campaigns. So in short, Scope can boost your Amazon sales almost immediately like they did for mine, and 39% is nothing to sneeze at. Right now if you go to Sellerlabs.com/wife, you can check out Scope for free, and if you decide to sign up, you’ll get $50 off any plan. Once again that’s Sellerlabs.com/wife.

I also want to give a shout out to Klaviyo who also is a sponsor. I’m always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they are the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store, and I depend on them for over 20% of my revenues. Now Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for ecommerce stores, and here is why it’s so powerful.

Klaviyo can track every single customer who has shopped in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send out an email out to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week, easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special auto-responder sequence to my customers depending on what they purchased, piece of cake, and there is full revenue tracking on every single email.

Now Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used, and you could try them for free at mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O, once again that’s, mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle, so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here is your host, Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit her Job Podcast. Today I’m really happy to have Ron Eiger on the show. And Ron is probably one of my oldest students in my Create a Profitable Online Store Course. Like I launched the class back in 2011 to a very small group, and I think Ron joined in 2012 just after I released it out to the general public.

Now what’s cool is that Ron and I have kept in touch over the years, and he’s been doing awesome. He runs the store Sunnydecals.com, where he sells children’s wall decals, and in addition he also private labels various products on Amazon. And all told, I think he’s on track to do seven figures this year. And with that, welcome to the show Ron, how are you doing today man?

Ron: Good. Thank you for having me on.

Steve: Ron let’s start like from the very beginning, because I know you’ve had a whole bunch of ups and downs in the past, what has it been like, five years now I guess?

Ron: Yeah.

Steve: Yeah, so how did you come up with a niche for Sunny Decals first?

Ron: Well, we were trying to find a good idea. I was taking your classes and you were encouraging people to find a specific niche. At the time our first child was born, and we were decorating the nursery, and I don’t know how most people are, but we were choosing paint with no VOCs, we want to get organic cotton, want to make sure the crib is not made in China. And then we got this custom made decals on Etsy. And when we installed it, we’re like, oh my God, it had such a strong plastic, almost toxic smell, and this was going right by the crib.

And we literally had to open the window and the doors and air it out for I don’t know, five, six days before the smell dissipated. And my wife and I looked at each other, we were like, there’s going to be a nontoxic decal out there on the market, right? And we started searching online, and we couldn’t find it. My wife is a graphic artist, so like maybe this is a good idea. Maybe let’s explore this a little bit further and do something a little bit different than what’s out there.

Steve: What were your motivations for starting the business in the first place, was it because you’re both going to quit or?

Ron: I was actually in the middle of looking for something new to do. Prior to this I was doing something completely different which was Intel marketing at a call center, and that was right towards the end of 2009. This is when the economy started taking a downturn, and we were doing mostly B to B sales, and it just started going downhill, and we decided to just get out of it. So I was in the process of just trying to find something new.

Steve: So your wife’s background was in graphic design. Did you have any prior experience selling online or even selling decals or are making decals?

Ron: None.

Steve: Zero, all right. How did you know that they were going to sell?

Ron: Well, I started studying some competitors and some other companies that were doing something similar but not exactly. So I knew that there was enough of a marketplace out there that if you could take a piece of that pie, we’d have a good business. And like I said, we wanted to make something different enough that was not being offered in the marketplace at the time and we thought that idea would work.

Steve: And because the decals that you bought were stinky and toxic, the ones that you were selling were not obviously, right?

Ron: So the difference between our decals and most decals that you find online is most decals online are made from vinyl, which is made from PVCs, and most of it is coming from China especially what you find on market places like Amazon that just mass produce. And ours is made from a fabric material which is nontoxic, and has a water based adhesive. It’s extremely user friendly, there’s no smell, and it’s — I would consider it a high end product. It’s more expensive obviously than Chinese decals out there, and all the vinyl ones, but it’s a quality product.

Steve: Was that a problem, like not the quality part but like you had to price it more expensive, right?

Ron: I mean I guess you could still say it’s a problem in a way to this day, because our volume is going to be less because most people don’t want to spend that extra money. But if the feedback that we’re getting and we get a lot of repeat customers, people understand that you get what you pay for. And it really is a big difference when you compare them side by side. It’s just hard to portray that online when you can’t show physically the product to the customer until they actually purchase it or read the reviews.

Steve: So let’s — so what I was hoping to do for the listeners is just kind of give a realistic view of your journey, because it’s not all like roses and make money all the time, and it’s not like you had an instant hit. So let’s talk about the beginning, like how did you start out, and then how did that kind of evolve — your business evolve over time? Like what was like the eureka moment when you started making money?

Ron: So we started selling on our website first. At first we played it really safe, we found a wholesale printer that was close by to us in LA. We had a very limited catalog, and it wasn’t going that well. And then we decided, let’s explore some other marketplaces. At that point I looked at Etsy first, and as soon as we start listing on Etsy, we started getting sales, which come on guys, Etsy, this is great. It’s a great marketplace, we’re getting consistent sales, things are going well. And after that, I started looking into selling on Amazon.

Then Amazon started taking off way faster than Etsy did, which is obviously, it’s a much bigger marketplace, more eyes, more customers ready to shop. And from there, say about a year or so into the business, we decided to buy our own printer and start manufacturing ourselves. And I had really put the printer in our garage, and worked from there.

Steve: Is it still in your garage?

Ron: Not anymore. We actually grew, we grew more, we got a warehouse now.

Steve: Okay, cool.

Ron: We’ve got more machines; we’ve got people helping us. The nice thing about having our own printer is now we’re not limited to carrying inventory; we could just print on demand.

Steve: Okay, and these printers, did you lease them or did you actually buy them out right?

Ron: We bought them out right, it was an investment.

Steve: Okay, sorry I interrupted you, so okay so you bought a machine, how did you needed to go that route, like was it just a numbers game at that point?

Ron: I saw our sales; I figured that the way we can grow is by adding more items to our catalog. The more options we present in front of customers, the better chance we have of getting a sale. So I knew the machine, having machines would be an important investment, and the only way that we could further grow the business. The model that we had before was just not going to work.

Steve: Okay, now let me ask you this. It seems like decals, you have these designs that your wife is generating, right, like how did you choose like what keywords to target on Amazon and your site? Like what was your strategy for deciding what designs even produce?

Ron: Just researching. We would just look online to see what was getting most traffic and those hits, and really just expand that we wanted to create like I said a wide set of options for our customers so anything good related, I think we have pretty much everything we could think of covered at this point. And right now we’re doubling or tripling the options on those, because we just want to offer more selection. And yeah, we just build it on that.

Steve: And these are all designs that your wife is making, you’re not licensing any designs or anything like that, right?

Steve: We looked into licensing, but honestly it just doesn’t fit our model. To get like a Disney license, you’re looking at 50K or more, and that only makes sense if you have like a master solution, if you get into like retail. And the volume that we’re selling at just doesn’t make sense to do it. So most of the art is either done by my wife, we’ll also hire some artists from time to time to help us with some designs. So we get different ideas, different styles.

Steve: I’m just trying to get an idea of like how you test a design. So you get a design, do you list it on Etsy and Amazon right away?

Ron: I list them on yeah Etsy, Amazon, and our website all at the same time.

Steve: And how do know — like what’s your launch process then?

Ron: Well, before October we had some review groups that we work with. At least it gets some reviews for our launch, but that obviously doesn’t work anymore. So honestly at this point if we launch new designs, if I feel really good about the product, I may send some into FBA, so it’s available for prime, turn on the ads, and we also have access to AMS. I do some headline ads as well to see if we could take off.

And it’s one of those things that I never know what’s going to do well until we just do it, because sometimes I love a design, I’m like, oh this is going to be a huge hit, and it’s not. And sometimes I don’t like a design, and that becomes a huge hit. So I couldn’t tell you why it happens, but that’s how it works.

Steve: So it sounded like you do merchant fulfilled normally, is that correct?

Ron: Well, we have — on a suit [ph] all the variations, we have more than 1,000 skews.

Steve: That’s crazy, okay.

Ron: We could have a million skews really because we could — like I said we print it on the fly, so when the order comes in, we could just make it. But I probably keep 100 skews our top sellers at Amazon that are available for prime. So yeah between the two, I’d say we probably sell more on prime because those are our best sellers and we do a merchant fulfilled. But yeah we have orders that we’ve got to make every single day.

Steve: Okay, and in terms of all the different platforms, do you use any software to kind of just manage the orders and consolidate them?

Ron: The only thing I do for software, I use ShipStation. That just makes it easier that I could do all the labels, and I don’t have to go to these marketplaces and copy and paste. The tracking information, it does it for me. But aside from that I don’t worry about inventory, which is nice except for whatever happens in Amazon Prime. And so yeah, I don’t need to worry about tracking that. Yeah, so it’s just really ShipStation like in a supervisor…

Steve: That’s actually really — your model is really nice because even though you’re doing merchant fulfilled, there’s no inventory, and you just kind of print on demand.

Ron: Yeah, I mean it opens up; we could do a lot of customization which we do. And like I said, I just want to keep adding more and more products, and there’s nothing stopping us from doing so.

Steve: And so for Amazon it sounds like you launch a skew and you run a lot of PPC to it and see if it has legs, and if it does, you send in a whole bunch for prime.

Ron: Exactly. And honestly at this point we’re kind of having a hard time keeping up with some of our top sellers, just printing them as fast as we can, but we’re at a point now we either have to start a second shift, or get another machine.

Steve: Oh is that right? Okay so you are machine limited right now?

Ron: Probably machine and manpower.

Steve: And manpower okay. Can I ask what your margins are, like I imagine ink and paper cost money, right?

Ron: Those are our biggest expense. Our material is our biggest expense. We definitely honestly the price of our material is — I’m not even joking, it’s like five times as much as like your standard vinyl. So it’s a big cost. Our margins are probably around 50%.

Steve: Okay wow even though you’re producing yourself.

Ron: We’re the manufacturer, right, so I don’t have to pay the margin to anyone else to make it for me; it’s all coming to us. But it’s coming to — it’s all our hard work.

Steve: Is that net or gross?

Ron: That would be net.

Steve: Okay net, that’s not — okay so that’s after Amazon fees and everything like that.

Ron: Yes.

Steve: Okay, that’s not bad, that’s good. Okay I see. And okay so Amazon — let’s start getting into the bad stuff now. So okay your Amazon sales are going well, and then what happens?

Ron: Well, there was a point, a couple years ago where we were approached by Amazon, they’re like you guys are doing really great, we want to bring you over and become a vendor for us. And my eyes are like, wow we made it, right because Amazon is not coming to us, they want to sell our products, they’re giving us tools that we don’t have now, like at that time A plus listing. At that time enhanced brand page content did not even exist. We had access to AMS, which was extremely hard to get into; there was no vendor express at that time.

So unfortunately this is hardly any information out there and no one’s talking about it about the vendor program on Amazon, and I didn’t know what to do. I thought about it, the sales rep was super aggressive that was talking to me, and assured me that everything’s going to go really, really well, and they want to transition our account over to the vendor side. I agree to it reluctantly, and it was a nightmare of a process. They basically — the process at that time moving on to vendor central means we had to recreate all of our listings, and move it over to the vendor side.

And what I learned from that is basically everything, all of our history, all of our BSR, all of our ranking got reset. And when this actually happened, our traffic dropped by maybe 75%.

Steve: Crazy.

Ron: And it turned out to be honestly the worst mistake we’ve ever made on Amazon. And to be honest now in retrospect, we weren’t a good fit for the vendor program, because we don’t want to wholesale to Amazon, we want control of our listings, we want to sell ourselves. And the vendor program is maybe good for manufacturers who can produce and just ship it, and they don’t want to deal with the sales on Amazon, but that’s not us. And that obviously wasn’t explained to me at the time. It took us…

Steve: How do you recover from that?

Ron: I want to say it took us a long time to recover. The vendor side is honestly awful. You don’t have seller support that you can call and talk to on the phone. Anything that you need, any problem you have, you have to open up a ticket, it goes to India, there’s definitely a language barrier. They hardly want to help, and it was terrible. I mean they changed all of our titles. I can’t — right now, I still to this day I can’t edit a lot of our products, they’re locked on the vendor side.

Steve: I was just wondering, can you create like very similar skews just as your own again, and then just…

Ron: Yeah, I probably could, but I know Amazon frowns upon duplicate listings. So if I let’s say have owls [ph], and I want to sell the same owls on the seller central side, I don’t think they’ll like that I’m creating a duplicate listing on the catalog.

Steve: Or maybe something very slightly different, just so you could put a new skew?

Ron: I mean that’s possible. Honestly our best selling products are the products that we came after this whole transition happened, because those are the products that we have full control over.

Steve: I just want to take a moment to thank Kabbage for being a sponsor of the show. Now, if you run a successful e-commerce business like I do, you probably know that the worst thing that can happen to you is to run out of stock. Now, my wife and I regularly import container loads of merchandise from China, and sometimes you need a short term loan to buy enough inventory to meet demand especially during the holiday season.

Well if you’re wondering how to get the funding needed to run a small business today, Kabbage has the answer. Kabbage helps small business owners access simple and flexible funding right away without the headaches that come with applying for a traditional loan. Apply online or from your phone by securely linking your business information to get an automatic decision. There’s no waiting in line, scanning documents, or tracking down financial statements.

Kabbage gives you the flexibility to decide what is best for your business, and once you’re approved you choose when to use your funds and how much to take. You’ll only pay for the funds that you actually use, and it’s a line of credit that can be used for your purchasing needs.

Kabbage has supported over 100,000 small businesses with over 3.5 billion dollars in funding. So visit Kabbage.com/ wife. There is no cost to apply or to set up your line of credit, and as a My Wife Quit Her Job listener, when you qualify for funding, you will get a $50 visa gift card that you can use anywhere. Now that’s Kabbage with a K, K-A-B-B-A-G-E.com/wife. Once again that’s K-A-B-B-A-G-E.com/wife, now back to the show.

So basically the ones that are now vendor central you kind of just let them go essentially?

Ron: We’re still getting sales from them, but nothing like we did before. It really threw us through the roof because at that time we had a lot of stuff on FBA, and we stocked according to demand. So some of our best selling products, we had a lot of interest in there. Now when everything reset, it’s like starting over from day one. So all those bestsellers were not bestsellers anymore, and we had a lot of stranded inventory, and we had to recall that.

And then all of a sudden things that were not bestsellers were becoming our best sellers, everything flip flopped around. So it was definitely the worst experience, and I think still to this day no one talks about the vendor program. I’m not sure why, maybe because there’s very few people in it.

Steve: I haven’t heard anything good about it actually from anybody.

Ron: It’s a mess. It feels very disorganized, and like I said you can’t — the support is really terrible. And you basically lose control of your listings. So I don’t think I would recommend it for most people.

Steve: Okay, so you started producing new listings obviously as yourself in Seller Central, and you kind of recovered your sales from doing that, right?

Ron: Yeah, it took time, it did take time, and our traffic to be honest till this day, our traffic probably did not recover from where we were before. We had a lot of traffic. Our conversion rate is a lot higher, but our traffic is down. We just — we can’t even buy the traffic that we had before.

Steve: Can we talk about some of the other marketplaces that you’re using, like you have your own website, and then you said you mentioned you sell on Wayfair, at CN House. And I’m just kind of curious like what the breakdown of revenue is there, probably you can just approximate. And I know you told me beforehand, before we started recording that your site actually doesn’t generate that many sales, and I was just wondering like what your take is on all those things?

Ron: Well, okay so Amazon dominates the business for us for sure, probably 70% of our sales, followed by Etsy I’d say maybe 15% of our sales, followed Wayfair, which maybe is 10% of our sales, followed by our website, which is maybe literally 5% of our sales, and Houzz probably not even a percent. So it’s a fraction of that.

Steve: So what are some of your challenges with your own website? I know you gave it a pretty strong go because we were communicating quite a bit in the beginning.

Ron: I’ve lost thousands of dollars trying to make our website work. I’ve hired out — I first of all I tried doing all the ads. I did Google ad campaigns and Google Shopping by myself, I couldn’t get to work. And I hired a Google partner, they promised me the world, and I paid them – I think I paid them a couple of thousand dollars to set up our campaigns. I tried it for six months, they just were not able to turn a profitable campaign, it just was not able to work.

And I think the problem is, our product is like, I compare it to buying art, and if someone is looking to buy like a tree decal, more than likely they’re not going to buy the first tree decal that they land on. They want to see other designs and other styles. Because of that conversion rate is kind of low.

And AdWord – text ads for sure don’t work, and the Shopping, the conversions were just not high enough to pay for themselves. So most of our sales honestly, are probably coming from organic traffic. And people maybe shopping around from other marketplaces, looking for us to see if we have other options or other deals.

Steve: I kind of categorize what you guys do like jewelry and clothing almost, because it’s all about the design, right? And so someone in the search for wall decals or children’s wall decals, they’re probably looking for something very specific, and unless you have this like gigantic library, it’s going to be kind of hard to make a sale.

Ron: That’s pretty much exactly it.

Steve: And your best bet is probably Facebook, where you show a specific design that’s a best seller and attract someone to just buy it.

Ron: We’ve played around; I’m not good with social media. I think that’s like my weakest skill that I have, but we have played around Instagram, we still do have an Instagram account that we post on, we have Pinterest, and there’s entries…

Steve: Has Instagram brought any sales for you guys?

Ron: No, when the ads first came out, I tried to promote that as well, but just wasn’t generating revenue for us.

Steve: What about email, do you have any email list for your business?

Ron: I know this is like a really important thing to have, I swear everyone…

Steve: I’m not trying to get at you, I’m just curious because we haven’t chatted a while.

Ron: No, I don’t and I know I should, and I know how important is, but I don’t have one set up.

Steve: So there’s different schools of thought on that, right? I mean Amazon is working for you, right? And why not press it, why not put all your efforts on Amazon as long as it’s working?

Ron: Well, that’s exactly what we did. When we started our website and then Etsy and then Amazon, and I saw Amazon was taking off, I’m like I’m just going to focus my attention here. And of course our site got neglected for a while because I want to go where the money is at. And yeah, I mean truth be said, like I said Amazon is our biggest producer, and I’ve learned a lot about the Amazon marketplace, all the ins and outs, and how to market products on there. And I learned some very valuable skills over the years on there.

Steve: So can we talk about why you decided to launch other private label products like kind of straight away from decals?

Ron: The deal thing was not always like a passion of mine, I thought it would be a good thing to launch to get something started for my wife because she’s very much the creative type. I wanted to learn how to sell things online. And I think from listening to your classes, I got turned on to other people like Scott Voelker, Greg Mercer, and I started learning about all the private label world.

And I thought this would be perfect, I’m very familiar with how Amazon works, I think about finding the right product, I’ll be able to make it work. And about a year and a half ago, I started another private label and that took off way faster than Sunny Decals. So I think you find the right product just moves more volume, and there’s just more demand. It’s a different business altogether.

Steve: Are you still having those products shipped to you, or do you ship them directly from manufacturer to Amazon?

Ron: I ship it to a freight forwarder, and from there to Amazon. So I do my inspections in China, make sure everything is okay. By now I have good relationships with my manufacturers, and yeah I ship them directly to Amazon.

Steve: So it ends up being less work then, than sunny Decals?

Ron: It is but it isn’t, right, because there’s always work to do. I’m always tweaking campaigns and optimizing, and there’s a lot of customer service. The more sales you get, the more customer service there is. So I definitely put my time into it every single day.

Steve: Okay, but in terms of just inventory and what not right, I mean on one percentage you can always — you have to deal with all the machines probably breaking, and…

Ron: Yeah, if I knew five years ago what I do today, I probably would have done things different.

Steve: Okay, let’s talk about that actually, what would you do differently if you’d start all over?

Ron: I wouldn’t do it myself. I mean manufacturing is hard physical work, and it’s very — it’s just labor intensive, and you have limitations as to — like right now how much we can produce because we have maybe lack of manpower or lack of machinery. And when you produce something overseas, someone else is making for you. You can move more volume; you don’t have to stress out about making it. Maybe the margins are a little bit less, but you’re selling more with no physical work involved. So essentially I’m a manufacturer right, so it’s hard work. I would prefer to white label out personally.

Steve: Have you run into any problems selling on Amazon, whether it be just like copycats?

Ron: I deal with every single issue you could think of. I mean anyone who’s in the marketplace long enough has seen it. I have so many stories; I wouldn’t even know where to start. I mean on the Sunny Decal side, we had for almost a year these brand new accounts popping up like maybe six seven at a time listing our whole catalog all at once at a fraction of the price. And they weren’t sending anything out, they were just basically collecting the money and shutting the accounts down within a month, and moving on, and I get them kicked out. By the time I get kicked out there’s three more replacing them.

Steve: That’s still happening by the way.

Ron: It’s still happening. It’s slowed down for us thankfully; maybe, I mean I was super aggressive on stopping these people. I just ran to something new actually this week. Someone, another seller I believe from China, they literally printed our decals, the image on Amazon onto a clear decal if that makes sense. So they just printed our image that was listed on Amazon, the worst quality ever and yeah and they had the nerve to actually send it to prime. They copied our title, they copied our image, they copied the decal, the bullet points, everything, and they made a separate listing.

Steve: That’s crazy.

Ron: So that’s the newest thing that I’ve seen. And then of course I’ve had people counterfeiting our products in other ways. We had even on the private label, the private label…

Steve: Do you find yourself constantly having to come up with new products because some of your old ones like the competition comes up, and then it’s not as profitable anymore?

Ron: I might be in a unique position because I know that happens a lot, but with my private label, I’m not budging on the price. I decided this is the price I want to sell it at, and I’m not going to do the whole price cutting. And we’re going to focus on the quality; we’re going to focus on customer service. And to be honest our sales never took a hit. I’m not saying that’s going to last forever, but it’s lasted this far.

We are probably one of the more expensive ones amongst the competition, but I’m definitely getting the volume that I want to get. We’re ranking very high up on page one. So k I’m just going to stick to what we’re doing.

Steve: Yeah, would you say that your listing is superior to the rest?

Ron: For sure. I mean I’m probably the only that have the enhanced brand page content, I have professional photography, it’s really well done. In my opinion, not to boast, but I think it’s really well put together.

Steve: And so one of the reasons why I like to have students on the podcast is to just kind of give like a realistic view, and there’s probably a lot of people listening who are on the sidelines who want to know like how hard it was for you to start making money. And so what would you say was like your biggest challenge, and give them some advice, like just from you people, because you started from scratch.

Ron: Well, there’s different challenges on Sunny Decals and the private label. So I don’t know which one would you want me to focus on?

Steve: Let’s go with both of them, we’ve got some time.

Ron: Okay, challenge on Sunny Decals, I guess justifying our price. We’re more expensive than anyone else, and why is someone going to want to spend more. And when you’re brand new, we had no reviews, no feedback, and honestly all this stuff just takes time. There was no shortcuts for us. If you look at our reviews, if anyone goes on Amazon and looks at Sunny Decals, you’ll see our reviews are stellar. We have a quality product; I mean you can’t really compare our stuff with most of the stuff sold on Amazon.

Ours is pretty much like handmade product, everything we do is touched by our hands, and it’s what I consider very high end, but it took time, it took time. It took a long time to get sales, to get reviews and feedback.

Steve: Do you still do giveaways?

Ron: No, I stopped that completely, because I don’t — I understand there’s a point of me trying to get sales velocity, but getting reviews is almost scary these days if you’re doing the giveaway, because Amazon may use that is incentivized. So I just avoid it altogether.

Steve: What about heavily discounted, do you do any of those?

Ron: I’m doing that right now with one of my new launches on my private label, but I’m so funny with challenges. I mean it’s not — still not taking off as fast as I want despite cutting the price. I think I just have to build up over time.

Steve: Okay, what would you say is the biggest challenge in launching a product on Amazon, or the whole product selection process?

Ron: That’s, honestly that’s something I still struggle till today. I am in a position right now; I’m actually kind of stuck. I’m trying to find another product to launch for the private label business.

Steve: How did you find the winner, you mentioned that it sells like 1,000 units or thousands of units a month or something.

Steve: Well, I used Jungle Scout honestly at that point, which Jungle Scout; this is probably in the early days of Jungle Scout, which there were probably not as many users on. I found a product, I read the reviews, I found what people were complaining about it, I found ways to improve on it and make it different, make it our own, made some really nice packaging, which no one else was doing at that time. I just found ways to just make it a little bit better than what else is out there.

But today I want to say I’m kind of scared to use Jungle Scout. I just feel like every time I add something to a tracker, I’m just showing it to the rest of the community. I hope I’m not getting you in trouble by saying that.

Steve: No, that’s okay.

Ron: But that’s why maybe I’m finding it harder to do the product research now.

Steve: Interesting, so what advice would you give someone who wants to start on Amazon today?

Ron: I would use certain tools, maybe not necessarily the tracker, but I still use the let’s say the Jungle Scout plug-in.

Steve: the Chrome plug-in, yeah.

Ron: Yeah, so today you have tools that didn’t exist years ago, and you can validate products that you couldn’t do before, and honestly it makes it a lot easier. You can go with full confidence knowing ahead of time that an item sells before you have to invest into making it and start selling it, right? What I would advise people is just once you find that item is to just do it, and I think people are just reluctant or may be scared of the challenge, and maybe the first product is not going to be like a home run, but you’re going to learn a lot in the process.

It’s learning, there’s a learning curve here, and the only way to learn it, is to actually get your feet wet and do it. And like I said I mean till this day I’m still learning new things every day, so this is part of how it works. I think you just have to try it.

Steve: Let me ask you this Ron, when you place an order for a brand new product that you don’t even have a listing for, how many units do you start up buying these days?

Ron: I always buy a 1,000. Again I do enough research where I feel confident that I could eventually sell them, and I am terrified of running out of inventory. I don’t know, I feel like back in the day of running out of inventory, I restock. I’d almost jump back almost immediately back to where I was before. but the last couple of times I’ve run out, I suck, I’m doing a new product launch all over again. I really had to fight my way back to my position I was before.

Steve: Interesting okay.

Ron: My advice is, don’t run out.

Steve: So what’s interesting about Ron was saying, for the people who are kind of on the sidelines is he’s willing to put down a 1,000 units as an initial investment. I know like the people that I teach, they are a little bit squeamish about dropping a lot of inventory. And so I guess what most people don’t realize is how huge the market place is, and if you do the research right, like even if it takes you a little bit longer to move those units, like eventually they’ll move if you did your research correctly.

Ron: Exactly, and if you got to drop, maybe your margins might not be as attractive as you first thought, but I believe you could always unload it if you really wanted to. So especially if you’ve done your research and you know that there’s enough demand for that item, you’re going to be able to do it.

Steve: Let me ask you this, so most of your sales are on Amazon right, and so are you ever worried about that market kind of changing and like if it — I don’t know if you’ve ever gotten a serious ban or anything like that, but are you worried at all about that?

Ron: I am very worried about that, yeah. I have had issues like that already happen; I’ve had fake people trying to report me for some sort of infringements. So like I said, I think at this point I’ve dealt with almost every scenario out there. Yeah, it does make me nervous. At any point Amazon can decide to sell a product, at any time Amazon can decide to increase their commissions or to increase storage fees or something else that will hurt us.

Steve: I just want to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six-day mini course on how to get started in e-commerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products sell all the way to getting your first sales online.

Now this course is free and can be attained at mywifequitherjob.com/free. Just sign up right there on the front page via email, and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again that’s mywifequitherjob.com/free, now back to the show.

So my follow up question for that is, are you worried enough to focus on other marketplaces at this point?

Ron: To be honest I did recently get our products listed on to Wal-Mart. Not on the Sunny Decals, on the private label. So yeah, I think it’s important to try to leverage yourself and get yourself to other marketplaces for sure. It’s just all those marketplaces combined don’t have the volume and just the traffic that Amazon produces. I mean whoever goes to — Amazon is just a beast at this point, and I think they’re unstoppable. People go there to shop for one reason only, so it’s a really — it’s an addiction that I don’t think can stop, right?

Steve: Yeah I know, yeah that’s what I’m finding as I’m teaching my class now, like people get like this huge flood of sales on Amazon, and it’s natural to just put most of your efforts on whatever is working, and kind of ignore everything else. So I was just kind of curious what your take was on that.

Ron: I mean I wish that super sales were coming all from my site. That would be the ultimate. But it’s not for lack of trying; I just haven’t been able to produce those kinds of results.

Steve: Hey Ron, how much money did you invest when you first started because this business?

Ron: The Sunny Decals or the private label?

Steve: Let’s do the Sunny Decals.

Ron: So Sunny Decals initially was very little because we didn’t have the machinery, I was basically buying it wholesale. So I would say definitely less than $10,000, but the machines are expensive. They run anywhere from $20,000 to $30,000 each, so that’s an investment. By that time I knew that was going to work, so I’d already — I took a very cautious approach. If I was more risky, then I probably would have bought machines from the get go.

But I validated by how we started, yeah maybe it was a slower approach, it took a little bit longer, but I felt confident that I could spend that money on that machine to get the business started. So yeah, [overlapping 00:38:31].

Steve: What was your initial investment on the private label?

Ron: I started with 10,000.

Steve: Ten thousand also, okay.

Ron: Yeah, $10,000 got me pretty much my first purchase order. I started with just one skew. This is another thing that I feel like a lot of people don’t talk about is liquidity when it comes to private label. The more successful you become, the more you have to invest in the products, and it gets extremely expensive very, very fast, especially when you move a lot of volume. So it takes a lot of money.

Steve: Let me ask you this, do you take a salary for yourself, like it’s really easy to just put all your money back in inventory, right?

Ron: It is. On the private label, I honestly just started paying myself salary a few months ago, and that was after over a year. I was just like you said, I was just dumping everything right back in, but at some point you have to pay yourself for your time, for your effort, you have to give that to yourself. And yeah, I’m just lucky that I guess I got to that point where I feel comfortable to do that.

Steve: Yeah it’s funny, like with our store we always — we needed the money to live in a way. So we always risked running out of stock. It was just a conscious decision, like it stunted our growth for sure, but it is…

Ron: Yeah, exactly. I mean that’s something you have to do.

Steve: How long did it — so with your site or with Sunny Decals, like how long did it take you to launch, and how long till your first sale?

Ron: It probably took longer than it should have, because we’re super picky on how things work out. My wife is extremely meticulous about things, she designed our website herself, it was a lot of work. I’d say Sunny Decals probably took us maybe a couple of months before we could even start selling anything. It took us — we wanted to put enough designs together that we felt we could launch with.

Like I said we started on our website, we wanted to make sure everything was set up perfectly. So yeah, I mean it took longer than I feel like it should have, but it was our first try, our first go at it, we just wanted to be super careful.

Steve: And in terms of Amazon or your last private little product, like how long to the first sale?

Ron: I started researching products in February, not this year, the year before, and by April I was already selling. So I’d say that…

Steve: Pretty fast.

Ron: Petty fast yeah. I did airship the first ones. I was able to do a little bit faster, but I mean at this point our products are just too much. We ship now by 20 foot containers.

Steve: Cool man. So, any advice for anyone out there who just kind of waiting on the sidelines and afraid to take any action?

Ron: Well…

Steve: I mean given all the bad things that have happened to you and all that…

Ron: I think people today have a lot of information out there to help them that really wasn’t as available when I first started. I was in your class. I wouldn’t be able to do it without taking a class. I’m not just saying that to boast or give you a big boost or anything, but it’s shaped…

Steve: Check the mail man, yeah.

Ron: I do get some people ask me from time to time like, hey how is his class, is it worth it, is worth the cost? And I always say, yes it is, because the value that you gave us at that time, and I’m sure that you still do, it’s constant updated information, nonstop work. You gave me a lot of one-on-one personal attention that I needed when I had questions to ask. And honestly when are you going to get a coach or someone to help you when you run into these obstacles and problems?

I think people today have enough resources out there to get the knowledge that they need, and to just do it. People that hesitate, they’re like; oh they don’t know if they want to take the leap and to give it a try…

Steve: Let me ask you this Ron, clearly you don’t think that you actually need ten grand to start, do you?

Ron: You could do it for less. I know there’s certain classes out there also teaching to start with $1,000 or to start with making very small purchase order let’s say on Ali Express, and to validate products before you invest more money, or to go bigger. So there’s certainly — look like I said, we started very cautiously. We didn’t start right away by buying machines. So there are ways to start private labeling with a lot less money. It just maybe will take a little bit longer.

Steve: Okay, let’s talk about your lifestyle real quick to kind of end this interview. So I mean you have a family?

Ron: I do.

Steve: How many hours do you — I guess has the business made you have less time without a lot more time…

Ron: I mean I’ve been an entrepreneur pretty much my whole life, and I think entrepreneurs work more than one else. I work a lot; I mean I work all day. I come home; I come home at relatively early times so I get to spend time with my kids. But after they go to bed I’m usually working. So whether it’s orders or product research or talking to my manufacturers, I’m still up for a couple more hours at least every single night still working.

Steve: Okay, but you do have the time — I mean you can time shift your time so that you have plenty of family time. I know you’re coming to my neck of the woods tomorrow, right?

Ron: I am yeah. We’re going to go visit family up there. So yeah I am fortunate enough that I could kind of like set my own schedule on the way. I start work a little bit later maybe than most. I get to wake up with my kids, and make sure before they go to school and everything, and then I’m home when they come home, and I get to spend a few more hours with them before they go to sleep. So I do appreciate that I’m not working a typical like nine to five job. Yeah, but my hours are — I’m fortunate that I can work at night and put some hours in at night when I need to.

Steve: You would never go back to a regular job, right?

Ron: Steve, honestly I’ve only had one job my whole life, and it was my first year out of college. Ever since that first job, I’ve always worked for myself. So I don’t think I could work for anyone else, that’s just not my personality Steve.

Steve: Well hey Ron, thanks a lot for your time man. It was really good to hear a very candid interview from you about like what would be good things that have happened, the bad things, and just like a pretty realistic view of what it’s like to be an entrepreneur.

Ron: Yeah, well thank you for having me on, and of course there’s going to be challenges for everyone out there. Nothing in life comes easy. I don’t care what job you have or what you do, there’s going to be challenges in everything. So this is just a different type of problems I guess to have, right?

Steve: Yeah man and congratulations on your success. And I’m going to be seeing you at the conference, at my conference next year which will be really exciting because we’ll finally get to meet after what is like five or six years?

Ron: Yeah, I almost made it last year. But this year for sure, right?

Steve: Yeah for sure. I got you down man.

Ron: All right, thank you so much.

Steve: Bye man, take care.

Ron: Thanks for having me on.

Steve: Hope you enjoyed this episode. What I love about Ron is that he didn’t give up when he lost 75% of his revenues with Amazon vendor central. He stuck with it, and he now makes seven figures with his e-commerce business, and now he’ll be joining me at the Seller’s Summit mastermind in May. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode184.

And once again I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for ecommerce merchants. And you can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on auto pilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O, once again that’s mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.

I also want to thank Seller Labs as well. Their tool Scope has completely changed the way I choose keywords for both my Amazon listings and my Amazon advertising campaigns. Instead of making random guesses, Scope tells me exactly which keywords are generating sales, and within the first week of use, I saw a 39% increase in sales. It is a no brainer. So head on over to Sellerlabs.com/wife and sign up for free. And if you love the tool you will receive $50 off. Once again that’s sellerlabs.com/wife.

And if you’re interested in starting your own ecommerce store, head on over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six-day mini course. Just type in your email, and I’ll send the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

183: How To Get Over A Million Email Subscribers In 2 Years With Sam Parr Of The Hustle

How To Get A Million Email Subscribers In 2 Years With Sam Parr Of The Hustle

Today I’m thrilled to have Sam Parr on the show. Sam is the founder of TheHustle.co which is a media company that caters to entrepreneurs.

They have more than a million email subscribers and email is the backbone of their business. Every single day, they send out an awesome email that details the latest startup and tech news.

The also run an annual conference called HustleCon that I had the pleasure of attending as well. Anyway, what’s amazing is that Sam has managed to build this gigantic email list in a few years which is crazy. And today, we’re going to learn how he grew his company so large in such a short period of time.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Sam gathered a million email subscribers in such a short period of time.
  • The Hustle Co’s business model and how they make money.
  • How Sam generates traffic to his site.
  • How Sam gets high profile folks to write for him.
  • Sam’s email metrics and he maintains such high numbers

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Ignite.Sellerlabs.com – If you are selling on Amazon and running Amazon Sponsored Ads campaigns, then Ignite from Seller Labs is a must have tool. Click here and get a FREE 30 Day Trial.
Ignite Logo

Kabbage.com – If you run a physical products based business, sometimes you need a short term loan to buy inventory to meet demand, especially during the holiday season. Kabbage helps small business owners access simple and flexible funding right away. Click here and get a $50 Visa gift card upon signup.
kabbage

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.
Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrapped business owners, and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not. Now today I am thrilled to have Sam Parr on the show. Sam is the founder of Thehustle.co, the premier media outlet for entrepreneurs, and he’s amassed over a million email subscribers in a very short period of time. And today we’re going to find out how he did it.

But before we begin, I want to give a shout out to Klaviyo who is a sponsor of the show. Now I’m always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they are the email marketing platform that I use for my ecommerce store, and I depend on them for over 20% of my revenues. Now Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for ecommerce stores, and here is why it’s so powerful.

They can track every single customer who has shopped in your store and exactly what they bought, which allows you to do many things. So let’s say I want to send an email out to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week, easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special auto-responder sequence to my customers depending on what they purchased, piece of cake, and there is full revenue tracking on every single email.

Now Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used and you can try them for free at mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O, once again that’s, mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.

Now I also wanted to give a shout out to my other sponsor Seller Labs, and specifically I want to talk about their awesome Amazon tool, Scope. Now I’m really excited about Scope because it’s a tool that I like and use. And Scope is actually a tool that increased my Amazon sales on several listings by 39% within the first week of use, crazy, right?

Now, what does this tool do that could possibly boost my sales so quickly? Well, quite simply, Scope tells you what keywords are driving sales on Amazon. So here is what I did, I searched Amazon and I found the bestselling product listings in my niche, then I used Scope to tell me exactly which keywords that bestselling listing was using to generate sales. I added these keywords to my own Amazon listings and my sales picked up immediately.

So today I use Scope for all my Amazon products to find high converting keywords in the back end as well as for my Amazon advertising campaigns. So in short, Scope can boost your Amazon sales almost immediately like they did for mine, and 39% is nothing to sneeze at. Right now if you go to Sellerlabs.com/wife, you can actually check out Scope for free, and if you decide to sign up, you’ll get $50 off of any plan. Once again that’s Sellerlabs.com/wife, now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle, so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here is your host, Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit her Job Podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Sam Parr on the show. Now, Sam is the founder of Hustle.co, which is a media company that caters to entrepreneurs and millenials. They have almost a million email subscribers, and their primary form of media is actually email which is pretty cool. So every single day, they send out an incredible email that details the latest startup and tech news.

And they also run an annual conference called Hustle Con that I had the pressure of attending a couple weeks ago as well. And let me just say they get the most incredible speakers to speak at this conference. And what is actually kind of amazing about Sam is that he’s managed to build this gigantic email list in just a little bit over a year which is crazy. And today we’re going to learn how he grew his company so large in such a short period of time. And with that welcome to the show Sam, how are you doing today man?

Sam: You know I’m great, how are you?

Steve: So Sam, how does a dude from in the middle of nowhere Missouri create Hustle Co? What’s the background story, how did you get started with it?

Sam: Well, my mother would not be happy if you said that. I’m from St. Louis, it’s somewhere, it is in the middle of the country though, St. Louis, Missouri. So how did it get started? Well, the abbreviated version is basically I went to college in Nashville Tennessee, and while there I started a couple companies because I met this very inspiring person, this guy’s name was Mike Wolfe. Have you seen that TV show, American Pickers?

Steve: I have not.

Sam: Okay, it was a TV — it was really – it was way, way, way popular between 2008 and 2012 or so. It was the second most popular show on TV. Basically they went and bought junk and sold it for more, that’s the over simplified version. But anyway I met him, and I worked for him, and he was the first like real — he was like the first real entrepreneur that I’d ever met. I was like, oh that’s cool, like I’ve been selling stuff that I bought forever, but I didn’t know like you could like make a big thing out of it, and that’s what he taught me.

And so basically while I was a junior in college, I started a chain of hot dog stands called Southern Sam’s, winners as big as a baby’s arm, and that was my first introduction into entrepreneurship. And while doing that, I met another mentor of mine, Casey Smith who showed me that you could do like cool things on the internet, like you can make a living on the internet. And I started doing some research, and I found some cool companies. One was called Air Bed and Breakfast.

This was in like 2009 when I first heard about them – oh no, sorry 2011when I first heard about them, 2010. And I was like this Air Bed and Breakfast thing, that sounds awesome. And then I did more research, and I realized there was another company nearby called Uber. And I was like, man, all these like really cool internet companies are all in the same area in San Francisco, I need to get up there.

So I applied to get a job at what was then, its Airbnb now, but it was then Air Bed and Breakfast. And I flew out for my interview, and while here I stayed on an Airbnb. And I met a guy named John Havel, and John Havel was basically had just quit his job like three weeks ago, and I was like — because he did start a company, and I had never met anyone my age who moved to another city like I was planning on doing, and who also made money on their own, and started companies, that I was like, oh this is sick, I feel like I’m at home. I feel like this is where I should be.

And so this all happened when I was a senior in college. And so I decided to pack up my bags and I left school before our graduation.

Steve: Crazy.

Sam: And I turned down the Airbnb job, and then I asked John if I could join on the idea that he was working on. And that’s kind of how I got up to San Francisco, and that was in the fall time of 2012. And so we, John and I created this website where we helped people find roommates, and very quickly like ten months after starting it, we had a very small exit, and we sold the company.

Steve: To Airbnb or no?

Sam: No, to a company called Apartmentless. That would have been close to Airbnb though. And then we sold it, and I worked at that company for one year and one day, and then I was like what next, what do I do? And I wasn’t sure what I wanted to do in my life, I wasn’t sure at all. And so my idea was, what if I host a conference called Hustle Con, and I can surround myself with lots of other entrepreneurs, and kind of like what I did with John. Maybe they can give me inspiration, and hopefully I can find my next big idea.

And that’s what I did, and I hosted an event called Hustle Con, and that’s kind of started this whole media business that we run now, and hopefully will become a huge empire one day. But yeah that’s kind of how we got to where we are now.

Steve: So the conference came first before the email list or?

Sam: Yeah kind of, so basically yes it did, but the conference was an email list as well, so basically I like knew that — I did the math and I was like, okay like one percent of people who come to my website will buy a conference ticket, but like 20 or 30% will give me their email, and about 20 or 30%, this percent will make a purchase. So it’s very — like it’s far better if I just collect people’s emails and try to sell them when they come to the website.

And so what Hustle Con, the premise was quite simple. I would collect people’s emails, and I only had two or 300 at the time. I just like all my friends and their friends, I just like spammed them all, like hey, you guys know where my home is, you’re now on this email list. And it was basically two days a week I would write a funny article on someone or something interesting, and then I would send that to my list, and then at the very bottom it would say like, I would write something funny about the speaker. That if you want to participate and like see this person and like hear and learn from them, click here and buy a ticket and come to Hustle Con.

Steve: Okay, so let’s back up here. So in order start a conference like you kind of have to have an audience. So you didn’t have any audience before you decided to start the conference?

Sam: The email list was 200 people.

Steve: It was 200, okay and how did you attract the speakers, because you had some high profile speakers even that first year, right?

Sam: Yeah definitely, bigger than I deserved, how? Well, I’m a cold email master you know, what I do is I’m a self taught copywriter, and I’m a sales person. I’ve been selling forever, and I understand marketing a little bit. And I just added those altogether, and I was like you know I’ve been reading, I love business news and technology news, and I love reading about other companies. So I was really well versed in other companies, I knew who was interesting; I knew who would come and speak.

And so I basically just cold emailed them and I did a really good job of saying, you need to speak here because — and I would tailor my pitch to whatever their needs were. And I kind of understood where they were in their company’s lifecycle because I had been — I like to follow some brands.

Steve: So give me an example, like let’s see, you probably got some high profile CEOs. So how did you pitch them, give me an example?

Sam: Sure, so Rick Marini, I love Rick Marini. Maybe you don’t know, but basically Rick started a company called Branch — was it a Branch — no sorry, not Branch, Tickle. He started a company called Tickle, do you remember Tickle?

Steve: I’m not familiar with the company actually.

Sam: It was it was huge. Yeah it was pretty huge, but he sold it like 120 or $30 million, like some big number, and then he started BranchOut. That was really a big company. Anyway I was a big fan of his, and I read and watched every conference that he had done, and I knew that he had a situation in his life where he kind of got a job at Scientific [inaudible 00:10:42] which was a high end consulting firm, and they would pay him like a quarter million bucks when he was 26, or he could like risk it all and go and start a company, and he decided to start a company.

And I basically when I emailed him, I said, Rick I’m similar to you in that when you were deciding between going to this really nice company, Scientific [inaudible 00:11:01] or starting what would then become Tickle, you decided to go with Tickle. I did that recently as well, and so we could kind of relate on that, and I would love it if you could tell that story at my conference. And he said, I can’t believe you found that story because it was a video with like 200 views. He was, that’s amazing that you found out, you really done your research, come to my office and we can talk about this, and that was how it happened.

Steve: Wow, okay so for every person that you pitched, it was like a very specific personal pitch for everybody?

Sam: One hundred percent.

Steve: Okay, and so once you had the speakers, then I guess selling tickets made it a whole lot easier, right?

Sam: Well, you know starting an event is a really fluid process. It’s kind of like when you’ were a kid, and you go and you want to pull one over on your mom and dad, you go to your mom and say, hey mom can I do this, and she says, if your dad says it’s okay. And then I go to my dad, hey mom says it’s okay, is it okay with you? And then and he’ll say, yeah it’s okay, and then you go to your mom and say, hey it’s okay, he said it’s okay. You know what I mean how you kind of say…

Steve: Yeah, yeah.

Sam: That’s what hosting a conference is like. You basically get like 16 people who you would love to come, and then you pitch each one promising that the other four are going to be there. And then you just go down the list of like promising each one, and then slowly like the previous seven that you pitched finally say yes. So you’re no longer like completely paving, it’s like the truth. And you do this with sponsors as well, you say, hey these people are all in, these speakers are all in, and there’s going to be like 400 people there.

Of course no one has signed up yet, but you just hope that you could pull this all off. So it’s a very fluid process of like three things, speakers, audience, and sponsors. I guess the fourth one is logistics, and you’re doing them all the same time you’re kind of like each one is like halfway there, but everything raises at the same time.

Steve: It’s crazy. Okay so it sounds like once some of the speakers start like agreeing to do it, the rest kind of fall like dominoes at a certain point, it gets easier, right as time goes on?

Sam: Yeah, well we’re always kind of getting in the way also, it’s actually a way better if you spend like — if let’s say you only have four weeks of time to do something, if you can spend three weeks getting the biggest name possible, it’s worth it, because then the next week you can go ahead and get like a bunch of people that are really great people, but they are saying yes because the big person has said yes.

Steve: Okay, that totally makes sense. And then once you have the speaker line up, and then you’re selling tickets kind of at the same time, right?

Sam: Exactly, we’re adding speakers as we’re — and it’s not — the lineup is never set. Sometimes a lot of stuff is sent just like a week out.

Steve: Oh really, that’s crazy.

Sam: Yeah that’s an extreme situation, but it could be, oh yeah I mean it’s happened like two nights before someone has gotten sick and we had to make changes. So yeah it’s changed two nights in advance, but sometimes it can be like yeah sometimes people bail for crazy reasons, or we add people probably last minute.

Steve: So meanwhile to get interest for the conference you’re also getting emails and these are based on articles that you’ve written and shared, right?

Sam: Yeah exactly.

Steve: And then so it’s kind of like a blog in the beginning right, it’s kind of how you got started?

Sam: Yeah I’d been blogging; I had my own personal blog and never did anything. That wasn’t particularly huge, but every once in a while I could get like 60,000 people on one article. But yeah I mean I’ve been a blogger for years, so yeah it’s basically blogging, it’s just in the — people when they hear email I’m like look, think of it this way, your email is your website, and so think of it that way. And so yes it is a blog, but it’s like in an email form.

Steve: Sure, sure. How many times – I’m trying to think, so when you first had those articles, I’m just trying to think how you got to like where you are today like a million in just a little over a year.

Sam: Yeah sure, so we did this conference now, the first time I did it I had 360 people come, the email list started out, I don’t remember the exact number, but let’s say it’s about 200 people that started. By the end of that seven week cycle, I launched the website and then the conference happened seven weeks later and 360 people came. By the end of that cycle, the email list had grown to maybe 2,000 people.

And basically I would write email a week, and that email I would then post that e-mail on the blog, and then I would share the blog on Reddit and places that would get more traffic, and then more people would sign up, they’d fill up the cycle. So that was kind of how it worked, it’s quite simple.

Steve: Can we talk a little about that, so how do you share your own content on Reddit without getting like creamed?

Sam: Well, because I’m like the biggest Reddit nerd on earth. So like only like 10% of my content that I post on Reddit was actually mine. The other 90% was just me being a community member of lots of sub Reddits. So it wasn’t really like I don’t like break any rules.

Steve: I see, so you’d already been established on Reddit?

Sam: Well I wouldn’t say the word establish, I don’t know if that’s the most accurate word, but I was a user and I was like I was a community member, and I was a participant , I wasn’t just a regular, I participated. So I wasn’t quite established, but I was just like a user. And then same with Hacker News, I was a user, I commented, people didn’t know my handle or anything, but I would like comment on stuff and ask questions and submit stuff. So it wasn’t like I was a spammer, I was not a spammer.

Steve: Okay right.

Sam: And I could post up on there, and every once in a while it would get one or two thousand views. Sometimes I could get a million views if I got to the front page which has happened maybe five or six times. But yeah that’s kind of, that was like the cycle. And then I would also have these two to a thousand people or so a day getting my email and they would help share as well.

Steve: I just want to take a moment to thank Kabbage for being a sponsor of the show. Now if you run a successful e-commerce business like I do, you probably know that the worst thing that can happen to you is to run out of stock. Now my wife and I regularly import container loads of merchandise from China, and sometimes you need a short term loan to buy enough inventory to meet demand especially during the holiday season.

Well, if you’re wondering how to get the funding needed to run a small business today, Kabbage has the answer. Kabbage helps small business owners access simple and flexible funding right away without the headaches that come with applying for a traditional loan. Apply online or from your phone by securely linking your business information to get an automatic decision. There’s no waiting in line, scanning documents, or tracking down financial statements.

Kabbage gives you the flexibility to decide what is best for your business, and once you’re approved you choose when to use your funds and how much to take. You’ll only pay for the funds that you actually use, and it’s a line of credit that can be used for your purchasing needs.

Kabbage has supported over 100,000 small businesses with over 3.5 billion dollars in funding. So visit Kabbage.com/wife. There is no cost to apply or to set up your line of credit. And as a My Wife Quit Her Job listener, when you qualify for funding, you will get a $50 visa gift card that you can use anywhere. Now that’s Kabbage with a K, K-A-B-B-A-G-E.com/wife. Once again that’s K-A-B-B-A-G-E.com/wife, now back to the show.

How does it work on Reddit actually, just I’m sure some of listeners are very curious, and in terms of getting traffic? So you share other people’s stories and then maybe one out of ten times you’ll post something to your own website?

Sam: Yeah, so Reddit is like an interesting beast. Reddit is, if you get Reddit on your side, you’re a god. If you don’t you’re going to be ashamed and it’s going to destroy you, so like it’s very volatile. So basically Reddit, you just have to understand the personalities of each sub Reddit, and then create content sometimes if you want to go big on Reddit, create content that that particular sub Reddit would really like. But before you do any of that, you have to participate, and at times — so basically the rules sometimes for a lot people it’s like one out of ten things that you post can be self promoting.

Steve: Okay, so were you just sharing other people’s posts then in the beginning?

Sam: Yeah or obvious I guess the question like if I’m in like, I like to follow male fashion, that’s a sub Reddit that I love, male fashion, and I’ll post like, hey does anyone have any used like this brand jeans for sale? I live in San Francisco and I’m interested. Or my boosted board, [inaudible 00:19:44] board, the remote control broke and so I was asking questions on how to fix the remote control. Things like that.

Steve: What about an entrepreneurship example?

Sam: Yeah I mean I would post in the tech news, the tech news section any time like Travis Kalanick like get some crazy stupid stuff, I would always be the first to post that in the tech news section, or in the our entrepreneur. Those entrepreneur ones I really get spammed at times, you have to be particularly — they have a particularly high bullshit detector. So to circumvent that, you have to just don’t bullshit. So I would write comments about people who I found to be inspiring, and I would write stories about why I felt that, but I won’t actually link to anything, and that would slowly build up.

Steve: I see okay.

Sam: I would do it as a hobby, yeah.

Steve: So essentially writing like a little post within Reddit so to speak?

Sam: Exactly.

Steve: Okay, and then what about Hacker News?

Sam: Hacker News, you just have to understand their audience which is young nerds, and I would post lots of press anomic articles on there because press anomic articles are awesome, and I knew that Hacker News loved it, and that one got me my initial color, my initial [inaudible 00:21:02].

Steve: And then have you kind of established like a little group where you can easily get votes for your posts that you post on there, or did everything just kind of happen organically?

Sam: I would never have done that, no. Those just get — I used to be into that type of stuff, but since you know I just I wouldn’t do that because I just would rather do things organically because I think that you’ll have — in the long term, it just pays high dividends. You know I don’t know do those things actually work?

Steve: They do for a while as long as you don’t do it all the time, but after a while like Reddit for example though easily figure that out after a while.

Sam: Yeah so I just like whenever you know — yeah I just never really want to mess with that.

Steve: Okay, so you focused on Reddit and Hacker News, and then every now and then you’d hit the jackpot and drive a bunch of people to your site, and then you’d get a ton of email subs during that period, right?

Sam: Yeah although that’s not like particularly the biggest way that helped us get to where we are. So what happened was I did the first conference in 2014, and it was a pretty good success. The second conference got beat, because I did the first conference, and I thought, oh I did not expect that to be big, 360 people came and it made a whole lot of profit. And I took about six months off and drove my motorcycle around the country is what I did. I just kind of reflected and did a lot of soul searching.

And then I was like, okay let’s try this one more time to see if this actually has legs. And so we did. We did the conference again, and 80 days later it was four times bigger than the last one and we used the same tactics. And at this point the email list grew to be about 8,000 people. And so it wasn’t terribly big, and after that second conference, we realized the reason people liked our events was because of the content that we were sharing. So like during this time I’d read Ted Turner’s biography, the guy who started CNN.

And I got really interested in like these huge massive media conglomerates like Time Warner or Fox Interactive or News Corps, and I was like these companies are like super cool because they have all these like little sub businesses in their company, and that’s not that exciting. But they are their audiences, a lot of their companies are just like dying, they’re really old. Like the average CNN or Fox News age is in the 60s. And I was like fuck it, why can’t we just start the next like huge media empire, and that’s what we wanted to do.

And so in that summer of 2015, we said, let’s try to create a huge media company. And that’s kind of where we started. So the whole thing started with only 10,000 emails, and getting on top of Reddit would drive thousands of emails a day, but the real value happened after we created like hundreds and hundreds of blog posts, and we started covering news and doing news coverage. But the real thing happened in April of 2016 when we decided to switch to email only, and that’s when everything just took off.

Steve: That’s interesting, why would switching to email only cause things to take off?

Sam: Well, a couple reasons. One it’s really noteworthy. So a lot of people told their friends, it’s like kind of weird, like email only media company is like a very strange, it’s unique, it’s noteworthy. And two, when we started emailing people every single day, our open rates actually started increasing a ton, and because we were becoming a hub in people’s daily life, and we began providing a service for them. So in the morning The Hustle was the source of information that they had to make better decisions and be successful and sound intelligent throughout their day.

So our goal was, let’s quickly give them the news they need so they can eat their breakfast and read this, and then go and talk to their coworkers and will sound like they know what they’re talking about. Because that’s kind of a problem is like not being informed, you’re not really part of the conversation too often and you kind of feel up out, or you don’t feel as intelligent, and we were like what if we could solve that? And that’s what the Daily Mail did, and so that’s why it grew.

Steve: I know for myself it’s actually one of the few emails I open because it’s well written, and it provides like all like the latest news. I’m just — what I’m curious about is like once you stopped blogging, it seems like that would hurt things a little bit, right?

Sam: It seems like it yes, but when we first focused on it, it really worked. I mean we did a couple things like we have an ambassador group, and that accounts for a lot of our news [overlapping 00:26:08]. And well basically it’s this, we did four conferences, but basically like if you would share your unique URL with your friends, and some of them bought tickets, you would get a free ticket to the conference.

Steve: I see.

Sam: And so we just hacked that code together, and if a user shares their unique URL, and they get four people sign up, they become an ambassador. If they get 20 people sign up, they get a t-shirt, they get 100, they get a hoodie, things like that. And so that kind of viral looped, it definitely helped us.

Steve: Okay, and so you’re actually sending out physical products for people who share the word about Hustle?

Sam: Yeah, t-shirts, stickers, hoodies, hats, socks, all types of like cool gear. My co-partner, he’s kind of a brand genius, and so whenever — like he’s homemade t-shirts that are so good that people want to buy them, and we just gave up for free.

Steve: Amazing, so how much growth would you attribute to that?

Steve: 20%.

Steve: Really, okay. So once you — when you had the blog, you were still getting subscribers, and I would imagine these posts are getting ranked in Google and they’re driving traffic also, right?

Sam: That’s true yeah, so we still get to this day, I don’t know, you can probably look this up on SEMrush, but roughly 20,000 to 30,000 visitors a day from some of our articles where we wrote like about — when we wrote like some really crazy stuff about like living [overlapping 00:27:36].

Steve: Yeah, I just read, that that was a crazy post.

Sam: Or taking Elsy [ph] and how [inaudible 00:27:41] and how it impacts your work. So that’s up still ranks for a high.

Steve: Whereas — but when you just go straight to email like you lose out on like the extra Google traffic, right?

Sam: Well, we still have that, we still get a lot of traffic from that, but yeah so for this quarter we actually are — we are building ways for our articles. So like basically when we write stories for our daily email, that’s five articles a day at least. We are making it so that actually starts to rank for us.

Steve: Okay, so sorry where we left off we’re at the end of conference two, and you’re at you said 10,000 emails at that point?

Sam: Yeah between ten and 15,000, I don’t remember the exact number, but we can say 10,000 because that’s probably more accurate.

Steve: Okay, and so from there like what was the next step in scaling, like how did you get to your first 100,000?

Sam: Well our first three months doing what we’re doing we wrote some crazy articles, and like in our first three months of business we were averaging probably half a million to a million monthly unique visitors. And it was just me and John writing articles, and we just we knew how to write well, but we also were afraid and we were willing to be extremely controversy off, and that got us to 60,000 people by the time we switched to email which happened nine months later.

So that got us 60,000 people happened in April. So we kept writing these articles, and so by April 2015 we were at 60,000 people, but we’re like this business like it’s not going to be that huge, like creating articles and making money off ad revenue on your site it’s dying. It’s not going to ever be big, or if it is like it’s going to be rare, and we’re not in a position to win. And so we completely pivoted the company on 420 [ph] of 2015 where we said, we’re going all in on email because that way we don’t need that many writers to do stuff.

And our goal is to find a new revenue engine for media companies, and we think that we could do that with email because the economics are so great. And you could sell things to your audience and you can learn from them and build great products and services for them, and then even do even more media. And so that was our goal, and so we launched that on 420.

Steve: We need to talk about how you guys make money. So outside the conference how do you guys generate revenue?

Sam: Yeah, so practically all of our money comes from email advertisements right now. We make a lot of money from conferences, but 90% of it is from email advertisements. But our goal with this company is I believe that advertisements for news can be a meaningful number, tens of millions maybe hundreds of millions of dollars in revenue. But in order to be a massive media business which is definitely our goal, you have to have another source of revenue.

So for example NerdWallet while they don’t do news, they do make hundreds of millions of dollars a year because of the credit card offers or AARP. A lot of people don’t think them as a media company, but they are and they make two or three billion dollars a year from their membership program, and so same with Bloomberg. Bloomberg everyone thinks that they’re a media company, but they make the majority of their money, so like nine billion dollars a year from their Bloomberg terminals. And we looked at some of these companies that do that; we were like that is the way to go.

Media should be basically your news coverage should be content marketing for other products and services in your repertoire. And I think that that’s how our media is going to be in the next ten to 20 years.

Steve: I just want to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six day mini course on how to get started in e-commerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell, all the way to getting your first sales online.

Now this course is free, and can be obtained at mywifequitherjob.com/free. Just sign up right there on the front page via email, and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again that’s mywifequitherjob.com/free, now back to the show.

So in terms of your ads that you’re putting in your emails like what is the going rate on pay outs for that?

Sam: It ranges from $20 to $60 CPM.

Steve: Okay, is it for people who open or people who you send to?

Sam: Send.

Steve: Send, okay. And then so up until this point you’ve been advertising other people’s companies and it sounds like your end goal is to use your email list to sell your own products?

Sam: Yeah.

Steve: Okay, and then 90% of your revenue — I was just looking at your email the other day, the advertisement is always at the end, but it doesn’t sound like an advertisement at least if you read it quickly.

Sam: Well, it says that it’s an ad; it definitely says it says it. It says sponsored by, and it’s native. So it’s supposed to read, you know the same writers who write the news write that stuff, write our advertisements. I mean don’t get me wrong, it reads native and that’s what we want it to read.

Steve: Yeah it’s excellent.

Sam: But we also want to make it crystal clear like that that’s paid for which I sleep well knowing that we do. People should know we’re definitely — our product at the moment is our audience, this trust in us and we definitely always want that be crystal clear that this is paid for. But at the same time we don’t work with assholes, and we don’t work with brands that have bad products, so we’re always promoting stuff that we actually like.

Steve: And then so it’s just one advertisement per email right is what it…

Sam: Well, you’ll see two in there sometimes. Yeah sometimes you’ll see two and then also we split the list as well. So you may not see the same advertisement as your wife or your friends who are also on The Hustle.

Steve: I see, so it’s segmented based on what you think people are interested in?

Sam: Exactly. Yeah so on the same day both Microsoft and Sam’s Club can be an advertiser.

Steve: I see. Just curious, did you build your own email management system or are you using something off the shelf?

Sam: Originally we used MailChimp, then we switched to SendGrid. Now we built our own service.

Steve: So you have your own server sending out the emails?

Sam: It built on top of another person’s API, but we’ve built the CMS.

Steve: Okay cool, and then okay so when you went to email only, it sounded like one of the biggest advantages was the fact that you didn’t have to pump out these long five page blog posts anymore, you could just focus everything onto a single email, is that accurate?

Sam: That is accurate. Another advantage that’s as huge as my whole life I always say I want to be a pilot ship, meaning I want people who I enjoy being around to be able to get on our pilot ship, and I want us to be able to do whatever we want. And if you’re building a media company, right now you are beholden to Facebook and Google. And while I don’t mind having them guide parts of my business, a lot of companies like say Upworthy, that’s an older example, but many media companies today fall in that category as well.

They rely 95% of their company on Facebook, and to me that is like the worst thing on earth. And so with email it’s not so much that. I don’t rely on one thing.

Steve: But I guess you could argue that like Google’s promotions tab is a way to affect that business model as well, right?

Sam: That is correct, but not every one of our people has Gmail.

Steve: Sure.

Sam: And of course there’s no perfect platform, we’re always — unless I build my own platform, we’re always going to be a little bit beholden to someone. I’m just trying to hedge my bets and make it so I have the best likelihood to win.

Steve: Yeah, that makes sense. And so by going all email also people are much more likely to open that mail because it’s not like you post the entire library of emails that you’ve ever sent on your site, right?

Sam: You could find them but it’s not…

Steve: It’s not easy to find them, right?

Sam: Yeah that’s right.

Steve: Okay, so that adds like an extra incentive that improves your open rate? Would you mind sharing what your open rate is actually, I’m curious since you have so many emails?

Sam: It ranges, but it’s you know on a low day, it’ll be 40%, on a high day 60%.

Steve: That is crazy okay.

Sam: Yeah, if you do a good job, yeah it’s cool. I mean email is cool.

Steve: Does that — how much of that has to do with the fact that you kind of control your own email and your own IPs and everything as opposed to using a service like MailChimp?

Sam: It went up big time.

Steve: And at what point…

Sam: It’s the product is good.

Steve: Yeah I know the product is excellent, yeah.

Sam: That’s the biggest thing is that it’s a really good product, targeted, and we found a product market fit. We know who likes our ship and we go and find them, but we also make it really easy, like making sure the HTML code in the email is like perfect and will not get flagged by spam, in spam boxes.

Steve: Yeah I know that’s where I was getting to, like a lot of emails don’t even make it to the inbox even, even if it’s good a lot of people miss it.

Sam: Yeah and that’s hard, that’s a challenge. I mean at these big companies, I imagine Amazon has like a 50 person team for email deliverability.

Steve: Actually since we’re talking about that, how do you guys manage that, do you run it through tools like mail tester and before every cent?

Sam: So I am far from being a tech person, we actually have a tech team. So I mean any advice I can — or any feedback to this I can give is going to be strictly high level. But my partner and Wes are our two tech guys, and they — yeah they do use — they have some very expensive tools that tell them the deliverability rate, and they get suggestions on how to improve that. But basically, you can fix the code a little bit, so you want your HTML code to be really clean. When you send, you want to send from your own IP address, and you want to make sure that your own IP address has a really good reputation with Google and Yahoo and things like that.

And there’s like another — it’s basically email deliverability is the same thing as SEO. There’s a whole bunch of best practices to follow, and if you follow best practices, you most likely will be okay. But there’s no like perfect like silver bullet.

Steve: Okay, it seems like your secret sauce is actually the content that you write in your emails. I was wondering if you could talk a little bit about your process for constructing these emails?

Sam: So at first it was just John and I, and we would just go back and forth and we would read what’s going on in the world, and then we would have conversations about what we thought was interesting. But now I don’t have anything to do with the daily process, and John now doesn’t either. We have a team that does it, but the process is actually coming to work, and between eleven and noon, between that when they come in and two or three, they’re reading the news, and they’re learning what’s going on in the world.

And then like three to five, they’ll get in a little room and they just shoot the shit, it almost feels like a Saturday Night Live like writing room where they just like make jokes and they talk about what’s going on in the world and what’s important. And then from like five to like eight, they’re cranking, they’re writing drafts and then throughout the night, like sometimes as late as 3am, they’re editing and fixing and looking at anything new that’s going on in the world, and they’re trying to perfect it, and proofread it, and then they get up early.

Right now we’ve got in New York now, so they don’t have to get up as early, who sends the email at like 8:30, 8:45, and then they come to work and do it again.

Steve: That’s crazy. So does each person, are they responsible for like one day of the week because to do this over and over on a daily basis sounds pretty intensive?

Sam: It is intensive, but that’s the type of people they are, yeah.

Steve: Okay.

Sam: Each person contributes like 30%.

Steve: So okay, so we’re running a little bit short on time here, and we kind of left off at like one 100K emails. Growing from 100 — like where would you say are the inflection points in email growth that you experienced?

Sam: Yeah, so like getting the 30,000 was a big deal for us. And then from 30,000 to 100,000 was a big deal.

Steve: What did you do differently in each of those inflection points?

Sam: You know like not much. What happened was like it’s just consistency really, like you know our mutual friend Nebol [ph] kind of pointed this out to me. He’s like — because he comes to our office, he’s like, I see you guys doing this, I’ve seen you like each quarter and you’re not doing anything different, but the thing is, is that you’ve been in this office, this little crappy office, we’re in a much bigger and nice office, but at the time it was a small apartment.

He’s like you’ve been in this office and you’re just doing this shit every single day, and that catches on eventually. And I think that’s what happens, it’s extremely unsexy, but you know do the same job like what we’re doing every day for like 18 months and if you’re doing a pretty good job, you’ll see results.

Steve: Okay.

Sam: It just takes a ton of turn.

Steve: The reason why I asked that question is because sometimes as you get bigger, so going from getting to a million for example which is where you’re going to hit later on this year, like the same tactics that you used percentage wise might not yield the same gains. So that’s why I was just kind of curious if you’ve instituted new tactics over the years to kind of boost the growth or scale it?

Sam: Well, so in the beginning when we started, we did a lot of scammy stuff like some giveaways we would do, or we would have like a Reddit voting ring, and that stuff like gave us like a little like bumps, but like bumps in traffic. But really the stuff that’s been the biggest evidence, we’re just doing the really like the right thing, and doing it over and over and over again. So just like not like — I think the problem with a lot of people in our world and all my internet marketing friends is they’re always looking for short term gains.

But really focusing on like, okay we may like suck like for the next like month, but if we like with time and create these articles are going to give us good search traffic now, then will be paying huge dividends in like a year. And doing stuff like that has added up.

Steve: Let me ask you this Sam, if you were to start this thing all over again, would you do anything differently than the way you proceeded now?

Sam: No.

Steve: So you’d start with the conference to build that initial pool, would the conference be like the integral part of this still?

Sam: Yeah, our conference — like in order to do what we need to do or what we want to do, we don’t make money right away. Like with media once you have a huge audience, then the money just pours in. But to get there you have to be poor for a little while and so the conferences were our cash cow that allowed us not to be able to — like we’re going to need to raise a lot of money.

But what I’m hoping is that our conferences, the profits from our conferences will subsidize the amount of money that we need to raise, and give us a better valuation and allow and keep us majority owned by ourselves and our employees. So yeah I would do everything the same way. I will make the conferences much bigger.

Steve: So the conference allows you to bootstrap The Hustle essentially is what you’re saying?

Sam: Exactly. We have since raised 1.3 million dollars, but I wouldn’t really even say we needed that, but it makes us grow faster.

Steve: Based on our earlier conversations it sounded like you got some of that early investment as kind of like a strategic move to get access to some of these big profile people, right?

Sam: Yeah so like the founders of Bleacher Report, the founders of [inaudible 00:44:47], Tim Ferriss, Ramit Sethi, these are some of our investors and some of our friends, and we have access not only — I would normally pay for their advice, but it went the other way round. Locally we’re going to pay them a lot more for everything, so it worked out, but yeah so now we have these guys on our team.

Steve: That’s ingenious. And so going forward we kind of talked about you introducing your own products, care to share any of the things that you have in mind going forward?

Sam: Yeah, so we aren’t revealing anything big yet, but we’re not publicly talking about it yet. But I will say this, we have this massive audience of people who all have similar tastes, and buy similar things. And I think that it would be really powerful if we could leverage on group buying power to get really cool deals and discounts on shit that we’re all buying, that everyone buys.

So we’ll definitely — that idea to me is really interesting because it’s very powerful, because if you get 30 or 40 million members of an infinity group, you could I bet you can change the law. I mean you know what I mean like you can change policy. And I think that’s really exciting for me, and that’s something that we’re interested in.

Steve: That’s cool. Hey Sam, I want to be respectful of your time, where can people find more about you and your company?

Sam: Well, if they want to find out more about the company, they can just search The Hustle and hopefully it will be the first thing that they come up. And if they search The Hustle they’ll also find cool articles about how we started and things like that. Me personally, I’m on Twitter @theSamParr, and my email is very easy to find, so you can always shoot me an email as well.

Steve: Cool Sam; well really appreciate you coming on the show. I learned a lot and your story is just crazy.

Sam: Well, hopefully it’s just the first ending.

Steve: Cool man, take care Sam.

Sam: All right, see you man.

Steve: Hope you enjoyed that episode. I actually had the opportunity to meet Sam in person at his last conference, and he’s one of the most ambitious people that I’ve ever met. For more from information about this episode, go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode183.

And once again I want to thank Seller Labs. Their tool Scope has completely changed the way I choose keywords for both my Amazon listings and my Amazon advertising campaigns. Instead of making random guesses, Scope tells me exactly which keywords are generating sales, and within the first week of use I saw a 39% increase in sales. It is a no brainer. So head on over to Sellerlabs.com/wife and receive $50 off. Once again that’s sellerlabs.com/wife.

I also want to thank Klaviyo which is my email marketing platform of choice for ecommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on auto pilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O, once again that’s mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.

Now, I talk about how I use all these tools on my blog, and if you’re interested in starting your own ecommerce store, head on over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email, and I’ll send you the course right away, thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

182: How To Make Millions Selling Clothing Online Using Facebook Live With Tiffany Ivanofsky

How To Make Millions Selling Clothing Online Using Facebook Live With Tiffany Ivanofsky

Today I’m really happy to have Tiffany Ivanofsky on the show. Tiffany is someone who I was introduced to by Toni Anderson and she is making millions of dollars selling LuLaRoe clothing.

But here’s the kicker. She sells all of her inventory using Facebook Live. In fact, I’ve watched her and her husband Paul live and the way they sell is mesmerizing.

Anyway, today we are going to break down how they manage to sell so many pieces of clothing live on Facebook and learn about their strategies.

What You’ll Learn

  • How selling LuLaRoe products work.
  • How Tiffany came up with the idea of selling on Facebook live.
  • How she created a crazy Facebook following.
  • How her sales tactics can be applied to other products online.

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Ignite.Sellerlabs.com – If you are selling on Amazon and running Amazon Sponsored Ads campaigns, then Ignite from Seller Labs is a must have tool. Click here and get a FREE 30 Day Trial.
Ignite Logo

Kabbage.com – If you run a physical products based business, sometimes you need a short term loan to buy inventory to meet demand, especially during the holiday season. Kabbage helps small business owners access simple and flexible funding right away. Click here and get a $50 Visa gift card upon signup.
kabbage

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.
Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrapped business, owners and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not. Now today’s podcast guest has an amazing story to tell. Tiffany Ivanofsky sells millions of dollars worth of merchandise broadcasting live on Facebook. So think of it like a QVC except on the Facebook platform. Anyway it’s a fascinating way to sell online, and today we’re going to learn exactly how she does it.

But before we begin I want to give a quick shout out to Seller Labs for sponsoring this episode, and specifically I want to talk about their awesome Amazon tool, Scope. Now I’m really excited about Scope because it’s a tool that actually increased my Amazon sales on several listings by 39% within the first week of use, crazy, right?

Now what does this tool do that could possibly boost my sales so quickly? Well, quite simply, Scope tells you what keywords are driving sales on Amazon. So here is what I did. I searched Amazon and found the bestselling product listings in my niche, then I used Scope to tell me exactly what keywords that bestselling listing was using to generate sales. I added these keywords to my Amazon listings, and my sales picked up immediately.

So today I use Scope for all my Amazon products to find high converting keywords in the back end as well as for my Amazon advertising campaigns. So in short, Scope can boost your Amazon sales almost immediately like they did for me, and 39% is nothing to sneeze at. Right now if you go to Sellerlabs.com/wife, you can check out Scope for free, and if you decide to sign up, you’ll get $50 off any plan. Once again that’s Sellerlabs.com/wife.

Now, I also want to give a shout out to Klaviyo who also is a sponsor of the show. And I’m always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they are the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store, and I depend on them for over 20% of my revenues. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well, Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for ecommerce stores, and here is why it’s so powerful.

Klaviyo can track every single customer who has shopped in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send out an email out to everyone who purchased a certain colored handkerchief in the last week, easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special auto-responder sequence to my customers depending on what they purchased, piece of cake, and there is full revenue tracking on every single email.

Now Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used, and you could try them for free at mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O, once again that’s, mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Now, on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle, so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here is your host, Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit her Job Podcast. Today I’m really happy to have Tiffany Ivanofsky on the show. Now Tiffany is actually someone who I was introduced to by Toni Anderson, and she’s actually making millions of dollars selling LulaRoe clothing, but here is the kicker. She actually sells all of her inventory using Facebook Live. And in fact I’ve watched her and her husband Paul live on Facebook, and the way they sell is actually really amazing, and it’s actually mesmerizing.

And today what we’re going to do is we’re going to break down how they managed to sell so many pieces of clothing live on Facebook, and kind of learn about their strategies which I believe can be applied to actually any e-commerce business or any situation where you have to have to make sales. And with that, welcome to the show Tiffany, how are you doing today?

Tiffany: I’m doing so great, thank you so much for having me on here today.

Steve: Really happy to have you Tiffany and I just think what you’re doing is amazing, and I hope to learn a lot about your sales strategies. So first of all, let’s talk about how you got into selling LulaRoe. I know that you are into extreme couponing, you’ve been on like to Today show and TLC. How did that kind of transition over to LulaRoe?

Tiffany: You know it was actually a little bit of an accident. I have a couple of VAs that work on my site for me, and my husband and I had experienced a great loss like two years ago, and one of my VAs was actually concerned about me. And for Valentine’s Day She was trying to cheer me up, and she sent me some leggings for myself and my children, and I got them and I couldn’t understand why they didn’t match, and why I couldn’t get matching leggings.

And I went completely obsessed with trying to find these matching leggings. If you know anything about LulaRoe, nothing matches, and it’s hard to find coupons anything, and so I was obsessed with trying to figure out why I could not just order these online. And that kind of led to looking at this business and trying to figure it out, and then really looking even past the clothing part of it to see this incredible business opportunity that I felt like people were not realizing the value in it. And I within — I couldn’t think about anything else for 24 hours a day.

And I just decided to sign up and I said the same thing to my husband. And I just, I put my paperwork in, and you actually have a little bit of a wait. And so I had a three month wait before I could even do anything. But it just, it really kind of, I stumbled into it just from a VA. I kind of recognized that business opportunity there that I felt like people were not taking advantage of.

Steve: For all the listeners who might not be familiar with LulaRoe, could you just kind of describe what it is first of all.

Tiffany: Yeah, so LulaRoe is — it’s truly amazing comfortable clothing. They’re all about family, but the thing that is such a draw is that they have very popular prints, and they’re very limited. And so any given pattern, they only make 5,000 of a print, and even in the clothing industry, that’s a little bit unheard of because it’s very expensive to make a limited run like that when they’re producing so much. And so the popularity is when you have a print that you love dearly, and let’s say you need it in a medium and spread out between three different styles, extra small to three XL.

There’s only going to be about 225 of those mediums spread out between 60,000 consultants in the draw as you see that print and you want it, you’ve got to jump on it and grab it like that. And so that’s what makes them popular is the exclusivity and the difficulty sometimes in getting those patterns.

Steve: Are they collector’s items then or no?

Tiffany: Definitely some of them are, and it’s funny they call them unicorns.

Steve: Unicorns, okay.

Tiffany: So you’re always on this – you always hunt for your unicorn.

Steve: Interesting, so this is like I don’t know if this is the correct analogy, but it’s like pokerman for clothing or no?

Tiffany: Yes or Beanie Babies for adults.

Steve: Okay, but people actually wear the clothing too, is that correct?

Tiffany: Oh definitely.

Steve: Okay, so you found out about this opportunity from your VA. So what is actually involved in signing up, and how does like kind of the program work?

Tiffany: So well what you do is you just basically find a sponsor, you submit your paperwork as your interest in joining this company. It doesn’t cost anything to do that. And then you do have a wait in the queue. So at the time I signed up, the wait was about 13 weeks, it’s actually down to about six weeks right now. The benefit is that it’s gives you time to get ready, kind of wrap your brain around this business to prepare how you’re going to sell it, if you’re going to be able to have space to have it displayed, or if you’re going to be able to do this out of rubber maids, however you’re going to have your business set up.

So you wait about six weeks in the queue, and then you’re going to get your phone call from home office, and they welcome you, and that’s when you place your first wholesale order.

Steve: So you have to buy the inventory, it’s not like…

Tiffany: You do, yes and as a blogger, one of the big things that almost kept me from doing this is we’re not used to having the inventory here in your home. And I was actually really concerned about that. I didn’t want to ship everything; I didn’t want to have the inventory in my home. But more than that I wanted to give it a try, and so I was willing to kind of try to figure out what to do with this inventory. And then you place that first wholesale order, you get this inventory delivered…

Steve: I think it’s that first wholesale order; I’m just kind of curious how much they made you buy.

Tiffany: It’s about — there’s three different packages. We always just recommend going with that lowest package, because as soon as you’re off the phone with them, you can turn right back around and you can reorder whatever you want. So you get that package. That first one is about 325 pieces of inventory, and it’s around $5,000.

Steve: Oh, wow, okay so the upfront investment is fairly significant?

Tiffany: It is yes, and I’m okay with that. I actually sometimes wish it was a little bit more because you really need that amount of inventory to have a good variety for people.

Steve: Do you get to pick out, like you have to go through and pick out all the stuff you want, or how does that work?

Tiffany: The crazy part is, and this is the other crazy part is that you can pick your styles and sizes. They have about 39 different styles, and so you can pick from a range of that. We suggest going with probably the six to eight most popular in the beginning, and then going actually deep in the sizes. So instead of just having three in every size, if you have ten, you’ve got more variety for your customers. So we suggest about eight styles to begin with, ten of every size in the kind of building your inventory like that.

So now you’re allowed to choose your styles and sizes, you can’t ever choose your patterns, which is really interesting. So when you get that box, every time it’s kind of like Christmas, like you’re opening it up, you have no idea what you’re getting.

Steve: That is crazy, so how do you know that when you’re buying this kit, whether it’s going to sell or not?

Tiffany: Do you know and the wild part of this and you’re going to hear this from everybody is everything sells, which is amazing. And I didn’t — at first I thought what am I going to do? And I would open a box and I would pull out a shirt, and I would be like, oh what I’m supposed to do with this? And then the funny part is, is that was the first item that would sell. And so I think what it does teach you is not to prejudge your inventory, and not to just assume that you know what everybody else likes.

And that can be a little bit of a hard lesson to learn, but you realize pretty quickly the things that you think are going to sit there and not sell, and someone walks in and they’re like, oh my gosh, that’s my unicorn, I love that, I have to have it. And you’re like oh, okay then, I wasn’t expecting that. But it really teaches you to kind of have this broad; just an open mind when you’re giving everything that somebody loves it.

Steve: What about deciding on like sizing in the beginning, like how do you know what size your target customer is going to be?

Tiffany: You know I think you have to guess a little bit. Some of it is a little bit of a trial and error. I knew — I took a kind of a stab in the dark, and I decided that I wear about a size ten, and sometimes I don’t like going into the store to try stuff on, because you’re uncomfortable, you don’t want to go in a dressing room. But I noticed that my friends that were maybe plus sized, they really shop online at home. They don’t want to go in and try stuff on as much, they don’t feel comfortable doing that, and they kind of like the privacy of shopping at home.

And so I kind of took a guess that I felt like some of those bigger sizes might sell a little better. And for us in our group they have, we sell I would say about 60% is large and above, and about 40% would be under. We carry everything; we carry every size just because I don’t want my customer to feel like we don’t have something for them. But the girls that have really focused on a niche, of course they’ve built this great community around that. Some just focus on large and above, and some just focus on smaller sizes.

And so I think when you find your niche, or if you go in knowing what your niche is, I mean you kind of cater towards a little bit towards that niche, I feel like you’re always a little bit more successful.

Steve: Okay so going in, you kind of made a guess about who your target customer was going to be, and then you kind of skewed your sizes accordingly to the larger sizes?

Tiffany: I did and really just kind of when I knew that — I knew in the beginning I would have to some trial and error. Some people might have a better idea, but I just I wasn’t sure where I was going to go. And I took one poll in my Facebook group to find out. I thought I better do that. I mean it was kind of all over the place, I don’t feel like I got a very good, I mean got a real good answer from that. But we just started watching what we were selling, and we just went from there.

Steve: Okay, so let’s now back up and kind of start from the beginning. So you have this initial set of inventory, and you primarily sell on Facebook. So this Facebook group I presume started from zero members, is that correct?

Tiffany: It did in August last — I’m sorry, April last year, zero members, opened it up, and just started.

Steve: That’s great; it’s millions of dollars in just a little over a year which is really crazy. So you talk about how you started that targeted Facebook group, like what was going on through your head? How did you know what type of people to attract?

Tiffany: Steve I wish that there was — I wish I had something crazy to tell you, but I opened it up, I invited a couple of close friends, my mom and my sisters, and I…

Steve: What is the group called first of all actually so people can look at it?

Tiffany: Oh sorry?

Steve: Can you just tell me what the group is called.

Tiffany: It’s actually Emma Lou’s LulaRoe Boutique.

Steve: Okay, I’ll link that up in the show notes.

Tiffany: And I invited them to come on in. I started posting pictures of myself in the clothing, and I wasn’t even really advertising the clothing. I was just posting a picture of me every day wearing one of the pieces of clothing, or just asking, do you think I should wear these shoes or these shoes with this skirt? I mean I just was getting interaction and people were interested, and then every now and then they would ask what I was wearing, and I would tell them.

But the focus in the beginning wasn’t — I wasn’t trying to sell them anything, I was just kind of posting about what I had found, and I didn’t know much even about it. And I was asking a lot of questions and posting pictures, and still talking about our family and just things that are personal to me and people just were interested, and they just were joining my group and joining my group. In the beginning…

Steve: Were these friends or were these random people?

Tiffany: Well, originally it was friends, and then they were inviting their friends and their friends and their friends. I did one giveaway in the beginning with a crazy cool pair of leggings, and told people to add friends. Again a lot of people do a lot of giveaways, I wouldn’t suggest that because you get a lot of extra in your group that don’t really want to be there, and it doesn’t help you.

But I only did that one kind of giveaway in the beginning, and people just — they were just joining. They were interested in it and they were interested in posting pictures of themselves in the clothing, and I just kind of left that open for them to ask questions, post pictures of themselves. I would continue to post my pictures, and it just was growing from there.

Steve: So can we break it down like how often were you posting in the beginning?

Tiffany: I was posting probably about — I would do a post in the morning what I was wearing that day, I would comment on any, reply to everybody, and then I’d probably post something later in the day. I’d post a minimal recipe or just something interesting and following up. I was at least posting twice a day.

Steve: So would it be fair to say that your customers are like you in terms of demographic?

Steve: They are one 100% yes. They’re probably — mostly around the same age, stay at home moms, work at home, we do have a lot of teachers, nurses, yeah they definitely are.

Steve: Okay, and then you are in love with the clothing and it kind of shows through in the photos that you were posting, and then your friends kind of still recommending their friends because they’re all into the same clothing, is that correct?

Tiffany: Correct, yes.

Steve: And so you were posting it sounds like what, three times a day?

Tiffany: I would say so yes.

Steve: And this is just you posting, it’s not any software, it’s just you coming up with content and posting on your Facebook page?

Tiffany: One hundred percent and I have other Facebook pages I’ve done where I’ve scheduled stuff out, and it was very planned and thought out. This was extremely organic, and just — I had seen someone at a park wearing something LulaRoe, I took a picture, I asked her, took a picture of her and I was talking about it, got 500 people commenting on that. It was very, very organic compared to a lot of other stuff that I’ve done.

Steve: Interesting, so at what point did you start selling?

Tiffany: Well, this is interesting, so typically my personality, I love to plan everything out and write lists for my lists, and I had this great amazing business plan all written out. And I had followed some of the big top who I thought were the top people in this company, and watched what they were doing, and I had this strategy of how I was going to sell this clothing once I got here. At the time I was traveling about three weeks out of every month with my job. I was teaching coupon classes all across the country for newspapers, and I was really tired of traveling, and I knew that when my inventory would come I would be gone.

My husband had just — I had just kind of passingly mentioned that this inventory was coming. One day I had just left to go out of town and my inventory showed up. Facebook Live was really new, I think we had even just gotten the ability to do it on that page for that group, and I asked him I said, hey my inventory is scheduled to come today, and I was looking at it. I said when it gets there, is there any way I could get you just to open it up and live, and just show me what it was, because I want to see it, I was so excited.

I was teaching classes, and I got home to my hotel room that night about ten thirty. I open my computer and went to my group to find out that my husband had been on live for almost six hours with my son’s girlfriend, and they had sold almost all of my initial inventory. I was…

Steve: Okay, can we break this down, because okay so what’s funny, and this is for the listeners, what’s funny is that her husband, Tiffany’s husband Paul actually does most of the selling, wouldn’t you say?

Tiffany: Yes, yes he does.

Steve: And he does a fantastic job. So can you kind of break down what he did on that first Facebook Live, and how many people were actually watching first of all?

Tiffany: Oh my goodness, I actually I don’t know how many were, because I wasn’t on the whole time. I’m guessing he probably had 50 to one 100 people, maybe even a little more. He had no idea what he was doing, he didn’t know the names of anything, I had just days before told him that I was even doing this. And he has a very outgoing friendly personality, and he just thought the whole thing was funny, and all these boxes show up at the door.

And my son’s girlfriend knew what it was, but didn’t know a whole lot about it, and she happened to be there, and they start opening these boxes, and they were showing people this clothing, and people were saying, well when can we buy it. And my husband kept saying, well, when Tiffany gets back, and they were like, why can’t we buy it right now. And he’s like; well she wants to sell it, why not? So they start selling it, and they didn’t know the prices, people would say how much is it, they would say, oh I don’t know. But my husband would be like, it sure is pretty.

People are saying, I want it, so they’re trying to write names down, it was crazy. And I mean it was just it’s so funny to go back and watch some of those videos, I mean it was just, it was so organic I think, and just so interesting and so probably just hilarious to people, that they just, I think they fell in love.

Steve: I just want to take a moment to thank Kabbage for being a sponsor of the show. Now, if you run a successful e-commerce business like I do, you probably know that the worst thing that could happen to you is to run out of stock. Now, my wife and I regularly import container loads of merchandise from China, and sometimes you need a short term loan to buy enough inventory to meet demand especially during the holiday season.

Well if you’re wondering how to get the funding needed to run a small business today, Kabbage has the answer. Kabbage helps small business owners access simple and flexible funding right away without the headaches that come with applying for a traditional loan. Apply online or from your phone by securely linking your business information to get an automatic decision. There’s no waiting in line, scanning documents, or tracking down financial statements.

Kabbage gives you the flexibility to decide what is best for your business, and once you’re approved you choose when to use your funds and how much to take. You’ll only pay for the funds that you actually use, and it’s a line of credit that can be used for your purchasing needs.

Kabbage has supported over 100,000 small businesses with over 3.5 billion dollars in funding. So visit Kabbage.com/ wife. There is no cost to apply or to set up your line of credit, and as a My Wife Quit Her Job listener, when you qualify for funding, you will get a $50 visa gift card that you can use anywhere. Now that’s Kabbage with a K, K-A-B-B-A-G-E.com/wife. Once again that’s K-A-B-B-A-G-E.com/wife, now back to the show.

So it’s like an unboxing video, right? Is that how you would best describe it?

Tiffany: If you could in any way describe it, I would call it that.

Steve: Okay, because I’ve watched some of your latest videos, and it seems — Paul is awesome by the way, but if we can go back to that first video when he didn’t know what he was doing, can you kind of just describe like why it worked, or like what exactly he was doing that actually triggered all of these sales, or is it just — let me rephrase that question. Is it is it because like the product is just so popular that it sells itself, or do you think it was Paul in that first video?

Tiffany: I think it was Paul. I think it was that my customers originally a lot of them didn’t really know much about LulaRoe, and as he was pulling stuff out of the box, I think it’s a combination of thinking it’s very interesting to purchase something like that online that way, almost like a life QVC where you’re interacting. And then the fact that I think there was probably some, what is this guy doing? And like just maybe even some of them, this guy is hilarious, like he has no clue what’s going on here.

And we tease him every now and then, we’re like, well how many people felt bad for you, but he was I think just so genuinely trying to help these women find what their size was, and find something that they liked that I think that they kind of took that to heart. It was almost endearing that they thought, here is this guy trying to help me decide what to wear. I think it was just so different that they were just like, I’ll take it, I’ll give it a try. And so I think that that’s why it worked.

Steve: I guess for anyone who’s listening, you guys have to just watch Paul in action. He’s actually really polished now; I was just kind of curious what happened that first day. You said he was on for six hours?

Tiffany: He was, and back then you could only go what, like 45 minutes I think on live, maybe half an hour or 45 minutes to maybe an hour. So they were just restarting video after video when it would cut him off. I mean they knew nothing about Facebook Live, I mean they didn’t know it would even cut them off. None of it, I mean we really didn’t know anything about it. And they were trying to figure out just how to record the information, figure out who actually got what, how to sell it. I mean just how somebody can claim it; it was crazy just trying to figure out that process.

Steve: So let’s talk about how you guys do it now, because it’s a lot more polished now, and you guys have your routines down. So can you just kind of walk through how you are able to move some of the sizes and the styles that aren’t that popular?

Tiffany: Yeah, so I think what is key, and this is as much as we have this online businesses, online community, a lot of what has built that is we still do have open houses, and we’ll let people come try things on. There’s always going to be people who will buy something online, and there’s always those customers that won’t purchase it online until they can try it on or feel it or touch it. And so we do let them come in, try stuff on, we’ll have open houses, let them feel comfortable doing that.

But in doing those open houses, I feel like myself and Paul have really gotten a grasp on how this clothing fits women. And beyond that, I think it just — and how it can make them feel good and make them feel confident, and make them feel beautiful. And so I feel like we try to make sure that that comes across, and comes across as genuine, that we want them to feel good about what they’re wearing. And so when Paul’s on, I mean he really pays attention to what they’re saying to him, even typing out what they’re typing to him. Is this woman tall or does she have broad shoulders? Maybe has she had some kids, is she trying to hide that weight in her stomach? What is going to fit her body the best?

And I think for a lot of people I think it’s very interesting that a guy can pick up on that with just the things that you type out, not even seeing you in person. But that he’s telling you, try it, give it a try, post your pictures when you’re done, we want to see how this looks on you. And then quite honestly just getting it right, getting it right that this is what they need to be wearing, what style is going to fit on them best? And so as much as it is online, having that in-home experience where we get to know what does fit them is invaluable.

Steve: So are most of your customers kind of local to your house then, or are they like all over the place?

Tiffany: Oh no, they are all over the place, and they are enough that a lot of them have tried stuff on other places which we love with other consultants, and then they kind of come on because our show is very entertaining. And so they come on and I think they get wrapped up in the moment, and they’re like I’ve always wanted to try that, I know what to look at, so I’m going to go ahead and give it a shot, and then I’m going to go ahead and pick that one up.

Steve: Okay, so let’s get to specifics, like what does Paul do, okay so you guys start live, what is the first thing that Paul does?

Tiffany: We give it a second where we’re always talking to them calling them by name. So I think one of the most important things that you can do in a Facebook Live is recognition. You just have to recognize people, sometimes these people get on and it’s been days without someone actually saying their name. And so we make sure that we recognize them, and we’ll remember them. We ask how their kids are, we ask how their job interview was, we remember what sizes they wear. But we welcome them onto the show, we kind of give it a few minutes to get going, we’re playing music or we’re just we’re chatting with them, getting stuff arranged.

And then typically we start with just — it’s a pretty random for us. We don’t necessarily tell them ahead of time what sizes or styles we’re doing; it’s really a free for all. And a lot of that is because Paul doesn’t know, he’s got such ADD and he’s all over the place. A plan for him would just put him under the table. Me I love to make all my outfits ahead of time, have them all in a rack ready to go. Paul just likes to grab stuff from boxes, and just keep everybody guessing as to what he’s going to do next.

Steve: Okay so that implies – so you said a couple of things there. You remember their name, you remember their stories, does that imply that you kind of know all your customers, or do you have some sort of CRM system?

Tiffany: No, we 100% it’s getting to know them, we truly get to know them, we truly try to, which it’s comes back to that basic community. They have a place where people recognize them, other customers get to know other customers, and they develop a friendship. It’s somewhere where they come, they can tell us about the job interview they had, or they did the job interview that we helped them pick something out to wear, they’ll let us know if they got the job and how it’s going, they talk to us about their kids, we find them stuff to wear before they have a baby and after they have a baby.

Steve: Is this up another Facebook page or on the live itself?

Tiffany: It happens in both.

Steve: Okay but they can only text, all right; you guys have a video there only have text?

Tiffany: Correct, and the great new feature where you can call somebody else in or invite them in, in video, we started doing that a lot. And so that is just still another better way that you can even connect with them face to face.

Steve: Okay so in the very beginning like if we back up to his very first time on the Facebook Live, did he already know everyone from the group?

Tiffany: No, he knew nobody.

Steve: He knew nobody okay, so how did he make all those sales that first time then?

Tiffany: I think that the first time I feel like that they were probably so fascinated about what was happening that it just happened. I think it’s one of those that people are probably going, can you believe this guy on here is trying to sell his wife’s LulaRoe stuff. But then with people asking to buy it, and I think everyone was just getting caught up in this moment of never having seen this before that they were just so interested, and they just wanted to purchase stuff.

Steve: Okay, was he wearing — he doesn’t wear LulaRoe, does he? Do you have a male line?

Tiffany: They have a couple male shirts, he will for fun and you know what, he kind of developed his own brand where he wears like a different unicorn shirt every night. So he’s got hundreds of unicorn shirts, but I mean it’s just you kind of develop your own thing.

Steve: Okay, so how does the ordering work on Facebook Live, like how do you guys take orders?

Tiffany: Well, so what happens is he holds something up; we give it a number so that we know what people are actually claiming. They comment and they put the number on there. That lets us know they’ve got that item. Once they have that item, we put the number and put it in a box, we’ve got a Google doc that we’re keeping live as it goes, we’re recording people get what. And then we go to our system that we have through LulaRoe, and we invoice them through their email.

Steve: So what happens if you hold someone something up and like 20 people want it, does it go to the first person or?

Tiffany: A lot of times it’s the first person, but then we do try to take in account that some people have faster internet, we can get nights where the same person can almost claim everything because they’re on super fast some kind of crazy internet. And so a lot of times we’ll do even what we call radio style, where we say, okay we’re going to take the fifth person that types in a number — and they type in these numbers, and so we’ll go more count off which I mean it gives people such anxiety.

It’s actually kind of fun, because they are just sitting there going, I don’t know where my name is going to show up in this, but we count off five and we yell out the fifth person’s name and they’re the ones that get it.

Steve: Okay, all right, this is just crazy to me because I can’t even imagine the audience that would be in suspense over shopping for clothing online. So maybe what would help me a little bit is like if you could help me understand the target demographic, and how you kind of – it sounds like you just naturally created this fanatical fan base through your page, and then live is just like a medium with which you ell, right?

Tiffany: Yes, and that’s probably just a very — you say it very eloquently, that’s what it is. And the other part of it, I tease and I joke about it to my our customers and stuff, I’m like, I think there a lot of gamblers on here. But I think people more than anything they want to be entertained, we’re not just selling something to them, they’re there to be entertained and they’re there for a break, or they’re there because they know that somebody will recognize them.

We have a lot of military wives who come on because they’re just alone at night, and it’s hard to go to bed with no noise, and sometimes they just want to hear a voice. We get it is just — it’s really kind of fascinating. So a lot of it is also just curiosity, and it’s a different way to shop, it’s something new, it’s something that they can do from home. You can be anywhere and just there’s a live video, and you can start watching. If you see something you like, you can purchase it. I think it’s just different, I think it’s exciting, I think it’s entertaining.

Steve: It’s almost like an interactive infomercial?

Tiffany: Yes, that’s a great way to describe it.

Steve: Okay, and then — okay so let’s work to – sorry, it’s really hard to describe this to listeners without watching. So I’m actually going to probably post one underneath the video just to see Paul in action, because he’s actually really good. So he gets on, he starts talking to people, saying people by name, asking them questions that are pretty personal about how they are, the fact that he shows that he knows who they are, and then what does he do next? Does he just start holding up clothing?

Tiffany: Correct, sometimes we’ll get a new box, almost say, oh my goodness, this is what came today, let’s open it up. We’ll open it, start pulling clothing out of bags and holding it up, telling him the size and style, letting him know how much it is, giving him an idea of what size it would fit.

Steve: How does that work, like how can you tell what a person looks like?

Tiffany: Well somebody types in, I’m 5’1, I’ve got really broad shoulders, it gives us an idea, okay maybe this longer waisted dress is not going to look good on them, maybe they need a shorter waist. Or if they’ll say, we get a lot — I mean it’s so funny, Paul will joke all the time, I have more women telling me their bra size. They’ll come on and they’ll say, I wear, this, this and this, and you’ll know right away, okay that dress, they’re not going to feel comfortable in that, it’s too tight across the chest.

And so I think it’s getting to know the clothing well enough that you can guess what it’s going to look like on them, and try to help steer them in that direction because they are buying clothing that a lot of them have not tried on. And so you want to get it right, I mean we take clothing back, we have a return policy, we’ll exchange things for them, but we don’t want to have to do too much of that. So we try to get it right the first time.

Steve: What’s funny about this is there’s like 300 or 400 people on watching you guys at any given time, like are you giving like one-on-one service on this live?

Tiffany: We don’t as much. Some nights we will, and like you said, no sometimes that traffic will drop; it gives us a little time to come on and be more personal with each individual person. We also, something that we do that’s not live is I will come on and I will take some personal styling requests, I will go make them outfits, and then I will take a picture and post it to the wall in my group, and say, this outfit was made for and give their name, and then let them have the opportunity to say, I want that or I don’t, and then pass it to the next person.

Steve: Okay, sorry I keep interrupting. So you get up and you have whole articles of clothing up, sometimes you get through with some of the people and get their sizing. And then what, is it just like that for like two or three hours?

Tiffany: It is, it totally is, but you have to be smart about it. If you can see that people aren’t interested in something, that style is just not what’s clicking with them that night, we will quickly change to something else. So we can tell that tonight, those smalls and those extra smalls, people are snapping those up, we will change and go and pull those sizes specifically. So we do try to pay attention to what’s going on, and try to kind of in a way I’ll say cater to that, because we don’t necessarily take requests individually.

If you can imagine if you had 400 women on all requesting you to show them something at the same time, you’re not going to please anybody. And so instead of doing it that way and making 399 people unhappy, we kind of just show everything and let everybody have the chance to — there’s going to be something for them.

Steve: Okay so what do you do about like stuff you can’t sell?

Tiffany: So far I’m going to tell you so far we have not had something that we can’t sell. Something will stay a little bit longer, a lot of consultants have a strategy too to where if you’ve got something that stay a little while, we’ll style it a different way, we’ll show it worn a different way, we’ll put it with another piece to show them how they can actually wear it, and then if it comes down to where you really feel like my customers just aren’t connecting with this piece or this pattern, within consultants, we’ll swap clothing with each other.

So maybe I’ve had this dress for a while, my customers just aren’t interested in it, I’m in Texas, this pattern is not appealing as much here, but I might trade with another consultant, I might ship it to her, she might ship me something. Or a lot of consultants will get together, and have a swap where they will swap inventory just to freshen things up a little bit.

Steve: Okay, but for the most part like even like your extra small sizes still manage to sell?

Tiffany: They sure do. I mean it’s crazy.

Steve: It’s just crazy to me, sorry it’s still…

Steve: No it’s so different Steve and I think that this is what was so attractive to me in the beginning was it’s something that was so different, and then the way that it was done where you could never choose your style or pattern when you ordered, it was really kind of eye opening that it was a way to keep it exciting and in demand.

Steve: So let me ask you this Tiffany, I mean you’ve had a lot of success selling LulaRoe clothing using this method, do you think that this method could apply to just general e-commerce stores, like if you were to sew like your own widgets, and I know in the past you had thought about starting an ecommerce store, would you go with this strategy, and how would you go about doing it?

Tiffany: You know what Steve I would, and you’re seeing it more and more. When I’m scrolling through my feed, I’m seeing people selling baby blankets online live, I’m seeing people selling makeup, I’m seeing people selling jewelry live now. I 100% just think this is kind of where it’s going in a way. I think that you should be showing everything that you’re selling; I think you should be showing it live, and I think you would be surprised at how many people would say, can I purchase that when you weren’t even intending to sell it.

Steve: Okay, so let’s say I — so we actually do have this older demographic that really are into handkerchiefs. So let’s say that I want to be going on Facebook Live heaven forbid, and I want to try selling these, like what — if you can give me some tips on how to actually hold this live, that’ll be great, like what are some must have things that I should be doing?

Tiffany: Okay so first I think if you have a little bit of an older demographic and you’re a man and you’re selling handkerchiefs, I think they’re going to fall in love with you. And I really do, I think they’re going to just think, how does this guy know his stuff, and he’s explaining these handkerchiefs, and he is using terminology that he clearly knows what he’s talking about. They’re going to be confident in you, and part of this is falling in love with you, especially because with video you’re making such a connection that you don’t make when you’re buying just in an online store with no visual of who is selling it to you.

And I feel like in a market where a lot of things are a little bit saturated, or they can get a handkerchief anywhere, I mean I know yours are unique, but I mean if you can get that stuff in a lot of different places, why do I want to buy from Steve? If I see Steve on video and I see his personality and I fall in love with his family, and I think he’s adorable, I will buy from him before I will buy from anybody else, and I will be loyal to that.

I think if you were to do something like that, I think it’s fun, just a cool set up, good lighting, knowing what you’re talking about, and just a lot of different samples and things for them to purchase, and then an easy way for them to be able to purchase it is really interesting.

Steve: I just want to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you’re interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six-day mini course on how to get started in e-commerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell all the way to getting your first sales online.

Now this course is free and can be obtained at mywifequitherjob.com/free. Just sign up right there on the front page via e-mail, and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again that’s mywifequitherjob.com/free, now back to the show.

Actually that’s a good point because come to think of it, my mom is on QVC all the time, and she buys stuff like every day. It is this infomercial site, except you’re taking it one step further, and you actually know the customers on a personal level. Can we talk a little bit about some of the things that Paul does in particular that some of your customers like about his personally, or some quirky things that he does on a live video?

Tiffany: It’s a lot of quirky things Steve. I think that they love — it’s very interesting, and I found this is in the blogging world as well. As a female blogger in coupons, what I could get away with as compared to what — so now Paul’s a blogger as well about coupons, he has a different site than I do, what Paul can get away with is a lot different than me. So if I did something wrong I would have a lot of hate mail and people coming at me. If Paul does something wrong, it’s more, hey Paul sweetie, I’m not sure if you realized. They’re very different with men than they are with women especially when you’re — we’re selling to 95% women online.

We have a lot of husbands are watchers, but we are, and so Paul can get away with things that I can’t that would make me look mea, or would make me look too firm. But he can say, you must pay your invoice in the next twelve hours or I put your stuff back. If I say it the same way he says it, all of a sudden they don’t like me. But for him they don’t question it at all. So there are some things about being a man that especially in the demographic that we have that does work that way, that he’s allowed to do something that I’m not.

But some of the things he does, he’s got certain songs that they know that they come on in their dance break, and he’s yelling at everybody to get up and dance, and he’s dancing and totally crazy. He wears his unicorn shirts, he always has had on backwards, and that’s something he’s done with his with his blog as well, it’s kind of his brand, they’re all surprised to see that he has hair, just things like they just that they get to know him, they know what to expect from him every time, so that it’s also comfortable for them.

Steve: So does that kind of imply that like a guy might be better at selling women’s products than a woman?

Tiffany: I don’t think all the time, I mean there are some products I don’t want a man to sell me, but I think that there’s some stuff that if they’re knowledgeable, and I’ve done a lot of different things. I also — this just shows I’ve done, I’m old now, I’ve done tons of things, but I also was a hairstylist. No matter how bad the men hairstylist were in our salon, women always wanted them to cut their hair because you want that acknowledgement from men I think. It’s a very weird, it’s just a very — women want men to tell them that they look nice, that this is going to look good on you, that you look amazing in that dress, you want to hear that.

When women say it to other women, a lot of times they doubt that you’re sincere which is a shame. They feel like you’re not being maybe sincere to them. If you hear it from a man, you’re kind of pretty sure that they didn’t have to say that, and they definitely don’t always go out of their way to say it. So they’re probably — you’re thinking it’s probably true, and it is I mean you don’t lie to anybody about anything, but it’s the way that it’s coming across to them, women like to have I think men help them find something to wear. I think they think it’s very interesting, and it makes them feel good.

Steve: That is really interesting what you just said there. So that’s the reason why you have Paul do the most of the selling, like I don’t think I saw you when I watched that one live with you guys?

Tiffany: I’m often a lot of — so it works really well for us. So I’ve seen a lot of men try to do what Paul does, and it comes across in ways insincere from them, because they’re not doing their own thing. They’re trying to do something that somebody else has already done, they’re trying to be someone that they’re not. If they come on and they’re just genuine and they are who they are, they don’t try to be crazy like he is, because he just is that way, then if it’s genuine people get that. If they’re trying to be something they’re not, you get that as well.

And so it just happened, it just works good. So I’m on often during the day, I do a lot of the kids’ stuff, I sell a lot of the kids things during the day, because I feel like it kind of comes across, I’m a mom, we’ve got seven children. I can tell you how this stuff’s going to fit your child. A lot of women, they like to buy the kids’ clothes from me. So that’s how it’s worked for us. Now you’ve got a lot of businesses where the husband although he might be full time LulaRoe, he doesn’t go on video at all. His wife is the one who’s selling.

It just for us happened, I mean Paul was never part of this plan for us, he was never part of this, he was not supposed to be involved at all, and now he does our live. So that original business plan I have Steve has I mean no as being on it. We have actually done, it just it completely flew out the window the very first day. But it just evolved into what it is now.

Steve: I’m just curious, have you guys tried to sell anything outside of LulaRoe, like it seems like everyone loves Paul, everyone loves you, and so at this point it almost seems like you could get away with selling anything.

Tiffany: You know what, and we have that talk a lot and I believe we could, I believe we could. I think that we — I mean we know how to build communities just from our experience blogging for so many years, and in running coupon classes and online communities for all that. We have sold out things, we had coupon binders that we designed ourselves, we had them made, we sold those along with our classes and stuff.

So we have done some of that, we talk about it all the time. I really believe that this is a way that anyone can do anything to create this community around this niche and around a certain demographic. They get to know you, they get to know why you love it, why you’re passionate about it, and if they’re going to purchase it anyway, they might as well purchase it from you.

Steve: Can we talk a little bit about how to build your community on like a Facebook page because you’re not going to have video per se, right; you said you were just posting images in the beginning. Can you talk about some of things that you did early on to build that page?

Tiffany: I make sure that I respond to everybody, whether or not it’s liking or it’s commenting or telling them thank you or amen, or just whatever funny little comment to them, always acknowledging them. I love to encourage them to post pictures of themselves, and it’s just that personal acknowledgement and making them feel like if they need something, I’m solving a problem for them. Or I am like them; I’m still trying to figure out what to make for dinner tonight. I’ve got to keep my kids up from 10,000 places. So I think it’s just it’s really just that that kind of basic community stuff.

Steve: Does that mean that you don’t use any auto posting, like everything is just you personally doing it?

Tiffany: You know sometimes I did for example in January, we did a fitness challenge. I went in and I did schedule out, every day we had a check in, and then at night we had a check in. I scheduled that stuff just to make sure it was posted at the same time every day, but I [inaudible 00:46:26] post a lot of stuff just organically, and right now we have so many of our readers and our customers posting that often I can’t get a word in.

Steve: Okay that’s great. So how many people did you have on your page before you started — before Paul did this first live that sold everything out?

Tiffany: We’re trying to look back, I wish we could get that like that timeline from Facebook of how many people you had when, but I think we had about 1,200 people when we did that launch.

Steve: Okay, not a huge page.

Tiffany: No it wasn’t at all.

Steve: Did you buy any likes or do you ever spend money on ads or anything?

Tiffany: Never. I haven’t.

Steve: Wow, okay this is completely organic?

Tiffany: Yeah.

Steve: Crazy.

Tiffany: I know. It is wild; it’s a little bit wild.

Steve: Can you just give the listeners an idea of like a typical nightly haul, like when Paul gets on, like how many do you sell?

Tiffany: You know what; we actually have a goal of selling 100 items every night. And so it’s we kind of — on our Google doc, we’re recording who purchased white, we have a good eye, we can kind of tell how many items we sold. There’s times when he’ll just keep going because it was a pretty slow night, and we just had that goal that we’re doing.

Steve: Okay I see, so you just keep going basically until you’ve sold those 100 items?

Tiffany: Mm-hmm, correct.

Steve: And I’m just curious, and this is just out of my own curiosity, are you taking orders still via like a Google doc, and then entering stuff in? I’m just kind of curious how come you’ve chosen not to use like an e-commerce platform for that?

Tiffany: Actually in our terms and conditions we’re not allowed to, so we can’t have a separate checkout cart system of any kind, we have to invoice through their program. So we’re a little bit limited on some of that. What we’ll do if we have a big cap to launch like Halloween or 4th of July or Valentine’s Day, we will do like a pre-sell and let people just blindly order, I just want this many pairs of leggings, and just to make sure they can get something, maybe they don’t want to sit on a live sale and wait till we show leggings.

So we’ll let them kind of preorder that, we’ll invoice them, they pay for it, and then when it gets — as soon as it gets here, we just automatically ship it out to them.

Steve: So you have to enter everything into LulaRoe system and then LulaRoe invoices the person?

Tiffany: Well we’re entering what they’ve got, we send that invoice out, but they’re paying through LulaRoe system yes.

Steve: Okay got it right, so you never actually touch the money?

Tiffany: No.

Steve: LulaRoe gets money, then they pay you?

Tiffany: Correct.

Steve: Okay, interesting. Wow, oh okay so let’s conclude this interview by asking you if anyone wants to kind of apply your principles to their own e-commerce store, what would you say would be the most concrete steps to get started doing this? So you need a Facebook page obviously right?

Tiffany: Actually we’re doing for the longest time just user group, we just used a Facebook group. Actually like you can build a little more tight knit community now. I know that a lot of people are more familiar with pages, I feel like we’ve kind of developed this in our groups. We also have the ability in the groups to create those albums and even post pictures and albums, and even use albums a little bit like forums which was something I’d never seen before. And that was also a draw to me, I just saw, I had never seen people using groups like they were.

So we do most of ours in a group, a Facebook group. I know I have my page, but that’s mostly just that’s kind of a way to if I want to run an ad, at some point if I want to do all that kind of stuff, that’s kind of my business card, but my group is where it really all happens. And some of the reason for that is ours has gotten so large, ours was closed, we can’t change it back. But it also makes some of our customers feel really secure when they’re like sharing their sizes and things like this, they’re more comfortable doing that in that closed atmosphere.

But we started in a group and so if people were to do that and they just — you were to build that community like you’re taught to build a community and to grow that with people within that same niche, if you show them yourself and you show them on video who you are and they get to know you, that is what is going to sell your product.

Steve: Can you talk about the distinction between a page and a group in terms of how you use it?

Tiffany: So your Facebook page is that kind of open business card that the whole world can see. It’s amazing for running ads, for boosting your posts, for sharing content. The group is a situation where it makes me kind of when I’m thinking about it, I think about it as a more like you’re having everyone over in your living room. And I feel like it gives them the opportunity to interact and comment more where they can post their own pictures and things which is important for our business, that they can show us what they’re doing within that. And so that’s why we do that.

Steve: Okay and then do you keep the group open, or do you have to approve every one that comes in?

Tiffany: We actually now have to approve every one. Even if your group is public, in order for them to comment, you still have to approve them. If it’s public, they can still watch a video, but to comment they still have to be approved into a group.

Steve: Okay and then to get that initial group of people, you mentioned that you started with friends, was it just completely organic from there like friends who were following friends?

Tiffany: It totally was, I did that one giveaway for those leggings in the beginning which you could always do that, but you risk getting people added in that really didn’t want to be there.

Steve: I see, and is there a problem with adding people that didn’t necessarily want to be there, they’d just be dead people, would that be a problem?

Tiffany: They are in your group, and they kind of pull that group’s weight down. And so you don’t necessarily want to have that happen. You could do, I’ve seen people do where they do a best friend give away, or you should only add your best friend or only add someone who loves LulaRoe, only add somebody who loves this product.

Steve: Okay, do you ever go in and clear out members who aren’t active?

Tiffany: A little bit. I haven’t taken the time, I think about every day, it’s on my list of stuff to do, but I mean definitely something I want to do.

Steve: So the idea there just to kind of summarize then is that you don’t want dead weight there because it brings the visibility of the group down on their feet, is that accurate?

Tiffany: And that’s correct, and the thing is if you have a very interactive group, you don’t have to have a lot of people in there. So for example we’ve got neighbors that sell LulaRoe, they have about 3,000 people in their group, and they do well over $60,000 a month. So it’s not about necessarily the size of the group that you have, it’s really about how that community is interacting with you, and what really they’ll purchase.

Steve: Okay, and in terms of your page versus your group, you spend most of your time in the group and not the page, is that right?

Tiffany: That’s right.

Steve: Okay, and the page you just kind of post, do you post like your personal stuff on your page as well?

Tiffany: I do a little bit and I also I mean that’s more why we have things scheduled on my page. I will schedule stuff on my page, I’ll actually have a post from Instagram to my page, and so I kind of have that linked that way, and I’ll create events and things on the page telling them what’s happening in the group.

Steve: Okay, I’m just trying to figure out like what purpose the page is at this point, it sounds like most of the business comes from the group, is the page like a conduit to your group?

Tiffany: In a way, so it also goes back to me just being in my background just being a blogger knowing I have to have a page, you can’t and it’s funny because you’re like you just feel like you’ve got to have that. We have a couple times gone live on our page, and shared that into our group. The problem with going live on the page is it is so open to everybody. We have a real high percentage of non pays when you do it on your page, because they don’t understand how it works. You’re doing a lot of re-explaining.

We typically only have about anywhere from three to five percent who don’t pay when we go live on our page, because so many new people and they don’t understand. We’ll have about a 10 to 15%.

Steve: Oh okay. And so the penalty for not paying in the group is you get kicked out of the group?

Tiffany: They do, they get two chances, and they’re kicked out.

Steve: But on the page you can’t really do that?

Tiffany: You can’t, no you can’t.

Steve: Got it, okay interesting. Well, Tiffany this interview was eye opening to me. I just can’t imagine being able to sell millions of dollars of product in an infomercial type environment on Facebook Live. And I do know that LulaRoe is an MLM type of thing. It seems like you make most of your money doing a lot of sales as opposed to depending on your down line?

Tiffany: Yes, exactly and that’s what was attractive to us.

Steve: Okay and then you could take this method and let’s say you decide to sell your own brand or your own line some day, you could just take this method that you’ve used, and then sell your own products that way as well and keep all the profit?

Tiffany: Yes that’s correct.

Steve: Okay, crazy, crazy. Well for the listeners out there, I’m going to try to post one of Paul’s live, you guys really have to just check this out, it’s crazy. I think he even like rings a cow bell at times right?

Tiffany: Exactly, it’s so funny Steve it’s back to that recognition.

Steve: Yeah so they ring this cow bell and it’s some like daily deal, or I can’t remember what he does.

Tiffany: It’s your first purchase, your first purchase for this, you get the cowbell, and I mean your readers will be like, oh my gosh you forgot Michelle’s cowbell, it’s crazy, they get there and do it.

Steve: Yeah and then people are nuts over this. You just have to see it to believe it. Well Tiffany I really appreciate your time and coming on. I learned a lot and I’m sure the listeners will get a lot out of this, because a lot of people aren’t selling this way right now, and it sounds like it’s an amazing way to sell, and it converts really well.

Tiffany: Yes it does.

Steve: Well Tiffany, thanks a lot.

Tiffany: Thank you Steve.

Steve: All right, take care.

Hope you enjoyed that episode. Tiffany and Paul are one of the very few people I know who sell physical products via Facebook live, and you really have to watch them in action to believe it. It’s actually crazy. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode182.

And once again I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Klaviyo is my email marketing platform of choice for ecommerce merchants. And you can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on auto pilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O, once again that’s mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.

Now, I also want to thank SellerLabs.com. Their tool Scope has completely changed the way I choose keywords for both my Amazon listings and my Amazon advertising campaigns. Instead of making random guesses, Scope tells me exactly which keywords are generating sales, and within the first week of use I saw a 39% increase in sales. It is a no brainer. So head on over to Sellerlabs.com/wife and sign up for free. And if you love the tool you will receive $50 off. Once again that’s sellerlabs.com/wife.

And if you’re interested in starting your own ecommerce store, head on over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

181: How Dave Munson Started Saddleback Leather By Leveraging The Power Of Storytelling

How Dave Munson Started Saddleback Leather Using The Power Of Storytelling

Today I’m thrilled to have Dave Munson on the show. Dave is the founder of Saddleback Leather which is a company that sells indestructible leather bags. I’m actually quite familiar with the Saddleback Leather story. In fact, I even used his company as a case study in my create a profitable online store course on how to create a great unique value proposition for your products.

Even though Dave’s company sells leather bags which is a commodity product that is highly competitive, Dave has created an incredibly profitable business selling bags by standing out in a competitive niche.

What You’ll Learn

  • Dave’s motivations for starting his business
  • How Dave started a leather bag company without knowing anything about leather
  • How and where he produces all of his bags
  • How he marketed his store with You Tube videos, stories and word of mouth
  • How to find your unique value proposition

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Ignite.Sellerlabs.com – If you are selling on Amazon and running Amazon Sponsored Ads campaigns, then Ignite from Seller Labs is a must have tool. Click here and get a FREE 30 Day Trial.
Ignite Logo

Kabbage.com – If you run a physical products based business, sometimes you need a short term loan to buy inventory to meet demand, especially during the holiday season. Kabbage helps small business owners access simple and flexible funding right away. Click here and get a $50 Visa gift card upon signup.
kabbage

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.
Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You are listening to the My Wife Quit her Job Podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrapped business owners and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not.

Now today I’m thrilled to have Dave Munson of Saddleback Leather on the show. Now Saddleback Leather sells leather bags, and way back in 2011 when I first launched my e-commerce course, I actually used Saddleback Leather as a perfect example of how to sell a product in a competitive niche by having a great value proposition. I know you’ll love this episode.

But before we begin, I want to give a shout out to Klaviyo who is also a sponsor of the show. Now I’m super excited to talk about Klaviyo because they are the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store, and I actually depend on them for over 20% of my revenues. Now Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for ecommerce stores, and here is why it’s so powerful.

Klaviyo can track every single customer who has shopped in your store and exactly what they bought, and that allows you to do many things. So let’s say I want to send an email out to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week, easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special auto-responder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and there is full revenue tracking on every single email.

Now Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used and you can try them for free at mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O, once again that’s, mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.

Now I also wanted to give a shout out to my other sponsor Seller Labs, and specifically I want to talk about their awesome Amazon tool, Scope. Now I’m really excited about Scope as well because Scope actually increased my Amazon sales on several listings by 39% within the first week of use, crazy, right?

Now, what does this tool do that could possibly boost my sales so quickly? Well, quite simply, Scope tells you what keywords are driving sales on Amazon. So here is what I did, I searched Amazon and I found the bestselling product listings in my niche, then I used Scope to tell me exactly what keywords those bestselling listings were using to generate sales. I added these keywords to my own Amazon listings and my sales picked up immediately.

So today I use Scope for all my Amazon products to find high converting keywords in the back end as well as for my Amazon advertising campaigns. So in short, Scope can boost your Amazon sales almost immediately like they did for mine, and 39% is nothing to sneeze at. Right now if you go to Sellerlabs.com/wife, you can check out Scope for free, and if you decide to sign up, you’ll get $50 off of any plan. Once again that’s Sellerlabs.com/wife, now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle, so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here is your host, Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit her Job Podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Dave Munson on the show. Now Dave is the founder of Saddleback Leather, which is a company that sells indestructible leather bags. Now I normally don’t interview anyone who I’ve actually haven’t met, but Dave is different because I am quite familiar with the Saddleback Leather story, and in fact I even used his company as a case study in my create a profitable online store course on how to create a great unique value proposition for your products.

So here’s the thing, Dave’s company sells leather bags which by most standards is a commodity product that is highly competitive. But Dave has created an incredibly profitable business selling bags. So I invited him to come on the podcast today to talk about his story, and how to make your company truly stand out in a competitive niche. And with that, welcome to the show Dave, how are you doing today man?

Dave: I am doing great, thanks for having me on Steve, I appreciate that.

Steve: Yeah, really happy to have you especially since I’ve actually kind of analyzed your company over the years, so it’s great to actually be able to speak to you mano-e-mano. So give us a quick background story. I know the story for Saddleback Leather is great; I wanted you to tell the story to the listeners though about how you came up with the idea of selling leather bags, and what your value proposition is?

Dave: Okay, so back in 1999, I was kind of like, I don’t know, what do I do, what should I do? I was 28 years old, I was like, what should I do? And I — someone said hey, would you volunteer to teach English sound in this little school in Mexico? I was, yeah that sounds cool, I’ll do that. And so I moved to Mexico, and way down south, and I taught English for a year.

And while I was there, I was looking for a bag. I had this bag in my head; it’s like something like Indiana Jones would carry. And so I was looking around, I looked around for it, I couldn’t find one, but I found a guy making bags. And so I sketched it out, he made it for me. And everywhere I went, people would say, oh my gosh, where did you get that bag, that is gorgeous.

I went back up to the states, to Portland, Oregon where I’m from, and man it was constant, four or five times a day, bankers and people coming out of their offices as I walked by were like, “Excuse me sir, where can I get one of those?” And I thought, huh, and I’d always been a youth worker, I always work with youth. And so that, I was like, hey this could — this I could do it for free, and I just sell some of these bags, that would be cool.

And so I went back down to Mexico, I had been selling real estate, I had a – Federalist [ph] sent to kill me for something. It was like, I fought a bull in a bull fight, you know what, all this stuff in Mexico is really cool, and not always comfortable, but it was really cool. And I ended up in Juarez Mexico, right across the border from El Paso Texas, and just me and my black lab blue, we just slept on the floor of this $100 a month apartment, no hot water for three years, and yeah that was kind of sucky. That was kind of rough.

But all the money that I was making, I would send money, I put money into his bank account in Juarez, and this father and son were way, way further south. They would send up three or four bags on the bus. I would go to the bus station in Juarez, I’d take the bags over to El Paso, and I used — a friend of mine has a mechanic shop, and I’d use his internet to surf at night, and I would sell on eBay.

And so I’d sell a bag or two here and there, and then I would sell them, and then I would deposit the money into the bank account that this father and son and I would – I would buy seven bags, and then 12 bags, and then 14 bags, and then I’d buy dog food again, and pay rent and stuff. And then I would start with six bags again, and then 12 bags, and pretty soon I got to where, yeah he couldn’t keep up anymore.

Around that time, it’s 2006, I was in Panama with my brother, and I stopped and see how the auctions were doing, and they went to like $710 for two bags, and then the second chance offer to the third person was for 705.

Steve: Sorry, this is on eBay or?

Dave: Yeah it was eBay, yeah.

Steve: Okay.

Dave: And my dad was sending the bags out while we were down there, and I was like I just made $2,125 while I’m in Panama, are you kidding me, that is awesome. So I was like, man I think I’m really on to something. And just after that, like seriously I clicked out of that, went to My Space, and this is 2006, and very beginning of 2006. And there was this really pretty girl who was asking me about — she’s like where is the phone number of Bible College where I went to school. And I was like, wow she’s pretty, so I read her profile, we had a whole lot in common, got back, I went to visit her, started kissing, the next thing you know, we’re married like five months later.

And yeah, so then we started our factory down there in 2008, and because the other people couldn’t keep up with the production. So we started our own, people don’t care about quality of your stuff as much as you do, nobody does. So I started our own factory, and yeah [overlapping 00:09:07].

Steve: Can we talk about that for a minute, like you went from a single Mexican craftsman to a factory. How does that happen exactly? How much did you pay to like start your factory? It just sounds really intimidating actually to me.

Dave: Well, this restaurant that my wife and I like to go to had this Dutch guy that was managing it, and real likeable guy, sparkly eyes, you know real doer, we really liked the guy. So I said, hey Renee, if we start this factory, you know we want to do it, do you think you can find some people. So we invested about $60,000 in machinery and rent and renovating this place, and he went over to the Dooney & Bourke factory where they make Dooney & Bourke purses, and he just — if the sheep were too skinny, then I’ll buy them over to my pastor.

So they would pay them a little bit more and we got some of their — we got about 14 of their very best. I mean the grass is greener and if they can fit through the fence because they’re so skinny, then ah. So we brought him over, and we got another name, spent time with them, and Renee bought our business name. He got us going, got us really strong, and he’s still with us today.

Steve: What were your sales like at that point, just curious?

Dave: When I got married we were at 75,000, I think I’d sold 74 – in 2,000 like $74,000 or $75,000 that year.

Steve: Okay, wow.

Dave: And you know cost of goods was probably half that or something like that. I didn’t have a lot of overhead, it was just my dad shipping stuff, and my sister was doing some customer service, and I was doing everything else.

Steve: And that’s actually when you decided to start your own website as well?

Dave: Yeah, a friend of mine from church said, hey Dave, you need a website man. So like 2004 I think, he was like you really seriously Dave you need a website. And so you got to think of a name, because I was just selling these bags with no names on them. And I wrote my story out of what I was doing and stuff, blew it nicely on the floor travel around Mexico in my old Land Cruiser, a really old Land Cruiser, and we’d sleep on the rack and blue would run and jump up onto the hood, and he’d jump up onto the rack, and we’d sleep up there you know behind some gas station or somewhere.

And people liked to just say man and his dog just trying to travel around, an. I didn’t know, I was like, I thought it was just kind of normal.

Steve: Did you know anything about leather before starting this company?

Dave: I knew that it smelt really good.

Steve: Okay, so here’s the thing for the listeners out there, like Dave has all these videos on his site that emphasize the quality of his bags. And you come across as supremely knowledgeable about leather and craftsmanship, and I guess that just picked up over time. So you had none of this knowledge before you started right?

Dave: I knew nothing, I would go to Wilson’s Leather in the mall, and I would go in there and like tell them, oh it smells so good in here, like that’s all I knew about leather was just it smells really good. But here’s what happened, so I took a tour of the factory, and I just started asking a lot of questions. And so what I tell people, if you’re going to get into something, become an expert, I mean an expert in what you’re doing. So like I went into to go into Australia once to find out about kangaroo leather, and they use it for like high end motorcycle racing, and suits and shifty boots in Porsche and high end soccer shoes.

I was like; okay what is it about kangaroo skin? So the guy was telling me at the tannery, and I go, no I want to know — and we don’t use kangaroo, but I wanted to know about it. So he goes, okay in a molecular level, all of the fibers grow at a 45 degree angle to each other in like 3D, all different directions, and they weave together, and that’s why it’s flexible, and that’s why it’s so strong. I was like, oh that’s what I needed to know is — and you can split it, you can split kangaroo leather in haves like lengthwise, like horizontally, and the bottom half is equally as strong as the top half.

I was like, oh that’s wonderful stuff to know. And if you do like irregular hide, if you split it in half so it’s like one millimeter on top, one millimeter on the bottom, the top half has all the really tough fibers all kind of woven together, and the bottom half has all the flat fibers and it tears easier. And so you just start learning stuff like that, but I always tell people become an expert in your area. Learn all about the tanning process, learn all about different skins, learn all about why they’re like they are and so on and so forth.

Steve: So Dave, so you transitioned from eBay to your own site, but eBay already has like a built in audience right, and so I was just curious how you got some of the early sales for your own site.

Dave: I’m sorry, what was that again, I missed that last part?

Steve: How did you start getting sales for your own site, and not taking advantage of eBay’s audience, like when you started your own site, you have no audience, you know traffic, right? So how did you get some of your early sales?

Dave: Oh so what I would do is really was word of mouth. People were just talking about it. I started off the site, or I started on eBay and then I would mention my website. This is just one of the bags we have, but I hope you like it, and people go, oh they have other bags, and so they look at the name, they go to Saddlebackleather.com, and come over to our site. So then we started having people talk about us. One of the big things I would do is I would do — like I did a You Tube video in Australia with a crocodile, I was doing a tug of war with the crocodile with my back.

And then on our honeymoon we did this — we went on to Bora Bora for our honeymoon, and super duper cool place, and we went scuba diving. And so we go down there and there were sharks all over the place, and as we stuffed the bag full of like fish guts, and we took it down like 60 feet down, and we set it there, and all these fish were just swarming all over it. And so and the sharks were swimming around, we got some great pictures and great video of that.

So we just started doing — and that was in 2006, I posted both of those and YouTube had only opened, man, I think a year earlier or something like that. So we were kind of newbies there. But that kind of stuff, crocodile attack, that’s where they just started giving traffic to our site.

Steve: So let’s talk about that video. So first of all for the listeners out there, Saddleback Leather’s value proposition is that these bags are indestructible, and what’s your tagline again?

Dave: They’ll fight over it when you’re dead.

Steve: Right, and so this first video that he was talking about was to demonstrate how indestructible it is by throwing it to sharks. So I’m curious like how did — so these YouTube videos, were people just clicking on like the link underneath the video, or were you just getting type and traffic from people actually seeing your brand on the video and then going to your site that way?

Dave: Yeah, I think people were just — you know I don’t know, I just thought was going to post it. So I was just telling my nephew, we were talking, he has a photography business here with us in Fort Worth, and he was saying – we were talking about getting a university or college to put a link on their site for you, and how Google stands up and salutes that. And he said, but yeah but if it’s not on the right page, there’s not a lot of traffic, SEO, blah, blah, blah.

I said it’s 100% better than no link. So I say a video with a crocodile attacking the bag or shark swimming around the bag is way better than no video. So actually so I tell people, how do I get my video presence up, or how do I get good at writing blogs, or how do I get – I’m sure you get it all the time, how do I get good at podcasts?

Steve: Sure, yeah.

Dave: I say the way you get good at these things, the way you get good at photography is by taking a whole lot of pictures. The way you get good at public speaking is by doing a whole lot of public speaking. And you name it, you just have to put the time in. Podcast, how long have you been doing podcasts?

Steve: Not that long, three years at this point actually.

Dave: Okay, I bet you — well you’re really good at asking questions, and you have a good voice for this, you’ve got a good presence, you seem very at ease. It’s because you did three years of this. Seriously that’s how you do it; you’ve got to put your time in.

Steve: I just want to take a moment to thank Kabbage for being a sponsor of the show. Now if you run a successful e-commerce business like I do, you probably know that the worst thing that could happen to you is to run out of stock. Now my wife and I regularly import container loads of merchandise from China, and sometimes you need a short term loan to buy enough inventory to meet demand especially during the holiday season.

Well, if you’re wondering how to get the funding needed to run a small business today, Kabbage has the answer. Kabbage helps small business owners access simple and flexible funding right away without the headaches that come with applying for a traditional loan. Apply online or from your phone by securely linking your business information to get an automatic decision. There’s no waiting in line, scanning documents, or tracking down financial statements.

Kabbage gives you the flexibility to decide what is best for your business, and once you’re approved you choose when to use your funds and how much to take. You’ll only pay for the funds that you actually use, and it’s a line of credit that can be used for your purchasing needs.

Kabbage has supported over 100,000 small businesses with over 3.5 billion dollars in funding. So visit Kabbage.com/ wife. There is no cost to apply or to set up your line of credit. And as a My Wife Quit Her Job listener, when you qualify for funding, you will get a $50 visa gift card that you can use anywhere. Now that’s Kabbage with a K, K-A-B-B-A-G-E.com/wife. Once again that’s K-A-B-B-A-G-E.com/wife, now back to the show.

And Dave we were talking about this before we hit the record button, but the way you’ve kind of marketed yourself with your unique value proposition is a little bit unconventional, right? So when I think of leather bags, I tend to think of like the Guccis and like the Ferragamos because that’s what my wife is into, but here you have this slogan, they’ll be fighting for it when you are dead. And I’m just curious whether all that, I guess the shock value of that statement was intentional on your marketing, or was it just your sense of humor coming out?

Dave: Well, so in 2005, I went around and travelled around Eastern Europe and North Africa just with my bag and my like my briefcase and my suitcase. I was just carrying a cool leather suitcase, and I was — one of my plans was go to Switzerland and buy a gold watch. I wanted to buy — or something with gold. I had like $3,000 I had saved up, and I said I’m going to buy this because I want to hand it down to my grand kids to behold this, that was grandpa’s old watch.

And I found that, I was talking about, then people are like, yeah I want something like that to hand down too. Everyone kind of wants to be remembered by or something to that. So I figured, you know why not it be a bag where people go, oh man, that bag has got a million stories, yeah my grandpa’s old bag, it’s really cool, we found it after he died. And this is the desire people have, and so I thought what would go after that? And I told the guy when I made it, I said I just — I don’t want to any breakable parts on it, no zippers, no. I want it to be used after I’m dead.

And how do I say that in a one nice little phrase? Yeah, they’ll fight for it when you’re dead, that’s cool. So a lot of these good slogans and stuff, it takes verbally processing with other people. It takes just writing it out, and it took several months to come up with that slogan.

Steve: Was that available when you were selling on eBay, I’m just trying to kind of understand how like the evolution of your marketing and your branding went over time? Like when you first listed a bag on eBay, did you have a slogan or were you just literally putting up a bag on eBay?

Dave: No, I didn’t even have a name for the company. I was just, hi, anybody who would like to buy one of my bags, they’re really good.

Steve: Okay, so how did that evolve to like all these strong value propositions on your site and your slogan, and just the marketing and the branding?

Dave: That, you know I don’t know. I just kept thinking this would be cool. I remember laying there in bed one time on the floor, on a mattress on the floor, and I was thinking, wouldn’t it be cool if I like travel around the world and take pictures of my bags, and people would think it was really cool and everything. And I don’t know, it just sort of evolved into that, and now we — but I think the more you put yourself out and put yourself into the brand, the more of who you are comes out. And the way we’re shaped and the way we’re formed by our environment, by what we read, by the people we spend time with, all that shapes us.

And so as I started getting into being around leather workers and being around you know these things, man it really — I began to care about quality, and I wanted to teach people because people need to know about quality. And so yeah, it just sort of evolved, it just kept on — so now we do films. Instead of just doing funny looking for a viral hit of you know someone stepping in dog poop or something, yeah it’s funny and many people will say that, we just started doing films and videos about things that we care about.

And instead of saying, hey guys we value Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation, let’s do a video on my niece who has type one diabetes, and what her life’s like. So we did a little film, it made it into everywhere, film festivals, and all the stuff. Or, hey let’s do one about people, about a daycare or a factory, or let’s do one about quality, like what goes into a quality bag and this, and what to watch out for. Let’s do one about – and we share about what we value, and then people look at our stuff and they say, hey I value the same things that that guy does. And without us even saying, hey we value philanthropy, we value people, we value quality, we just share with them. And they kind of gather what we care about.

Steve: Do you don’t recommend that all businesses put themselves out there like this? I know some people who start a business, they kind of like to hide behind like a website, or can we redo this all over again, would you perceive the same way? And let’s say you were shy on camera and you didn’t really want to put yourself out there like that, how would you have proceeded? It’s a complicated question I know.

Dave: If I were shy, like I’m super not shy.

Steve: Yeah you’re not, I see it on videos.

Dave: Like I’m the opposite of shy. So I would – you don’t have to put yourself on camera, but you certainly can like do this, you can be the voice of it, or you can people film little things, little educational pieces, you can post blogs about quality. If you have a printing business, you can post and educate people about like the different papers that you want to use, and then make sure that they’re using this kind of ink because this other kind of ink will fade in the sun. So you want to make sure that you don’t have a pink sign, you have a red sign just like you bought three years later.

And you don’t want a gray sign, you want a black sign. So here’s something, let me educate you on ink and educate you on paper, and the coatings and UV, and just have but post associate yourself with other people who are not shy or…

Steve: No that makes sense. And I’m just curious about your marketing strategy. Is making videos and kind of humanizing your company your primary marketing strategy, or do you run a lot of ads, like I’m just trying to get an idea of where most of your sales come from?

Dave: Yeah, so it’s interesting, most of our sales for the longest time until recently until the last couple years had come from videos, Facebook being very social, and getting involved in people’s lives, caring about people. And then other people said, I found this cool company, and you got to buy something from them. It doesn’t matter what, just buy something from them. So yeah, most of our business has been just word of mouth, and worked for us. We kind of spur on word of mouth by doing videos.

We have a little show called, The Not Dead Yet show, and it’s every week, we’re coming up on episode 50. And, oh actually do 49 here pretty soon today, but we just do film our everyday lives, and but we spend on things that we value, and we don’t have very many people watch it, just kind of a little thing we do with our kids and my wife, see I got a super cool wife by the way, seriously. Eleven different women call my wife their best friend, and I sleep with her, it’s great, but anyway yeah.

Steve: How do you attribute like your sales, I was just kind of curious, like how do you attribute the sales to the videos? Like usually when — like for me like before I’m going to undertake something, like I kind of want to know whether that’s going to have a positive effect. And so when you produce a video, how do you know — do you know ahead of time that that’s going to drive traffic to your site which will lead to sales, or is it just something that you put out there and over time you can’t really quite put a finger on it, but in the back your mind you know that it’s doing something?

Dave: That’s exactly it, so on the videos you know or how to knock off a bag video we’ve had like 540,000 views of it. When I was putting the other, I was just educating people, and so if I only did things based on our ROI, I would be living in my mother’s basement. Not all the time, but for me that’s what would have happened with my company. So I was doing stuff that I just felt like it was a good idea, and it will pay off. So we never had a video, besides the crocodile attacking the bag video, we never had a video that really had more than ten or 20,000 views. And number 223 was how to knock off a bag video.

And we looked at it, we were like, okay what is it about it that people really like? And since then we’ve had several videos that have had 60,000, 160,000, 280,000 views on them. And because the way you get good at doing videos is doing videos, but here’s the thing, here’s something that happened because of, The Not Dead Yet video. Of course right away we had like 350,000 views or something like that, 300,000 views.

Steve: Where are these views coming from, are they just subscribers, or are you sending them an e-mail to check out the video?

Dave: No, people were posting on other websites. Like, oh my gosh, you guys, this bags company, in all these different places, or you have got to see this video, this is great, They’re going on and on about the video, and I even got an e-mail from Seth Godin, and he said, hey, nice job on the video.

Steve: Wow, okay.

Dave: I was like, wow, that was cool. But then a year later Kai Ryssdal from Marketplace, NPR with eight million listeners every week, he got a hold of me and said, hey, we want to interview you about this video, how to knock off a bag. And so that just — they just — it’s the gift that just keeps on giving that way there still. But you can’t expect to have any kind of great video. Don’t go for a viral video. And so what I say is like let’s say you have a field, and you’re out in the field and it’s like 15 degrees Fahrenheit, it’s just cold in the field.

Say you brought a fire, you know regular size camp fire, it’s warm around it, but if you get away from it you know — so the way to warm up the field is to have — what if you had like 250 fires going in the field all spaced out, it would be nice and toasty warm, you could wear flip flops and sandals and a t-top. So that’s what you’re after, I believe that’s what you’re after. Don’t go after the viral videos, go after educating people, go after sharing what you value. Go up for quality, and let that out there, and those, each one of those is a little fire that keeps your business really warm.

Steve: Dave, this sounds a lot like blogging and podcasting to be honest with you, like you put out content, and you’re not sure where it’s going to go, but if you continue to do it on a consistent basis, like I’ve been blogging for eight years now, and over that time you know some of them will be hits, some of them won’t, and the important thing is just the consistency of putting stuff out there, and putting your name out there.

Dave: Yeah exactly, we have this Not Dead Yet show. And you know all these episodes we’ve done, and all over the world we’ve done little bits and pieces from different places. And we have we have like 2,200 people watch it, or 1,100 or 4,200 people watch these little videos, and it takes a while. But I promise you, it’s going to lead to something, it will lead.

In fact we had — now come to think of it — going into it, we had a news anchor here in Fort Worth on CBS. He was looking for a briefcase, he went to our Facebook page, he saw the Not Dead Yet show, watched it, and he saw this tent that we were putting up, and we live in tents out in the country, but they’re like super cool tents like it’s kind of hard to explain. But he saw that and he was like, oh my gosh, we have to do an episode on you.

So they sent the film crew out, they did this episode of us and these tents that we were moving into, and we had — and that was probably worth $200,000 in sales.

Steve: Crazy, okay.

Dave: So you don’t know where it’s going to go. And then we had someone approaches two different people; they saw our shows and said, I want to have — would you guys do a reality show. And I couldn’t at the time, I put those on hold, it was last year, I just have other things more important. But see it leads to stuff, and people are like, dude, what are you doing, you waste all this money doing these, and all this time? And I go, I don’t know, but I promise you something good is going to come of it. And I don’t know, but something good is going to come of it, I don’t know.

Steve: Yea, I think a bit like lottery tickets, like every time you put something out there, it’s like another lottery ticket, and if you have enough out there, pretty soon you’re going to win the lottery or the jackpot.

Dave: That’s it, right.

Steve: Let’s talk about some other things, so we mentioned word of mouth is the majority of your business, are you guys doing any other sort of marketing as well?

Dave: Yes, we do we do Google AdWords, and actually we’ve gotten — we started out the business all like 100% word of mouth. We didn’t spend money on marketing for the first until like 2012 I think is the first time we spent money on anything else, any kind of marketing. From 2003 until 2012, the first nine years we didn’t spend — that I can think of, we didn’t spend any money on marketing.

Steve: It’s crazy, okay.

Dave: Well, I paid this guy in Jamaica $200 for our briefcases to turn into backpacks, and so I paid him $200 to film. He had dreadlocks, he was super cool looking guy, really nice guy, and I filmed with him all day, and I gave him $200 to have him demonstrating how to put it on, how to make it into a backpack. Other than that really yeah, I didn’t really spend any money.

Steve: So AdWords, are you doing any Facebook ads at all or?

Dave: Yeah so now we do Facebook ads, we’re doing Amazon, we sell an Amazon, that’s about — I think it’s about 8% of our business.

Steve: Let’s talk about Amazon a little bit because it’s hard to kind of put your brand and your value proposition out there on Amazon, right? And so the people that find you on Amazon, do they — and you probably don’t know this for sure, but do they already know your brand, or do they just think of you a just another handbag company, or a bag company?

Dave: Yeah, I think they just think of us as just another bag company. Yeah but we get a ton of traffic from Amazon to our website. So now our trick, our what we try to do is to keep them from buying on Amazon, and get them to buy from our website, because we don’t want to pay that 15 or 30%, whatever the number is that Amazon charges. So if we can get them to stay on our website, I mean all the better.

Dave: So how do you get people to come on your website from Amazon?

Dave: Oh well, we’ll say this is some of the stuff we have.

Steve: Okay, is that in the bullet points you mean?

Dave: Yeah, well, I get to look now what we have now, but we would strongly allude to we have a whole lot of other stuff elsewhere. And so yeah we’ve got a — we’re right now, my brother just took over Amazon and he has his own business too in Amazon, stuff for other people, and he had grown like super huge. And so he just took over our Amazon, and I know they don’t do the reviews where you get all those people to review your stuff for cheap, and they don’t do that stuff anymore.

So yeah we’re right now we’re working with doing a fulfillment by Amazon, and with a lot of our smaller pieces. We don’t want to put all of our big pieces in there. It’s too expensive for the storage and the fees, and that sort of thing. We have suitcases, we have some really big duffel bags and stuff, we’re not supper about shipping. So we’ve chosen the product line to send there, but also in there we’re going to — you can’t put a link to your website or anything.

Steve: Right, yeah.

Dave: But we do want to have, you register your bag. We want to have, we’re going to be having when you register your bag, you get this key chain that has like the letter S on it, it’s one of the — it’s not the A or the D or the L or the E or the B or the C or the K, but it’s the S. And when you register your bag, you get that key chain, that sort of thing. So we ultimately we want them to come back and buy off of our website.

Steve: I just want to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six day mini course on how to get started in e-commerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell, all the way to getting your first sales online.

Now this course is free, and can be obtained at mywifequitherjob.com/free. Just sign up right there on the front page via email, and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again that’s mywifequitherjob.com/free, now back to the show.

So that implies that not all of your items are on Amazon, right?

Dave: Exactly.

Steve: Okay, how do you pick and choose which ones you want to list on there?

Dave: Well, we go best sellers. We don’t want to have too much of a selection on there. If there’s too much of a selection, then people don’t choose at all. So we just — we’ve learned that the hard way, but so we’re narrowing down to just one size and these are best sellers of our briefcases, and the best sellers of our wallets. We’re not going to have all of the wallets on there. And most people just — I’m guessing they just buy off of Amazon.

Steve: There are some people that are like that yeah, I was just kind of curious yeah.

Dave: And here’s something I was thinking about, people I don’t think they go to Amazon or go to the website or internet, I’m looking for a briefcase that like everyone’s going to compliment me on or be part of this for Turtle Club, and all the people high five me and I’ll get the job because my interviewer liked my bag, and I’ll win the case because the judge liked my briefcase.

We hear all these stories all the time. And people aren’t looking for that, so they’re just going. They are not looking for what’s the best briefcase in the whole world, or what’s the most masculine briefcase there is out there? They’re just looking for something to carry their stuff. That’s what they’re looking for. So that’s why they were – they are not asking their friends even, hey what kind of briefcase should I buy? They just go to either Google images or Google Shopping or they go to Amazon. And they look for stuff. And then they fall in love with it and we get them to fall in love with it.

Steve: I mean it’s very easy to fall in love with your products, and I just – I encourage actually anyone who’s listening to this to go to Saddleback Leather, and I challenge you not to like their products, because David does such a good job of showing the quality and the care and the class that goes into every bag. I mean it’s crazy, I mean you have to go there and actually believe what I’m talking about.

Dave: Well, one of the things that we found — I just felt like instead of — I don’t want to dog another company, there are a lot of really good companies out there, and no one likes it when you insult and slam other companies. And so I just — what I do is I highlight what we do, and the quality that goes into it. I teach them, make sure that your hardware is like this, make sure that it’s polyester thread not nylon, make sure — and then people trust you.

So the more you educate people on whatever service you’re doing or whatever — if you install gates and fences, ensure that people understand what goes into a good quote, what goes into a good fence, how deep do you put the posts. And then it can — first of all they search trust in you, and second of all they go, I wonder if that guy does it, or is he going to be sneaky, or do I have to be out there all the time checking to see if you went down two feet on my yard. I wonder if the new soil is five inches deep, or if he just spread and put new soil on top of the old. I wonder, and they start questioning everyone around you, and then they just go, it’s not worth it, I’ll just buy from this guy.

Steve: That’s ingenious, like I can’t even think of that many companies that do that to be honest with you, it’s actually rare surprisingly.

Dave: I’m glad there aren’t, this is free more.

Steve: No I’m just thinking about handbags, I’m just thinking about your niche right now, and I can’t really think of very many companies that do that, it’s like an aha moment right now, it’s crazy.

Dave: Yeah, that’s very good.

Steve: And I’ll probably take this in the context of my own store being very selfish here, I could very easily talk about our personalization process, the care with how we deal with the items and packaging and everything, just like that. And that would instantly give us more credibility, and cause everyone else to question the other companies that are doing what we’re doing.

Dave: No absolutely, and I always say to quality, just go after quality, because you can’t compete with China on price, that is just a race to the bottom, but they can’t compete with you on quality. Now, they do quality things in China, there are people who make wonderful craftsman there, and the people are just like — seriously I’ve heard they’re super relational and really sweet, sweet, sweet people, but there’s such pressure for making money and at whatever the cost that you just kind of question.

We had some hardware made in China once, and it was nickel plated brass hardware. Brass is 70% copper and 30% zinc. So we got it, and their definition of copper wasn’t our definition of copper according to the American test standard measure, ATSM or whatever that is. And the hardware started falling apart, it started like the dealing would rub against the class for the shoulder strap, and it just would wear through in like a month, it cost us so much money to repair all of those. But we had it tested; it was like 34% copper instead of 70% copper.

Steve: I see, where do you guys source your stuff from, like how do you ensure quality for your own stuff?

Dave: Oh, we do our own inspections, we send stuff to laboratories with random inspections, government laboratory, we have our factories in Mexico, and so there’s a place called CA Tech just down the road, it’s a government laboratory. And we will drop off hardware; have them give us the report of what the hardware is made of.

Steve: Where do you source the materials from like both the leather and the rivets and the hardware?

Dave: Yeah it’s mainly local. We have a tannery in this town called Laon [ph], and it’s right kind of central Mexico, it’s really a pretty place, and it’s kind of the leather capital. So we’ve learned like two tanneries that we want to work with, and one tannery is — they voluntarily submitted themselves to be inspected by this British company — British kind of the head of all leather for the world, and these guys come in and we’ll check their break rooms, and they’ll check the dressing rooms and the bathroom, make sure they’re clean, they want to make sure their employees are being treated right, that they have a water treatment plant, they’re checking their chemicals randomly, they’re inspecting the leather, and they just fly in and just take stuff and sample it.

And so they won tannery of the year one of the years for North and South America, and another year they came in second to the red wing tannery up in Minnesota, but that’s out of even Brazil or Argentina, they came in second out of hundreds of tanneries. So we do business with them, they love their people, they really care for them. They are just a good solid tannery.

Steve: So it seems like all materials and everything that you do is the highest quality, and so does that affect your margins, I mean you have to be priced higher to afford this, right, and so do you ever run into problems where people just want like the cheap stuff?

Dave: Oh they’ll come see us next year when their bag is all crappy. I ran into a guy in the airport once, and from a distance I said, hey that’s a nice briefcase. And he looks at me, you wait in line at a restaurant, and he is like, oh thanks. And I walked over to him, I was like, hey where did you hear about Saddleback Leather. And he goes, who? I looked at us like oh that’s a knockoff bag. So I go, oh this is Saddleback, and he goes, no. I say, where did you get it? He said, oh I got it on the internet somewhere. And I said, well, I’m glad that at least you like my design.

So those guys, they all come back when their bag wears out. Some of the bags are like the people knocking off our stuff. They sell their bags at the cost of my raw materials. I mean like or they sell them at less than the cost, the price of my raw materials, and people are embarrassed, yeah I couldn’t afford one. Dude, I understand that, I’ve been there, but save up.

Steve: Right, okay so it hasn’t really like all these knock offs hasn’t really affected your business much, which is kind of where I was getting at?

Dave: You know what, when you educate, when you’re first in the market, when you’re high, high, high quality, they can’t compete with you, it’s just, they just can’t. I mean of course yeah I’m sure we lost some sales. I lost that guy, I ran across two other knock offs. But those are the exceptions. I’m not going to worry about those guys; I will put my head down and keep doing the right thing.

Steve: That was my next question, do you have to try and go after these people, and it sounds like no.

Dave: No, I just put my head down, and I just work really hard. A company, some lawyers in Chicago said, because the guy I had when I first — the father and son in Mexico couldn’t keep up the production. So when my wife and I got married, we moved to Mexico, and I found a small factory to make my stuff. Well, then we started our own factory like a year and a half later, but in the meantime — or after we started our factory he started the website called SaddlebackLeather.us, and he was selling my bags, because he knew how to make them.

And so I talked to this lawyer in Chicago and the guy said, yeah, I’ll talk to my partners, we can take care of that guy for $410,000, and we’ll get him to stop selling. And I was like, man, hit men are a lot cheaper than that. No, I said, no thanks, I’m not going to do that. So I went to Carlo, and I said Carlo, I’m going to tell your dad if you don’t stop making my bags, it’s a disgrace what you’re doing, and I knew his dad. And he was like, okay, okay, okay, I’ll stop. But I just put my head down, and those guys will go out a bit since. They will.

Dave: So Dave, we’ve been chatting for a little bit, and I did want to get your opinion because I get this question all the time. I have people that come to me and they say, hey Steve I would like to sell such and such, like baby clothes or wedding favors, or something like that, things that are really competitive and pretty commoditized. And I would actually categorize leather bags in that category, right? So what advice would you give people, who are trying to sell something that’s highly competitive, if you were to start all over again?

Dave: Yeah, I would say, again I would say personalize it, because if they see you and your wife and your little baby selling baby clothes and you’re like, you know what is this little Mom & Pop saying and it’s new to us, we just love it, and we found there was a lot of baby clothes out here that we really like for our kids that were soft enough, or whatever it is. And so we found this group and oh out of Spain, they’re just fantastic, and anyway we’d love for you to buy from us, you know something and I’m just making that up right now, baby clothes what you said.

But people want nice people to succeed. And if they have a choice between some corporation, you know Saddleback Leather cot, or Dave and Susan and their family, who do they buy from? They’re going to buy from us. So I would say make it personable, be yourself, and if you’re not a nice person then don’t. Do videos, I would say do videos, put it out there. I would say, yeah I would say do videos and put them out there, and show yourself, reveal yourself, be transparent in it. And I would say that you’d be surprised how many people are going to want to — like oh, I hope one day I can have lunch with them, just because they think you’re a celebrity because you do videos.

So I would say make it really authentic, but put yourself, personalize your company. So when they do go from Amazon to your website to check it, or whatever it is, if you do party favors, I don’t know if they do that, but yeah, I would say know all those, and know about party favors. And maybe have some sort of a custom party favor. Think of how you can improve it, or do bundling, you know we’ll sell not only paper maché, but we will you know rolls, but we will also throw in there a roll of tape also. And yeah, I would say start over, but above all things I would say be generous with people. Just take that, just be generous with people even in your personal life, be generous with people.

Steve: Well, that’s great advice Dave, and I really appreciate your time, and I’m actually probably going to go out and start documenting our processes and how we actually take care in stitching out our products now after talking with you. So I think that’s great advice, and it’s almost like, why didn’t I think of that earlier. Thanks a lot Dave for coming on the show, really appreciate all your advice. If anyone wants to get ahold of you, or if they have any other questions, where can they find you?

Dave: Yeah, Dave@SaddlebackLeather. And they can go there or Dave@SaddlebackLeather.

Steve: Okay, all right then, thanks a lot for coming on the show Dave, really appreciate it.

Dave: Hey, it was good talking with you, take care.

Steve: All right, take care.

Hope you enjoyed that episode. I’ve actually known about Saddleback Leather for quite some time now, and I really admire Dave’s approach to business, and it’s a model that everyone should follow. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode181.

And once again I want to thank SellerLabs.com. Their tool Scope has completely changed the way I choose keywords for both my Amazon listings and my Amazon advertising campaigns. Instead of making random guesses, Scope tells me exactly which keywords are generating sales, and within the first week of use I saw a 39% increase in sales. It is a no brainer. So head on over to Sellerlabs.com/wife and receive $50 off. Once again that’s sellerlabs.com/wife.

I also want to thank Klaviyo which is my email marketing platform of choice for ecommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on auto pilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O, once again that’s mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.

Now, I talk about how I use all these tools on my blog, and if you’re interested in starting your own ecommerce store, head on over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email, and I’ll send you the course right away, thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

180: How To Train Yourself To Innovate, Inspire And Implement With Stanford Professor Tina Seelig

An Interview With My Stanford Entrepreneurship Professor Tina Seelig On How To Implement Your Ideas

Today I have someone extra special on the show and by extra special, I mean that this person is one of the main people responsible for introducing me to entrepreneurship.

Tina Seelig is a professor in the Management Science and Engineering department at Stanford University. She’s also the faculty director of the Stanford Technology Ventures program of which I was a member. And most importantly, she was my professor of entrepreneurship way back in 1999 along with Professor Tom Byers.

Recently, she released a brand new book called Creativity Rules: Get Ideas Out Of Your Head And Into The World that you should definitely check out. Click here to grab a copy!

Enjoy the show!

What You’ll Learn

  • How to learn creativity and entrepreneurship
  • How to come up with innovative business ideas
  • A framework for taking your ideas all the way through implementation
  • How to change your way of thinking while brainstorming

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Ignite.Sellerlabs.com – If you are selling on Amazon and running Amazon Sponsored Ads campaigns, then Ignite from Seller Labs is a must have tool. Click here and get a FREE 30 Day Trial.
Ignite Logo

Kabbage.com – If you run a physical products based business, sometimes you need a short term loan to buy inventory to meet demand, especially during the holiday season. Kabbage helps small business owners access simple and flexible funding right away. Click here and get a $50 Visa gift card upon signup.
kabbage

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.
Sellers Summit

Transcript

You’re listening to the my wife quit her job podcast the place where I bring on successful bootstrapped business owners, and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not. Now today I’m thrilled to have someone really special to me on the show. Tina Seelig is a professor in the management science and engineering department at Stanford University, and she happened to be my professor of entrepreneurship back in 1999 when I was at Stanford. I know you’ll love this episode.

But before we begin I wanted to give a shout out to Seller Labs for sponsoring this episode, and specifically I want to talk about their awesome Amazon tool, Scope. Now if you know me, I always get really excited about the tools I like and use, and Scope is a tool that actually increased my Amazon sales on several listings by 39% within the first week of use, crazy, right?

Now what does this tool do that could possibly boost my sales so quickly? Well, quite simply, Scope tells you what keywords are driving sales on Amazon. So here is what I did. I searched Amazon and I found the bestselling product listings in my niche and then I used Scope to tell me exactly what keywords that bestselling listing was using to generate sales. I then added these keywords to my own Amazon listing, and my sales picked up immediately.

So today I use Scope for all my Amazon products to find high converting keywords in the back end as well as for my Amazon advertising campaigns. So in short, Scope can boost your Amazon sales almost immediately like they did for mine, and 39% is nothing to sneeze at. Right now if you go to Sellerlabs.com/wife you can actually check out Scope for free, and if you decide to sign up, you’ll get $50 off of any plan. Once again that’s Sellerlabs.com/wife.

Now, I also wanted to give a shout out to Klaviyo who is also a sponsor. Now Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store, and I actually depend on them for over 20% of my revenues. Now you’re probably wondering what’s Klaviyo all about, and what makes it special. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for ecommerce stores, and here is why it’s so powerful.

Klaviyo can track every single customer who has shopped in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send an email out to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week, easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special auto-responder sequence to my customers depending on what they purchased, piece of cake, and there is full revenue tracking on every single email.

Now Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used and you could try them for free at mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O, once again that’s, mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Now, on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle, so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here is your host, Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit her Job Podcast. Today I have someone extra special on the show, and by extra special I mean that this person is one of the main people responsible for getting me into entrepreneurship in the first place. And this person is none other than Tina Seelig. She is a professor in the management science and engineering department at Stanford University. She is also the faculty director at the Stanford Technology Ventures Program of which I was a member, and most importantly she was actually my professor of entrepreneurship way back in 1999 along with Professor Tom Byers.

Now Tina is also a well accomplished author, and has written 17 books that have sold extremely well. She’s an accomplished public speaker, and travels the world teaching entrepreneurship as well. And with that, welcome to the show Tina, I am so happy to have you on today.

Tina: Thank you so much, it really is my pleasure.

Steve: So what’s funny about this interview is that we’ve always had this like Professor-student relationship. So I actually have very little knowledge about your past. And so I was just kind of curious for my knowledge at least, how did you get into entrepreneurship, and how did you end up at Stanford?

Tina: Yeah, you know what, it’s such a funny question, because of course all of us have such interesting, and circutous paths in our career, and mine certainly is. I don’t know if you know I started out, I did my PhD in Neurophysiology. I did my PhD at Stanford Med School, and when I finished way back in 1985, I said, you got to be kidding, I really — the money for research was drying up. I was going to have to go do post docs all over, and although I was you know really love neuroscience, I don’t think I was the best neuroscientist in the world.

And I thought I really want to get out into industry and see how people take their ideas, like the things that come out of the lab and actually turn them into products. So I ended up going into industry, which is its own interesting story about how do you actually transition from being a scientist to going into the industry? That was not an easy path, and I’m happy to share some of the funny stories there about trying to sort of change careers. But it’s a very long circuitous path doing lots of different things.

And then in 1999, which is the year I met you, I saw a job posting about this new Stanford technology, this program, and I thought, wow, that sounds like an incredible confluence of education and technology and entrepreneurship. And I threw my hat in the ring.

Steve: Wait, was that the first year?

Tina: Yeah, you were like my first students, the first Maytho [ph] fellows.

Steve: I had no idea, wow, that’s so awesome, I did not know that.

Tina: I was totally green, I was totally green. Honestly, I wish we could go back and do it again.

Steve: So Tina recently sent me one of her awesome lectures on bringing entrepreneurship ideas to life, and that’s what I’m going to discuss today with the listeners here. So here’s the thing Tina, so many of my listeners and readers, they often complain that there aren’t creative or they aren’t innovative. So the question I’m hoping that you can answer today is one, can you learn to be more creative and innovative, and can you actually teach entrepreneurship? Like a lot of these people come to me and they say, hey I’m just not a creative person, I don’t think business is cut out for me. Is this like an innate talent?

Tina: Oh my gosh! Thank you so much for asking this. Honestly I get asked this all the time, and I am delighted to answer this question. First of all creativity is not like eye color that you can’t change. It is something like every other skill that can be learned, can be improved, can be mastered, the same is entrepreneurship. I mean would you ever say — I mean no one says, can you teach math, or can you teach science or history or even can you teach music or sports. Like we assume you can teach us. I mean I might not be a world class musician or athlete, but certainly I can get better with training. And so the same is true with creativity and innovation and entrepreneurship.

The other thing that is critically important here is that we are all creative. I mean look at any little kid, they’re creative. Think back to when you were a little kid, you know everybody is creative, and unfortunately our school system is designed to essentially beat it out of us, because — and this is sort of one the areas I’m most passionate about is like how do we rethink the way we teach, because our school systems are designed in ways to be able to measure the impacts of teaching. Well that sounds like a good idea right, except creativity is hard to measure.

And so because it’s hard to measure, we don’t teach it because it’s hard to measure. In fact one of my favorite quotes about this is the quote is, “Not all things that count can be counted, and not all things that can be counted count.” And unfortunately the problem is because creativity is hard to count, we don’t count it and we don’t teach it.

Steve: I already knew the answer to that question before I asked; of course the answer is yes. And so I want to talk about your entrepreneurship framework, kind of regarding how you start from an idea all the way through the implementation of a business, and I’d like to actually address the creativity and innovation problem first. How can you become more imaginative, creative, and innovative?

Tina: Yeah, so first let’s start out with the definitions, and I have to tell you I fell into a trap that everybody falls into, the trap is around using these terms, imagination and creativity and entrepreneurship and innovation, all sort of interchangeably. And so it becomes a big soup, and therefore what you think we’re talking about is really different than what I think I’m talking about, and we’re talking past each other, and it seems very unscientific. And so, I decided to put a stake in the ground with some very clear and easy to remember relationships and definitions. So here they are.

Imagination is envisioning things that don’t exist, pretty straightforward, right? I mean it’s something we all do right; I can envision a butterfly flying around my room. Creativity is applying that imagination to solve a problem, innovation is applying the creativity to come up with a unique solution, and entrepreneurship is in applying the innovation to essentially scale the idea. So what you’re seeing here is a hierarchy of skills from imagination to creativity to innovation to entrepreneurship.

One thing I want to underline, highlight, bold is that the difference between creativity and innovation is very important. Creative ideas are new to you, but innovative ideas are new to the world. And it’s really important to distinguish between those two, because if you really want to come up with innovative ideas, something that is new to the world, that’s fabulous. But if you use the concepts of creativity, you’re going to really stop short of coming up with reaching that goal.

So anyway, those are the definitions, and I like to compare it to learning how to talk. So if you think about it, babies naturally babble right, they just make noises. They apply those sounds to make words, apply the words to make sentences, and the sentences to make stories. And it’s the same hierarchy going from sound to word to sentence to story is the same as going from imagination to creativity to innovation to entrepreneurship. They each are the application of the scope before.

Steve: But the baby learning how to babble and speak is not innovative, right? It is just…

Tina: Well, I’m just using it as a metaphor, just as an example. And the idea though is that — and this is very important is that, in this I call the invention cycle is that when you get to the end, it leads back to the beginning, which is one of the most powerful parts of this framework is that once you’re entrepreneurial and have scaled your ideas, you can only do this by inspiring other people’s imagination. So it leads to their — it triggers the cycle for them as well.

Steve: So what are some exercises, so you mentioned like innovative means that something is new to the world and not just to yourself. So for those people out there who don’t think that they’re innovative at all, like what are some exercises that you can do to actually come up with innovative ideas?

Tina: Great, I love that question. This is what I spend 99% of my time in my classes doing, it’s coming up with ways to do this. So the most important thing is to question the question you’re asking, that is to reframe the problem. That’s where the innovation comes in, is when all of a sudden you look at the problem from a very different angle. For example, let’s say it’s your birthday, when’s your birthday?

Steve: May 19th.

Tina: Okay, so we have some time to plan here okay. We can say, okay Steve it’s your birthday, we’re going to brainstorm about the best birthday party. And that might seem like a really good idea to brainstorm about the best birthday party. But if we question that question, and change the word party to celebration, let’s plan the best birthday celebration, what happened to the set of solutions?

Steve: So that opens it up to more.

Tina: Many more, what if I said, let’s find the best way to mark your birthday. That becomes an even bigger set. What if I said, let’s come up with the best birthday present, or the best birthday card or the best way to surprise you on your birthday, or the best birthday ritual? Here is the key; the answer was baked into the question. When I ask the question, there is an assumption about what the answer is. If I said we’re going to have a birthday party, the assumption is it’s a party. And so if you really get good at questioning the questions you ask, in fact I like the concept of frame storming.

It means you actually brainstorm about the questions you’re asking before you even start thinking about the solutions. This is something I feel so passionate about. What happens is people rush to the solution, because that’s the way our school system is, right? You get given a question and you have to rush to the solution, you know what’s the sum of five plus five, ten, right? I get to the answer. But what if I question the question? What if instead of asking, what’s the sum of five plus five, I said what two numbers add up to ten? We’re not going to come up with an infinite number of solutions. So you need to fall in love with the problem, not the solution.

Steve: We need some examples here.

Tina: Okay, I’ll give you lots of examples. I mean I gave you the birthday party example, but imagine, let’s make it really serious. Let’s say I’m really interested in dealing with people with cancer. So I could say the problem I’m trying to solve is how do I cure cancer. That’s, again it sounds like a great question, but what if I say well how do I prevent cancer, or how do I allow people to live better lives with cancer, or how do I deal with the families of people with cancer?

So if you actually spend the time thinking about the question you’re asking, you’re going to really open up the frame. So question the questions. One great way to do this is to unpack all of your assumptions about a topic. So I could, I don’t know, pick any topic, it could be restaurants, what are all the assumptions I have about a restaurant, or a hotel, or a family vacation? And once you unpack all those assumptions, you can then turn them upside down to start coming up with some really interesting new ways of looking at the problem.

Steve: I just want to take a moment to thank Kabbage for being a sponsor of the show. Now if you run a successful e-commerce business like I do, you probably know that the worst thing that could happen to you is to run out of stock. Now my wife and I regularly import container loads of merchandise from China, and sometimes you need a short term loan to buy enough inventory to meet demand especially during the holiday season.

Well if you’re wondering how to get the funding needed to run a small business today, Kabbage has the answer. Kabbage helps small business owners access simple and flexible funding right away without the headaches that come with applying for a traditional loan. Apply online or from your phone by securely linking your business information to get an automatic decision. There’s no waiting in line, scanning documents, or tracking down financial statements.

Kabbage gives you the flexibility to decide what is best for your business, and once you’re approved you choose when to use your funds and how much to take. You’ll only pay for the funds that you actually use, and it’s a line of credit that can be used for your purchasing needs.

Kabbage has supported over 100,000 small businesses with over 3.5 billion dollars in funding. So visit Kabbage.com/ wife. There is no cost to apply or to set up your line of credit, and as a My Wife Quit Her Job listener, when you qualify for funding, you will get a $50 visa gift card that you can use anywhere. Now that’s Kabbage with a K, K-A-B-B-A-G-E. com/wife. Once again that’s K-A-B-B-A-G-E.com/wife, now back to the show.

I see, so instead of limiting yourself with your language like the birthday party analogy. Everyone throws a party for someone right, but by opening it up; you could probably come up with something a lot more special, maybe a lot more meaningful by just making it more open ended questions.

Tina: The other thing is more innovative, right? I mean now this is really critically important because not all the time do you want to come up with a innovative solution. Sometimes a creative solution is just fine. I mean I don’t have to reinvent the wheel every day I make my kid a lunch for school, right? So sometimes I just want to open the refrigerator and I use my imagination which is envisioning things that don’t exist, a lunch. And I go, okay fine I’m going to take the peanut butter and jelly and make a peanut butter jelly sandwich.

So sometimes you know if I’m trying to get through traffic on the way to work, I don’t need an innovative solution, I just need a creative solution to do this, and that’s fine. And I think we should acknowledge that creative solutions are incredibly valuable for 99% of the problems we solve in our life, but for that 1% where you go, I really need an innovative solution, I need something that no one has done before, that’s when you really have to push further.

Steve: When I was listening to your talk, one thing that really struck me was one of the analogies that you specified about puzzles versus quilts, I want you to go into a little bit about that, and how we’re trained in a certain way in schools, and how this puzzle versus quilt analogy really works.

Tina: Yes, so I love this analogy, and I did not come up with it, I borrowed it from a colleague, Heidi Neck who’s at Babson. But I heard her talk about this and it really resonated with me. The idea is that people are really not tapped into their motivation properly, and that we don’t really think about it. Most people in the world just follow the motivations of other people. They go to work and they just follow instructions. And they are puzzle builders; they are people who basically — I mean think about doing a jigsaw puzzle. You pull out all the pieces, you start putting maybe this picture of the Eiffel Tower, you know someone else took the picture, someone else made the puzzle. You’re making the puzzle, but here’s the problem, you’re missing a piece, what do you do?

If you’re a puzzle maker, puzzle builder, what happens is you’re missing the piece puzzle; you go, well, I can’t complete this puzzle, too bad. And these are the people who at work say, oh I’m sorry that part is out of stock, or you know the person we need is on vacation. I mean they have lots of excuses. But a quilt maker is quite different, they look at what the end goal is, okay I want to make a quilt, and they look at all the resources they have at their disposal to get to that goal.

Again it’s falling in love with the problem not the solution. The puzzle is the solution, the quilt is the problem. So it’s like, okay how do I get there? And I’m going to use all the resources at my disposal. In fact there’s a great story I tell in one of my books about Peter Diamandis, who is the founder of the X Prize and Singularity University, he’s a really big thinker, he’s out there thinking about how to mine asteroids. And he walked into a colleague’s office, and the colleague had a sign on the wall, Murphy’s Law, if anything will go wrong, it will, Murphy’s Law.

And he got so upset, and he picked up a sharpie and he went up to the poster and he crossed out, it will and wrote, fix it. If anything will go wrong, fix it. And that was the point, it’s the difference between the puzzle builder who’s saying if anything will go wrong, it will, versus a quilt maker who says, I’m going to figure out, I’m going to find a piece, I’m going to find a solution to get me to my goal.

Steve: So one thing I really picked up when I was a student of yours was that there’s no right way to do anything, and a lot of my listeners are following these step by step programs on how to start a business. There really is no exact formula, right? You kind of just have to take what you’ve got, and then make the best of what you have. And when something breaks, you just got to find a solution, and there’s no really like set path, and the people that get stuck are the ones that you know they run into their first roadblock, and it wasn’t in their little protocol sheet on how to deal with it, and then they quit. And so that’s why I really loved your puzzle versus quilt analogy.

Tina: Yeah, one of the biggest problems is that people don’t really deeply think about tapping into their own motivation. I do an exercise, and in fact I would encourage people to grab a piece of paper and a pen or just to say remember this, because it’s pretty simple exercise, but you can do it right now, okay, do you have a pen and a paper?

Steve: I can.

Tina: Yeah.

Steve: I don’t, you know what I can’t walk right now, I’m still like, I still have my torn Achilles.

Tina: Oh no, you can’t walk around, okay.

Steve: I can type though, I have…

Tina: It’s okay, it doesn’t matter, it’s pretty straightforward. Imagine a two by two matrix, a vertical and a horizontal line, a little chart. And on the vertical axis is passion, so high passion on the top, low passion on the bottom. And the horizontal line is confidence, so high confidence on the right, low confidence on the left. So the upper right hand side is things in your life where you’re highly passionate and highly confident. The upper left is you’re highly passionate, but not confident. The bottom left is not passionate and not confident, and the bottom right is highly confident, but not passionate, makes sense?

Steve: Sure, yes.

Tina: Well you’d think it would be super simple to fill this out, and to put things in your life into these categories. But it’s harder than you think because people often don’t even think about the things in their life and how they fit into these boxes of what things they really care about, and their level of confidence in being able to deliver.

But what’s really interesting about it is once you do this, and I really encourage people to do it. It takes a little bit of time, but it’s really well worth it. If you start realizing why are things in these different categories, like what about the things that you’re highly passionate and highly confident, so what would be something for you, you’re highly passionate and confident?

Steve: And confident. Right now I’m feeling pretty passionate and confident about this podcast for example.

Tina: Great, perfect. Do you spend time doing it?

Steve: I do, absolutely.

Tina: Yeah, of course you spend a lot of time, right? So you’re passionate about it, and then that led to your doing it, which has made you confident, right? So essentially you would not be confident if you hadn’t actually been doing it?

Steve: That’s correct.

Tina: Right, your confidence comes from the fact that you’re actually engaged in doing this. But what about things that you’re highly passionate, but not confident, can you think of something there?

Steve: Yes, raising children, I’m not very confident, but I’m very passionate about it.

Tina: Okay, well that might be, I might ask you to come up with a slightly different example because…

Steve: How about teaching children, is that more specific?

Tina: Teaching, yeah, yeah, yeah. You’ll see in a minute why. Okay so let me ask you this, teaching children, so you’re passionate about it, but why are you not confident?

Steve: Because I’m not sure if the tactics that I’m using might have like long-term repercussions.

Tina: Okay, and what would make you more confident?

Steve: If someone blazed the path for me and gave me like some guidelines on what has worked and some statistics maybe.

Tina: Okay, so more information, maybe spending more time actually focused on this?

Steve: Yes.

Tine: The things for most people that are in this category are things like skiing, or singing or cooking or whatever else, and they go, well how do these fit in your life? Well these are things I dream about doing, they’re not things I actually do. And what’s going to change to get it into the upper right quadrant is actually doing it, right? I mean I can say I’m really passionate about anything, but unless I actually do it, I’m not going to become confident.

Now the things in the bottom lower left hand quadrant, you’re not passionate and you’re not confident, how do those fit into your life? I mean what might be an example?

Steve: Of something I’m not passionate about and not confident about?

Tina: Yeah, yeah. It’s hard.

Steve: It’s hard because like if I’m not passionate about it, that means I’m not thinking about it.

Tina: Yeah right. So let’s say maybe water polo.

Steve: Yeah.

Tina: Okay right, so you don’t do it, like if you’re not passionate and not confident, you’re not doing it, you’re not thinking about it, it’s not even in your world. And maybe if it’s something that you really have to do, like maybe it’s you know washing dishes or doing the laundry, you might even choose to outsource to someone else, you might make a deal with your spouse that, you know what, honestly I’m not passionate nor good at this, and maybe you take that and I’ll take something else. So maybe you outsource to someone else, maybe hire someone to do it.

The most interesting quadrant that was the lower right, where you’re highly confident but not passionate, can you think of something?

Steve: I’m not passionate, not off the top of my head.

Tina: I know it’s hard.

Steve: Yeah.

Tina: So the thing that’s so interesting is that most of the things that are in for most people in the lower right quadrant are things they have to do for work. It might be doing spreadsheets or writing reports, or if someone’s at home it’s like cleaning the house, but you realize what is it that has limited their passion for this, I mean at some point they might have been passionate, why is it been lost? And you realize that in this chart, the way to get from the bottom to the top to increase your passion is a change in your attitude, it’s your mindset.

And to get from the left to the right from a change from low confidence to high confidence is your actions, right? So let me ask you Steve, who’s in charge of your attitude?

Steve: You are.

Tina: Yeah, who’s in charge of your actions?

Steve: You are.

Tina: You are, that’s the point, you put things in this chart as if somehow it’s sort of carved in stone, but we are each responsible for understanding and for managing our attitudes and our actions. Now it doesn’t mean that everything in our life should be in the upper right hand quadrant. We shouldn’t be necessarily passionate and confident about everything, but to be very thoughtful about what things we want to have there and to basically say, okay these are the things I’m going to put my energy into. And I think that probably when you’re working with people, you see the same thing is that what’s getting in the way of their success is many times their attitude, and many times their actions.

Steve: That’s correct, but if they’re not passionate — so one question I often get asked is, should I pursue this business if I’m not passionate about it?

Tina: Well okay, this is super interesting question. I love this because people often talk about their passions; I need to find my passion. And it is the wrong question to ask, because passions do not come from nowhere, passions come from engagement with the world. So let me just give you a bunch of examples. I mean it’s not until you’re engaged in the world that you start seeing things that might spark your passion. I tell a story, I don’t know if I told it in that talk that you watched about Scott Harrison, did I tell that story?

Steve: I don’t remember the name.

Tina: Let me quickly tell you.

Steve: Sure, yeah.

Tina: Scott Harrison spoke at our entrepreneurial lecture series, and he’s super impressive guy, started an organization called Charity Water. And they bring clean drinking water to the hundreds of millions of people around the planet who don’t have access to it. Now very impressive guy, but he wasn’t always such. In fact in his 20s, he was a self described loser. He worked in New York, he was a nightclub promoter, and his job was to get people drunk and the drunker he got them, the better, he was really good at this. And one day he became an alcoholic, a drug addict, his life was a mess.

And one day he woke up, he was down in South America and he said, you know my life is a disaster, I am really a loser, I need the opposite of my life. And to make a long story short, he made a decision that he wanted to do volunteer work, and he started writing letters to all of these charitable organizations around the world, and honestly they all wrote back and said like no, you can’t work with us, you do not look like you could contribute. He kept writing letters and finally he was invited to go on and work with an organization called Mercy Ships, where they send doctors on these floating boats to parts of the world where they don’t have access to doctors.

So he jumped at the chance, and he went to Liberia, he didn’t even know, this is important, he didn’t even know where Liberia was. He had to look it up on a map. He went there; he was quickly taken with the fact that so many people there were stricken with horrible water borne diseases. He thought I have to do something about this; I have to do something about this. And so he went back to New York, and using his knowledge of how to promote things, he had been a nightclub promoter, he started promoting the idea of helping people get access to clean drinking water.

And the point is before it is your passion; it’s something you know nothing about. He didn’t know about Liberia, he didn’t know about their water issues, he didn’t know about the diseases. But once he was engaged, he started getting excited about how he could make a difference. And engagement is the master key that unlocks everything; you need to start doing things. And here’s what’s really important, you don’t need instantly to be struck by lightning to say, oh my God this is my passion. You start with a little bit of motivation, like wow, maybe I could do something to help these people, or maybe I could solve this problem.

Tina: My guess is this is true with you in your business, like your wife had a problem trying to sell some of her products, and you thought well you know let me do a little experiment and see if I can be helpful. And like wow, that’s really interesting, you got some really puzzle results, then you got more motivated, am I telling the truth here?

Steve: Yeah, actually the problem was that she wanted to stay at home, and we needed to earn income through a place to sell.

Tina: Okay, exactly and you had like, okay how do I do this? Let me do an experiment, right? And then you go, okay, well that worked, well that’s kind of interesting, let’s try something else. And you kept — your motivation led to some experimentation which led to more motivation and more experimentation, and pretty soon you were so motivated, and you said, okay great, now I’ve got something. And this is a very key part of this invention cycle is understanding that motivation and experimentation process.

I just want to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you’re interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six day mini course on how to get started in e-commerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell all the way to getting your first sales online.

Now this course is free and can be obtained at mywifequitherjob.com/free. Just sign up right there on the front page via email, and I’ll send you the course right away, Once again that’s mywifequitherjob.com/free. Now back to the show.

Back on the axis that you were talking about confidence versus passion, do you actually recommend people look at what they’re confident at but not necessarily passionate about when thinking about something to pursue?

Tina: That’s a really good question, yeah that’s a great place to start. But you don’t have to, because you could go there and say, okay how do I change my attitude about this thing that I’m really good at right. Like maybe I’m really good at cooking, but I’m not really passionate about it. Okay, how can I leverage this? I think it’s probably more fruitful to start in the upper left hand corner, and say, what are the things I’m really passionate about that I’m not confident, how can I build my confidence? Because I think the passion is probably a much bigger driver than confidence.

Passion leads — the reason that you’re confident about your podcast is you started with a little bit of passion, a little interest, which led you then to do, to the behaviors. I think that that’s often the place to start is not your skills but your interests, does that make sense?

Steve: Yeah, the reason I’m asking that question is because in that lecture that you gave, which I should probably link up to after this in the show notes, you had an example of a waiter.

Tina: Oh yeah.

Steve: He might not necessarily have been passionate about waiting, but he figured out different ways of getting higher tips through experimentation, but he was…

Tina: Yeah, yeah, yeah. Yes but what I would say there is — so let me just replay that little story. The idea is that anything — the idea is that you can start anywhere, and this is the point is that you can start anywhere, you don’t have to be in some fancy place, you don’t have to get on a boat like Scott Harrison to go to Liberia. You could be a waiter at a restaurant, and by really paying attention, you’re going to notice opportunities. You’re going to notice, wow people are ordering a lot of gluten free food, or wow you know, how can I get higher tips, or wow there’s one customer here who’s diabetic and has certain needs.

And you could use that small motivation to solve that problem to end up building up to a whole career, right? If you’re just interested in getting higher tips, let’s say you’re just really want to earn more money, and you start becoming an expert on customer service because you’re seeing every single day what experiments you do lead to higher tips, you can then parlay that into you could become a consultant to other waiters, you could start a consulting company, you could write a book, you could make a movie, you could start a whole you know restaurant chain based on your insights.

So it doesn’t really matter where you start, and this is really critically important. But there it was based on again motivation, on my passion for earning some more money that had led me to do some experiments.

Steve: Let’s talk about the experimentation phase. Let’s use that waiter analogy real quick, let’s say this waiter you, he’s been working in a restaurant, he wants to start his own restaurant, and he’s deciding on the menu, right? What are some of the first steps?

Tina: Yeah, I love this. So one of the concepts I talk about in my book is one that I learned from my colleague Alberto Savoy, and he’s just so brilliant. And he started several very, very successful companies, but also had some failures. In fact his first company, they sold for 100 million dollars, the second company lost 30 million dollars. And he thought, wow what happened here? And he realized that oftentimes you are building the wrong it. You might be able to build it right, you know how to build it, but you’re doing the wrong thing, and he realized that you need to do these tiny, tiny little experiments, and he calls them pritotypes [ph].

So with the restaurant, the pritotypes could be super simple. What I would do and what he would recommend is, let’s say you want to put together your menu, just start putting some things on the menu that you haven’t even made, and see if people order them. You can always say, oh out of stock on that. But let’s say I thought, well I wonder if people would order lobster, and lobster is going to be really expensive for me, and I know so I’m going to have to charge a lot of money in my restaurant. I can just put it on the menu and see how many people order lobster, and I go, oh I’m sorry, unfortunately we ran out a lobster, we had all the fresh lobs — we don’t have it, but you know would you like to have some other thing, okay?

And you can quickly get some data. You can do this in so many ways. These pritotypes are such a fun and easy way to get to data about whether your idea works very, very quickly. One of my favorite — can I tell you my favorite example?

Steve: Yeah absolutely.

Tina: Is Jeff Hawkins who happens to be a good friend of mine, and I’m just like his biggest fan.

Steve: Palm Pilot, right?

Tina: The Palm Pilot, he’s the founder of Palm and Handspring. But most importantly he’s a self-taught neuroscientist, and has — is like running a company now called Numenta that is really trying to reverse engineer how the brain works. And when he was starting Palm though, he knew he could build it, he knew that he had the technology to build this handheld device, but he wondered would people want it? I mean really the Apple Newton had failed, so would this be something people want?

So you know what he did? He just made a block of wood, a block of wood, the form factor of a Palm Pilot, and he just covered with a piece of paper, a little sleeve of paper and kind of wrote on it the things he imagined would be on it. And so that was his text, he carried it around for a few weeks to see how he might use this thing. And so once he realized, hey guess what people would actually find this really interesting that he decided it was time to start — go into the next stage just trying to build it.

Steve: I’m just curious, did he have other people like unbiased people carry on the…

Tina: Yeah, it’s a really good question; because it’s a really good question how many people do you have to test it with. And I would argue you would need a lot more people, but I love the idea that you know just the concept that he carried around a block of wood for a few weeks, and wanted to get a sense of like how he might use it. But in a real pritotype you would give something like this to other people as well.

Steve: So you’re implying that you shouldn’t even invest any money into this or anything before you…

Tina: Oh yeah, you should be able in a very short period of time with a very small amount of money. One of the biggest problems is that people fall in love again with their solution, so they spend a lot of time, a lot of money, a lot of resources, a lot of energy building something and only to find out afterwards people don’t like it. But you know a few Google ads, a few you know put up some flyers. Let’s say I want to run a workshop, I can put up some flyers around campus and see if people time often call me. If I get enough, guess what, I’ll schedule the workshop.

Steve: So let’s the reception is positive, like how do I still know whether the idea has legs or whether it’s innovative enough so to speak?

Tina: Say more, what do you mean?

Steve: What I mean by that is, so you’re in the beginning where you were talking about creativity and innovation, and innovation is something that the world doesn’t necessarily have, it’s new to the world, right? How do I know whether the interest is innovative versus just something that’s nice to have, does that make sense at all?

Tina: Well, I think the key is whether people are actually going to buy it, right? People need to have skin in the game, and one key thing that people often don’t realize is I can ask people for their opinion, I can say do you think people would like this, do you think people would like this, would you buy it if I made it? And they go sure, sure. It’s easy for people to say that, but if I actually have to do something, even if suppose giving you my e-mail address, or putting five dollars down, think about you on mask, he the Tesla, he makes people put $5,000, I think it’s 5,000. Put some amount of money, a significant amount of money down before they buy the car.

Steve: I see, okay.

Tina: I mean that is a perfect example of skin in the game. People have to say, yes I want it and I want it so much, I actually will give you some money for it. Then you’ll go build your car.

Steve: Okay, and so if you have – let’s say people are willing to pay you money for this, and you think your idea has legs, what is kind of like the next step, how do you actually take that then, and actually turn into a real company?

Tina: Yeah, so that’s really important. So in each of these stages of the invention cycle, there is an attitude and an action. We talked about that framework, the confidence, and passion matrix and looked at the importance of attitudes and action as well. Attitudes and actions happen in this entire cycle, and I’m going to get to what happens in entrepreneurship in one second. So imagination requires engaging in the world, and envisioning what might be different. Remember we talked about your passions follow engagement, so engaging the world and envisioning might be different.

Creativity requires motivation and experimentation. We talked about that, that a little motivation, a little experiment. Innovation requires focus and reframing. We talked about that looking at problems from a different angle to come up with something really new. And entrepreneurship requires persistence and inspiring other people, okay. So persistence is all the things they teach in all of our other classes, strategy finance, marketing, organizational behavior, leadership, all this stuff. But the inspiring other people is one of the key things; it’s being able to tell a compelling story that engages other people in a really meaningful way.

And that storytelling ability allows you to attract people to your team, attract investors, interact customers, attract people who are going to write positive reviews about your product, all those things that are needed. Because to be successful it’s a barn raising, it’s not an individual effort, you need to get other people as motivated and as excited as you are.

Steve: Can you give us some examples?

Steve: Sure, I give you lots of examples. I have talked to so many entrepreneurs, and they all say yes, this is exactly what I had to happen. So let’s just…

Steve: I guess what I’m getting at is you know, is the product itself good enough, or I mean does it always have to have a really good story along?

Tina: Yes, yes, yes, absolutely. You can have the most amazing product, but if you can’t tell a story that places me in that, you know places me in the story, and allows me to see what the world would be like after this product affects me, you’re not going to sell it. You do this all the time Steve. You have a story to tell that allows people to see how their life can be transformed by using the tools that you deliver, and that you teach. I know that, I mean people are inspired by the vision that you’ve created a future for them.

Steve: I guess it’s just something I don’t really think about specifically.

Tina: Yes, but it’s really helpful. So the story structure I like the most is called the story spine, and it’s a super simple framework. It’s been picked up, and it’s used in many places, it will sound familiar. It’s a little harder to use than it sounds on the surface, and it takes some practice, but here’s an example, super simple. Once upon a time, sounds familiar already?

Steve: Mm-hmm.

Tina: Okay, once upon a time and every day. So now what I’ve done is I’ve set the stage about here’s what the problem statement is. And it doesn’t have to be once upon a time, it could be you know what, there are 500 million people who suffer from debilitating tremors from Parkinson’s like diseases. And every day they struggle with feeding themselves and buttoning their shirt and drinking a cup of coffee, and this is incredibly stressful to them and their families, and I paint a picture of what this is, and then I go, until one day. And that’s where you have your intervention, until one day, and here’s my invention.

And then you paint the picture of all the consequences. You go because of that, and because of that, and because of that, because of that, because of that you can have as many because of thats as you want, until finally and ever since then. So what I’ve done is I paint a picture of a problem, and it could be any problem. Every day, our kids walk to school, and they carry big huge backpacks, and they end up really hurting their backs, and it makes them — impossible for them to study in school, and this is such a terrible thing.

You could pick whatever you want, until one day we came up with a way to put all the books on iPads, and because of that the kids have their information with them all the time, they don’t hurt their backs, they blah, blah, blah. And because of that you know and as a result until finally all kids have their books on these iPads, and ever since then this has become the standard for the way we deliver this.

Steve: How does this model apply to a product that isn’t necessarily have utility value, for example like clothing or jewelry, like how would you frame the story there?

Tina: Well if you think about it, the way that the clothing and jewelry is actually sold, it’s very aspirational. You paint a picture of what your life is going to be like, if I wear these jeans, I’m going drink this Coca-Cola, or wear this necklace, I’m going to be cool, and I’m going to have lots of friends, and my life is going to be better. I mean people buy these things because they actually have some sort of dream and vision of what they’re going to actually do for them.

Steve: Okay yeah, yeah.

Tina: I mean is that true?

Steve: yeah that’s true.

Tina: And so if you look at any commercial, you’re going to see this story spine play out. I could give you some examples that I can send to you that you can put some links of fabulous commercials that tell use the story spine incredibly effectively.

Steve: Do you have any thoughts about how to stay persistent; is this just a mindset sort of thing, like how do you force yourself to stick with something even though it might not be working at the moment?

Tina: Yes, so when you go through the invention cycle of going from imagination to creativity, innovation to entrepreneurship, the mindset piece, the engagement, the motivation, the focus, and the persistence which are the four attitude pieces of it, get harder and harder. I mean let’s not pretend it’s easy, and that’s why not everybody is successful, because that focus and that persistence that requires in the innovation and entrepreneurship stage are really hard. And it’s particularly hard when it’s against in the face of disappointment, when things don’t work, and you have to keep pushing.

But that’s what differentiates those people who are successful from those who aren’t is being able to really muster the grit that’s required to get through the hard times, and also to build the team. And I just want to say, one of the most effective things is to build the team around you to buoy you up, and to help support each other when things are not going well.

Steve: I was just curious like kind on the flip side how do you know when to give up on an idea?

Tina: Yeah, super good question. I get asked this all the time, and it’s something that you know we all have to struggle with internally. Interesting enough many years ago one of the PhD students in our department did her research on when do founders sell their companies. And there had been a lot of research that had already been done about why do big companies buy small companies, but she looked at it from the other — she sort of reframed it, said, let’s look at the small companies, like why do they sell?

And it was always when there was some life event that triggered that. Like you know what, I really don’t want — like I’m burned out, I don’t want to work this hard. Or I just had a kid, or my wife is going to, or husband is going to leave me if I don’t stop working this much. There was something that was going on in their own personal life that led them to make that choice. And that’s true in everything we do, we have to make that choice of how much we want to keep putting into a problem. If you’re passionate enough about it — one of the things I do, an exercise with my students on risk taking and failure, and I go through this whole exercise with sort of giving them the opportunity to put a financial value or a time value on different things.

And I’ll go like how much time would you put into solving a problem that you weren’t sure you could solve, like curing cancer? And it’s really interesting, different people have really different amount of times. Some people say a lifetime, like I would commit my lifetime to this, and other people go, you know four years. People even know in advance how much they would put in, how much persistence and grit they have.

Steve: So would you recommend that people kind of bound their efforts then?

Tina: I think really knowing yourself well enough, and taking on projects that fit within the scope of what you’re willing to give, I mean there are some people who say you know what, honestly my priorities in my life are this right now. I mean so for example your wife wanted she work at home, she probably wanted to stay home with the kids. She probably said, I have this much time to put into my work.

Steve: That’s great, yes.

Tina: And that’s her middle like down this, this is what I can do right now. Or I’m training for a race, and this is how much time each week I can put in to train…

Steve: Actually we gave ourselves two years to see if we could make it go out…

Tina: Exactly, and you go I’m going to go handle to the metal for two years, but you said, I’m not to do this forever. You said, I’m going to see what happens. But it might be something like if you had a family member who was suffering from some ailment, you might say, I’m going to give my life, my entire life to try to solve this problem.

Steve: Right, right okay. Tina we’ve been chatting for quite a while. I know you have another appointment in like five minutes, so I wanted to just end with, Tina where can people find you online, what is your next book that’s coming out?

Tina: Yes, so thank you for asking. I’m easy to find, I’m on Twitter at @tseelig, that’s T-S-E-E-L-I-G, and I also have a website which is just TinaSeelig.com, and I have medium where I blog. So you can find me there at Tina Seelig medium. But I’m super excited; I have a new book coming out in just a couple weeks, on September 26th.

Steve: Oh that’s right around the corner.

Tina: It’s called Rules — yeah it’s called Creativity Rules, and I’m super excited to share it. It describes the entire invention cycle framework with lots of examples and also some assignments at the end of each chapter that leads you through the process.

Steve: And Tina is an excellent teacher, she was my professor way back in 1999. Entrepreneurship can be taught, and hopefully we touched on a bunch of the things that are necessary for you to get started. I highly recommend Tina’s — I’m going to link up her speech which is podcast based which was excellent. She’s an excellent public speaker, and she’s an excellent writer as well. So I highly recommend that you guys go check out the book.

Tina: Great, thank you so much, it was really a pleasure, and looking forward to seeing you again soon.

Steve: Yeah thanks a lot Tina, thanks a lot for coming on the show.

Tina: You too.

Steve: Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now I owe so much to Tina, it is actually her class that I took back in the day at Stanford that actually gave me the courage to start my own business. Anyway do yourself a favor, head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/Tina, that’s T-I-N-A, and go pick up her book. It’s called Creativity Rules: Get Ideas Out of Your Head into the World. I’ve read it myself, and it’s a great book if you have ideas and don’t know where to start with your business.

I’ll also be giving out copies to anyone who purchase my online store course and pays in full until October 1st. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode180.

And once again I want to thank Seller Labs. Their tool Scope has completely changed the way I choose keywords for both my Amazon listings and my Amazon advertising campaigns. Instead of making random guesses, Scope tells me exactly which keywords are generating sales, and within the first week of use I saw a 39% increase in sales. It is a no brainer. So head on over to Sellerlabs.com/wife and receive $50 off. Once again that’s sellerlabs.com/wife.

Now, I also want to thank Klaviyo which is my email marketing platform of choice for ecommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on auto pilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O, once again that’s mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.

Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you’re interested in starting your own ecommerce store, head on over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send the course right away. Thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

179: How To Scale Your Facebook Ads To Sell Digital Products Online With Rick Mulready

How To Scale Your Facebook Ads To Sell Digital Products Online With Rick Mulready

Today I’m lucky to have Rick Mulready on the show. Rick is someone who I met at Social Media Marketing World while waiting for a gigantic mob of people around Amy Porterfield to dissipate so we could say hello to her.

He’s a Facebook ads specialist and helps small business run profitable Facebook campaigns. He’s also runs a popular podcast called the Art of Paid Traffic and a training class called The FB Advantage. Enjoy the show!

What You’ll Learn

  • Where to begin when launching a Facebook ad
  • Some guidelines for setting up a a high converting campaign
  • How to choose an audience
  • How to test your creatives
  • Best practices when running Facebook ads.
  • Sample metrics to reference as you run your ad campaigns

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

Ignite.Sellerlabs.com – If you are selling on Amazon and running Amazon Sponsored Ads campaigns, then Ignite from Seller Labs is a must have tool. Click here and get a FREE 30 Day Trial.
Ignite Logo

Kabbage.com – If you run a physical products based business, sometimes you need a short term loan to buy inventory to meet demand, especially during the holiday season. Kabbage helps small business owners access simple and flexible funding right away. Click here and get a $50 Visa gift card upon signup.
kabbage

SellersSummit.com – The ultimate ecommerce learning conference! Unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, the Sellers Summit is a curriculum based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an ecommerce business. Click here and get your ticket now before it sells out.
Sellers Summit

Transcript

Steve: You are listening to the My Wife Quit her Job Podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrapped business owners and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not. Now today I’m thrilled to have my friend Rick Mulready on the show. And if you’ve never heard of Rick, he is a Facebook ads expert. So I’m going to pick his brain on how to use Facebook ads to sell digital products online.

But before we begin I want to give a shout out to Klaviyo who is also a sponsor of the show. Now I’m always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they are the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store, and I actually depend on them for over 20% of my revenues. Now Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for ecommerce stores and here is why it’s so powerful.

Klaviyo can track every single customer who has shopped in your store and exactly what they bought which allows you to do many things. So let’s say I want to send an email out to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week, easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special auto-responder sequence to my customers depending on what they purchased, piece of cake, and there is full revenue tracking on every single email.

Now Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used and you can try them for free at mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O, once again that’s, mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.

Now I also wanted to give a shout out to my other sponsor Seller Labs, and specifically I want to talk about their awesome Amazon tool, Scope. Now if you know me I get really excited about tools that I like and use, and Scope is actually a tool that increased my Amazon sales on several listings by 39% within the first week of use, crazy, right?

Now what does this tool do that could possibly boost my sales so quickly? Well, quite simply, Scope tells you what keywords are driving sales on Amazon. So here is what I did, I searched Amazon and I found the bestselling product listings in my niche, then I used Scope to tell me exactly what keywords that bestselling listing was using to generate sales. I then added these keywords to my Amazon listings and my sales picked up immediately.

So today I use Scope for all my Amazon products to find high converting keywords in the back end as well as for my Amazon advertising campaigns. So in short, Scope can boost your Amazon sales almost immediately like they did for mine and 39% is nothing to sneeze at. Right now if you go to Sellerlabs.com/wife, you can check out Scope for free, and if you decide to sign up you’ll get $50 off of any plan. Once again that’s Sellerlabs.com/wife, now on to the show.

Intro: Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast. We will teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle, so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here is your host, Steve Chou.

Steve: Welcome to the My Wife Quit her Job Podcast. Today I’m lucky to have Rick Mulready on the show. Now Rick is someone who I met at Social Media Marketing World, and it’s actually pretty funny how it happened. We were both standing around waiting for this gigantic mob of people surrounding Amy Porterfield to disappear so we could actually just say hi to her. And while this huge crowd was mobbing Amy, Rick and I we just kind of met and started chatting, and I’m really glad that we did.

Rick is Facebook ad specialist, and he helps small businesses run profitable Facebook campaigns. He also runs a popular podcast called The Art of Paid Traffic and a training class called the FB Advantage. And yeah, Rick is very knowledgeable about Facebook ads, and he actually also spoke at the conference. And with that welcome show Rick, how are you doing today man?

Rick: I’m doing great Steve, thanks for having me on man.

Steve: Yeah, wasn’t it crazy like we were waiting like 30, 40 minutes [inaudible 00:03:50].

Rick: I’d love to give her; I’d love to give her a crap about that. She always has a big mob of people and you described it really well, that’s exactly how it happened.

Steve: So Rick give us the quick background story, and tell us kind of how you got started with Facebook ads.

Rick: Yes I’ve been doing online advertising for about 17 and a half years now, actually a long time.

Steve: Wow

Rick: And started back in a while back when the dial up days were going strong and AOL was sending CDs out in the mail to get you online, and that was my first sort of exposure if you will to online advertising on a big scale. I spent five years in well back in starting in 2000, and then came out here to the west coast. So at AOL I was on the operations side, so I ran some of the operations teams who were — we were implementing all the online advertising deals that were being sold.

So I got to see a really unique side starting out on that end of online advertising. I got to see it from the back end if you will, and then came out here to the west coast and I spent a couple years at Yahoo where I moved more to the client facing side. So I did campaign management, and worked with the clients in the ads, the campaigns that they were doing, and then also got into sales at that point. And then I was in online ad sales for the rest of my time in the corporate world.

So I was at Yahoo for a couple of years, spent time at Funny or Die doing video and stuff like that, yeah and then also worked for a company called Vibrant Media which is a textual advertising platform. And sort of during this time there was a kind of a shift going on where all these big brands, all these companies had like these minimum advertising spends that companies needed to hit in order to work with them. And it makes sense because there’s a lot of resources that go into working with an account, the Yahoo or AOL or whatever company it is.

And that minimum spend is often too tight, too often too high for many small businesses, you know it makes sense. And so I saw this going on and this is right around the time, right on 2010, a little over seven years ago. This was at a time when Facebook was starting its meteoric rise, and really started to gain traction and you know small businesses — this is back when you could post something on Facebook and all your fans were able to see it.

Steve: Oh yeah.

Rick: And so the good old days.

Steve: Good old days, yeah.

Rick: Yeah and so I started seeing what was happening here for the opportunity that small businesses had on there on the platform, and not only to build a community of fans and people who like the business, but also the opportunity to advertise in a very targeted way because all these people were on the platform, and Facebook was getting — was starting to get really — starting to get sophisticated with the data that it had available. Not like today of course, but it was starting to get more sophisticated. And because of my background in online advertising, I naturally gravitated towards that side of Facebook.

So I was like you know what I’m kind of thinking about leaving the corporate world at some point, I’d like to start doing my own thing. I didn’t know what that was, but because I was so interested in the Facebook ad side, I kind of dive — I dove in at that point and started teaching myself as much as I possibly could about Facebook ads, this is seven and a half years ago. There was not a whole lot out there of learning about Facebook ads and how you do this.

So it was kind of like find what you could and then just dive in and start doing it. So that’s what I did, and I started managing ads for some friends who had online businesses and so forth just to kind of get more and more experience with that. And I was really the star. I left the corporate world at the end of 2012 to focus full time on doing this as a business, and it really — it took me a good year and a half after I left the corporate world to gain traction as a “Online entrepreneur.”

Steve: So you were making any money when you quit?

Rick: Very little bit, very little bit.

Steve: Oh wow, okay.

Rick: Yeah and so when I quit it was one of those — I look at that as if you’re in the corporate world and you’re looking to leave the corporate world, or leave your day job if you will to do something else, I kind of look at it as you’re going to fall in one of a couple of categories. You’re either going to be your side gig or whatever you’re doing is going to equal your day job income. And so I was doing really well, I was making a few hundred thousand dollars a year doing that, so I wasn’t necessarily coming out of the gates making or equaling that.

The second, I was in the second phase of that would be if you have that side gig and you are bringing in some money, and it’s not equal to your day job but it is looking pretty consistent, and you’re growing that. Or you just make the jump, you just like you know what, I’m going to go for it and this is going to work out. I kind of fell into sort of that second and third way if you will where I was like you know what a couple things I need to have happened is I need to have a big safety net, and I also want to be out of debt.

And so I at the time I was $75,000 in debt and — not at the time I left, but I was $75,000 in debt those last few years in the corporate world. So I got out of debt, I built up a big savings and it was like you know what, let’s do this. And so that was in the end of September 2012, and for the next year and a half it was a really, I fumbled around really trying to make this work on a consistent basis. And you know [inaudible 00:09:32] you know this whole thing.

I was doing it myself and things weren’t really working. And it wasn’t until really January 2014 that things really started to take off when I created a Facebook ads training program, and I used Facebook ads to sell that that training program I did webinars and stuff like that. That was supposed to be a short answer; it turned out to be a long answer.

Steve: No, no, no, and the reason why I’m always curious is it took me 17 years to quit my job, and I still kind of on the fence on whether it was the right decision believe it or not. It was never because of the money, it was always because of like the people that I was working with, and the nature of the fact that I studied, microprocessors, that was my thing for so long, and I gave it up. And like that whole side of my intelligence and career is now over with, so I’m still trying to get over that, but…

Rick: It makes sense.

Steve: So Rick what I was hoping to do today is actually run through a complete example of how you use Facebook ads to kind of build up an audience, and so this is your product. And we were talking earlier about your clients who are doing this and this is kind of how you got started with webinars and selling your stuff?

Rick: Yeah.

Steve: So on a personal level at least; I’m sure that I’m not doing everything correctly. And so I’m curious to see how a seasoned pro runs things. So let’s start from the top, shall we?

Rick: Sure.

Steve: Where do you begin? So let’s say I go up to you and say, hey Rick I got this course, I got a small audience, I got a little bit of content, maybe a blog, what are the first steps?

Rick: First thing that I’m going to ask you is you said you have this course, I’m going to want to know what you’re trying to achieve, like I have — always the first question I ask people is why? Why are you doing what you’re coming to me talking about? And a lot of that unfortunately a lot of the time people say, well I keep hearing how great Facebook ads are, I have friends who are using them in their business, so I just figured I’d start using them as. Well I applaud you for that, but that’s not a good enough reason because you got to go into Facebook ads with a strategy, what is the goal I’m trying to achieve.

So if you’ve got an online course, so let me ask you Steve is that course in this hypothetical situation is already created, or do you have a course sort of in mind that you’d like to create?

Steve: Let’s say it’s already created.

Rick: Okay cool. So you have this course now, and like all right how can I promote this course? The next question I’m going to ask you is who is your target audience, who is the ideal audience that you want to target? And you’ve got to have a very, very specific knowledge of who that person is. And I say have a specific knowledge; just know that that’s going to be evolving. Like you know I have been doing this a long time now, my ideal audience is always evolving, I’m always looking at, okay I understand who it is, but there’s always iterations if you will of that audience that I can understand more, or create a better “avatar” of who that person is that I’m trying to reach, and who I’m trying to reach might be different from product to product that I have.

Steve: Sure.

Rick: And so I want to make sure that I understand that so that I can speak to specifically those people in my marketing, in my advertising. And when I say advertising and marketing, I’m talking not only Facebook ads, but also the emails that I’m writing or on my landing pages, on my sales pages, that sort of thing. And so if you’ve got the course, all right cool, you’ve got a very clear understanding of who your target audience is…

Steve: Let’s say I don’t know who my target audience is, like how do I figure it out?

Rick: Yeah, I would at that point look at, okay what is the problem that you are solving with that course, what is it that — what business or what niche are you specifically in that you can help somebody with? And then once you understand that look at, okay, who are these people, what’s their demographic, what’s their age range, are they men or women, what are they interested in? This is one of those things where people get really sort of tunnel visioned if you will, and I like to use the example of if I’m in the yoga niche. And so I know that I probably want to be reaching women between let’s just say I don’t know 25 and 45, let’s just say.

That’s my primary people — women between 25 and 45 who have an interest in yoga. That’s kind of the obvious one. So most people would kind of stop there, maybe they’re interested like in maybe Pilates or something like that. You’ve got to take a step back and think about, all right what are they also interested in, what are they reading, where they shopping, what are they watching? Those types of things. So for example, if I’m trying to reach those women who are inside yoga, yes I do want to target people who target women who have an interest in yoga. But also they might be reading Yoga Journal magazine, maybe they’re shopping at Lululemon for their clothing or Lorna Jane or something like that.

Maybe they’re shopping at Whole Foods, you know taking a step back and looking at the big picture of what your target audience, who their target audience is and what they’re interested in on all different types of levels. Again where they’re shopping, what they’re reading, what they’re watching, that sort of thing.

Steve: And where they’re hanging out and that sort of thing?

Rick: Absolutely.

Steve: Okay, got it.

Rick: Or it could be yeah it could be are they attending conferences, are there associations that they might be a part of, that sort of thing. And this is where I say getting a really clear picture of who your target audience is and who you want to be reaching. And so once you have an understanding of that, then we want to look at, oaky what is the strategy that we’re going to use? Remember we haven’t even set our Facebook ads up at this point.

Steve: Right yeah right.

Rick: We haven’t even guided the system yet, and most people are just like, all right I want to do Facebook ads, let’s jump in and start setting stuff up. All well and good but you’ve got to do this sort of pre-work upfront if you will, and this is the hard work I like to say that no one really wants to do. But yet when you do this work, this is what sets you up for success with your Facebook ads, you know having a clear understanding of why you’re trying to achieve what you want to do, who your target audience is, how you’re going to be serving them, and then what’s the strategy there to start selling that course. Okay so what’s the initial offer going to be?

And so let’s just say that if you have an online course, let’s just say in our example here that we’re going to do a webinar. And so we’re going to do a webinar, so we in the very most simplistic sake, let’s say one strategy could be we’re going to run Facebook ad to a webinar. So we’re going to do a live training and then on that live training we’re going to offer our program to people, and then we’re going to have – let’s just say we’re going to have a close date after that. So we’re only going to offer our course for a certain period of time. Okay cool, that’s one strategy.

Well another strategy that we could do is we could run a Facebook ad to a free piece of content, and that could be a blog post. You mentioned Steve that this person, this hypothetical situation has — they have a blog and they’ve got some content there. Well we could send people from the Facebook ad to that piece of content, and on that blog post, on that video or whatever, that may be there is an opportunity to register for a webinar. And for those people who land on that page, consume the content but don’t actually register, they don’t opt in, we can retarget them to get them to opt in to that webinar.

So our goal here is to get them on that webinar, and we’re doing that a couple of different ways. And so having that clear picture of, okay what is the strategy going to look like beginning with what’s the offer that I’m going to be doing? In this case here in our hypothetical is our offer is going to be that webinar. And so from there, then it’s really like, okay what are we going to be teaching people?

Steve: So let’s back up a little bit. So you mentioned a bunch of different strategies, or two different strategies right there. Like how do you know where to start, or you do actually try to implement both and see what works well, like the content play versus just direct webinar sign up?

Rick: I mean ideally you do you want to be doing both, but that can be really overwhelming for people to say, oh I have to do all this in order to get going. I mean the easiest thing that you can do, and it’s going to be most likely a little bit more expensive these days is to run an ad directly to a webinar registration. And so like, all right, maybe I do — I know I want to test both of these things, but let’s start with this first.

So we’ll get this final set up, we’ll get this strategy in place, and then we can look at, okay, maybe we send Facebook ads then to that free piece of content to try to get them eventually over to the webinar. But let’s just start with the first thing, getting that done.

Steve: I just want to take a moment to thank Kabbage for being a sponsor of the show. Now if you run a successful e-commerce business like I do, you probably know that the worst thing that could happen to you is to run out of stock. Now my wife and I regularly import container loads of merchandise from China, and sometimes you need a short term loan to buy enough inventory to meet demand especially during the holiday season.

Well if you’re wondering how to get the funding needed to run a small business today, Kabbage has the answer. Kabbage helps small business owners access simple and flexible funding right away without the headaches that come with applying for a traditional loan. Apply online or from your phone by securely linking your business information to get an automatic decision. There’s no waiting in line, scanning documents, or tracking down financial statements.

Kabbage gives you the flexibility to decide what is best for your business, and once you’re approved you choose when to use your funds and how much to take. You’ll only pay for the funds that you actually use, and it’s a line of credit that can be used for your purchasing needs.

Kabbage has supported over 100,000 small businesses with over 3.5 billion dollars in funding. So visit Kabbage.com/ wife. There is no cost to apply or to set up your line of credit, and as a My Wife Quit Her Job listener, when you qualify for funding, you will get a $50 visa gift card that you can use anywhere. Now that’s Kabbage with a K, K-A-B-B-A-G-E. com/wife. Once again that’s K-A-B-B-A-G-E.com/wife, now back to the show.

Can we set some expectations also, like I know this is going to be too broad of a question, but like how do you calculate what you should be spending per lead on the webinar and that sort of thing, and what you should expect?

Rick: Great question. So everybody wants to know like, well what should my cost per lead be, how much should I spend on my Facebook ads, right? So allow me start with the how much should I spend on my Facebook ads. The first one, like I look at that as sort of a two ways to answer that question. Number one is what can you afford? Like the easiest is like if you’re just starting out, what kind of budget can you afford? You can be getting results on as little as say five to ten dollars a day. So you really don’t need to be spending a whole lot of money in order to get some results going.

And the idea with Facebook ads and really with any kind of paid traffic is start off. I mean if you’re just starting out, start off small and then sort of snowball. So as you start making money and getting some results, putting it right back into your ads. So maybe start off spending $10 a day, you’re spending $300 a month. But then once you get into it, you start making some more money and you put it back in. Before you know you’re spending $500 a month and $700, $1,000, just kind of snowballing that and letting that build.

So I’d start there, is what can you afford, what will your budget allow. And in the longer term answer there Steve as far as like how much should you spend on your ads, it’s really doing this for a little while, and starting and really tracking everything that you’re doing. So how much money that you’re spending on your ads, what’s the revenue that you’re making coming out on the back end, figuring out what your ROI is so that you can eventually get to a point, and you can get there pretty quickly is by watching the numbers, you can know, okay for every dollar that I put into my Facebook ads, I’m getting two or three or five dollars back.

And so then it becomes very easy to figure out how much you want to spend, because you’re like, all right well I know pretty much from what I’ve been seeing in my campaigns, I know that for every dollar I put in, I’m going to get two dollars out, so let’s just start spending on that. And of course that does align with what your budget is as well, but you do need some obviously historical numbers there, you need some experience doing this for a little while before you can say, okay, I know exactly – I know roughly, I never want to say exactly, but I know roughly how much money I can put in and get back out.

Steve: So at the beginning, there’s just too many variables, right? Like the effective – so the webinar, the product also comes into play. So from what I gather what you’re saying at the beginning is just spend a little bit of money, get some leads, actually run your webinar and get some data and then over time with enough webinars, you’ll get an idea of what your ad spend is.

Rick: Absolutely and you bring up a great point there Steve is that you can’t go into this stuff thinking with the mindset of, this is going to work tomorrow, like this is going to work overnight. You have to go into it with knowing that it could work, like right out of the gate, so you could be seeing success right out of the gate. I was very fortunate, now granted it took me 15 months to get there. But I started running my first webinars in January 2014.

I did $30,000 in 45 days, and so things were successful very quickly. But you know this is all testing, this is all figuring like trying different things out to see where the sweet spot is, and also or where the sweet spots are I should say, and then also again figuring out your numbers so that you can start making more educated decisions. But that’s a big thing that people sort of get hung up on.

And I would say easily what separates people who are successful with Facebook ads and really any kind of paid traffic is those people who have the mindset of, well I’m going to go into it, I’m going to start testing different things out, I’m going to spend a little bit of money to see what works and what doesn’t, and I’m just going to be flexible here. I’m going to try different things until I find what works, and I’m not going to give up after the first 30 days if things don’t go my way.

And I see that all too often when in fact it’s those people who are getting to that point, and they’re like you know what things are not working, I’m trying different things. It’s the people who stick with it just past that point where they feel like giving up. Oftentimes that is when things really start to click for them.

Steve: Okay, so far we’ve talked about an audience; we’ve kind of made an educated on the audience. And then we decided we’re going to do a webinar. Let’s talk about the creative a little bit, like how do you structure that?

Rick: Well that really goes — so when you’re putting your ad together, whether it’s the image or if you’re doing a video and the ad copy, so when you’re putting your ad together, it really goes back to who is that target audience that you’re trying to reach. And so let’s just say that you are trying to reach your – I’ll go back to the yoga example, and let’s just say that you have a product that is you’re teaching I don’t know — I don’t know how much…

Steve: I don’t do Yoga either, but…

Rick: Terrible example for you that I’m bringing up here. But let’s say there’s different levels okay, but I’m teaching all this in here. And so I need to be able to speak to the people who are at different levels. And so the conversation I’m going to have with a beginner is very different than what I’m going to have with the more advanced type of person. And so that’s why it really comes down to understanding who your target audience I,s and then are there sub-segments of people within that target audience, so that I’m going to have different conversations with those people, right?

Likewise, if I’m targeting people who have an interest in Yoga Journal magazine versus people who shop at Whole Foods, that’s probably going to be a little bit of a different conversation there. And so when you’re putting together the ad, whether it’s the image of the video and the ad copy, you need to make sure that you’re speaking directly to that person within your target audience. And so you know people get hung up on the images and so forth, or a video. Right next to me right now I’m actually just picked it up is my iPhone.

One of the best things and one of the easiest things that you can do is just start taking pictures that you find that might be relevant to your specific niche and your specific business. Same thing goes for video. If you’re doing video that you want to do a video ad on Facebook, you don’t need to hire this big production crew in order to do it. You could be doing Facebook live, or you can be just getting in front of your Smartphone and start taking video.

But you do want to make sure that whatever image that you’re using or video that you’re doing is relevant to the audience that you’re speaking to, and obviously you can try to convey the message that you are trying to get across with that. Now…

Steve: Do you recommend videos now over images? At least in my experience, videos just tend to have a lot more engagement than just images these days. So I was just curious what your experience has been there.

Rick: Yeah video does really great. I would never say only do this over this, I’m always going to say test both. But there’s a few different benefits of video, actually lots of different benefits. Number one, the kind of connection that you can make with your target audience is I mean with a video, I mean they get to see you, they get to hear you, they get to watch you. So you can create a connection with your ideal audience that you can’t necessarily with a standard image ad. Video gets higher play with on Facebook because Facebook has really put an emphasis on video in the newsfeed, on the platform in general.

The other thing that you can do is you have an amazing opportunity to create what they call engagement audiences based on how long people are engaging with your video. So you can say, well if I have people who are watching 75% of my video, that’s a pretty engaged person, versus somebody who’s only watching say 25% of my video. And so we can go down a big rabbit hole here, but so you can build these audiences, you can build look like audiences out of these people who are watching these videos. So video is a really, really powerful tool to be to be using.

Steve: So let me ask you this, so assuming we have the creative and then we have the audience, like our best guess audience, and we’re driving to a webinar landing page. So let’s say we hit go and it’s running, like how long do you let it run before making a determination? How do you decide which creative is working and what is not working, like what are some of the metrics involved that you use?

Rick: Great question. So one of the biggest mistakes I see people make is that they make a determination on their ad far too soon, and you really got to give it at least, let’s just say at least three days. I mean we’re talking 72 hours from when you start your ad before you make any kind of determination. And it’s the hardest thing for people to do. So like if you start your ad — let’s just say you start your ad at six o’clock in the morning, you know people you’re there watching it at ten o’clock. You’re like what’s the ad doing, like what are the numbers really, what’s going on here? And it’s the hardest thing.

So what I like to say is when you schedule your ad, let’s just say you started the next morning, just check in with it when you get up to make sure that it is running, and that it’s active, and then the hardest thing you have to do is just leave it alone. You got to let your ad get into Facebook’s algorithm if you will, and let the algorithm do its thing for you, and so at least three days before you start making any kind of changes to your ad. I like to try and get the reach if I can depending on what kind of budget I’m amusing to about 1,000 again before I start making any determinations there, and generally that will happen over — and again it depends on what your budget is, but generally that will happen over those three days.

Then you can take a look and go in and start to diagnose what’s going on with the ad. And the first number I like to say that you look at is whatever your objective is. So in this case here in our hypothetical, we’re trying to get people to register for a webinar. So I want to see what is my cost per registration, what’s my cost per lead? And everyone always wants to know what’s a good cost per lead here? That’s always going to depend on — it just depends on what niche that you’re in, what your offer is. Going from an ad to a webinar registration is likely going to be more expensive than if you go from an ad to a PDF, a free cheat sheet download sort of thing.

Steve: Sure.

Rick: So it really depends. People are saying, well Rick just give me a number. For most people who are doing the online course, I would say try. If you’re under $8ish, you’re doing pretty well.

Steve: Interesting, I think it depends on the course or class too, like I remember when I was doing this for my class, I made an estimate of how many registrants would show up and estimated the conversion rate. And I determined that my breakeven point was like twelve and a half bucks.

Rick: Yes and that, again that goes back to figuring out how much you should spend on your ads because what they have this number called earnings per lead that you can figure out. So it’s like okay I brought in this many leads, and then I did this much in sales. So that will help you determine what your earnings per lead is so you just divide the amount of revenue that you made divided by the number of leads that you brought in, and that will give you like you said Steve that twelve dollars and fifty cents let’s just say.

So then you can start to say, okay, well for the next one, based on this last campaign that ran, I can probably spend up to twelve dollars and fifty cents per lead before I’m losing money on that. And again that just means that you need data in order to make those decisions. So once I looked at that metric that most aligns with my objective here, so in this case here it’s we’ve figured out what our cost per conversion is, then I’m looking at what I like to call troubleshooting numbers.

And so then we’re looking at what’s the conversion rate on the landing page? What is the click through rate on the ad? What’s the relevance score which is at the ads level by the way, what’s the relevance score of this? And if your ads have been running a little while, what’s the frequency? So like you’re using these other numbers to help you diagnose what’s going on with your Facebook ads campaign.

Steve: Interesting, so what relevancy score do you typically recommend?

Rick: Well it’s a one to ten scale, and basically we don’t know everything that goes into the relevance score. But it’s safe to say that Facebook is looking at how relevant is this ad that you put together that you’re showing to the target audience that you have, that you set up? So how relevant is this ad? Facebook wants good content on the platform, and so this relevance score is a scale of one to ten, ten being the highest. So the higher the relevant score, the lower cost you’re going to have, and the more of a higher delivery reach that you’re going to have with that ad, because again Facebook sees that as, oh this is a good ad, I’m going to show this to more people, because it’s a higher relevance score there.

So if you’re in that seven –now this is going to be again some general generally issues that we’ll make here.

Steve: Of course, yes.

Rick: If you’re in that seven to ten range, you’re doing really well on the relevance score. If you’re in that four to six range, sort of obviously middle of the road there, I’d keep an eye on it, and then generally if you’re in that one to three range, again probably need to look at changing things up. Now relevance score is one of those stats that it’s really hard to pinpoint, okay go do this, because the relevance score has to do with the ad that you put together and the target audience that you are targeting.

So it could be things with the ad, it could be things with the audience that you have set up there. So it’s just a matter of starting to look at each of those different things to figure out, okay what are some changes that I might be able to make to improve this relevance score. Now I see a generality with that on the one to ten there. If you’re in that four to six, I’ve actually seen lots of ads that are doing quite well with a really good cost per lead that are like a three relevance score.

Steve: Interesting okay.

Rick: Yeah. So in that case there I would probably say, okay well my ad looks like it’s doing pretty well, I’m pretty happy with it, the cost per lead is I’m not too unhappy with it there, I’m going to let this run for a while, and just keep a close eye on it.

Steve: Do you have any click through rate guidelines?

Rick: Yeah, I like to see at least above one percent or above, and if you’re in that maybe like let’s just say 0.85 to 1%, you’re not — and here I am saying 1%, but if you’re right around that, again I would say look at the rest of the stats just to try to diagnose what if any changes that you might want to make to that. But I would say try and be at least 1% and above. Likewise on the conversion rate on the landing page, now this is not a sale by the way, so different from a sale. If you’re sending people to an opt-in page or registration page, I’d like to see that conversion rate at least 20% on that landing page.

Steve: Okay, any special guidelines on the landing page that you recommend or tools that? Do you just have people use Lead Pages or Instapages?

Rick: Yeah exactly. I use Lead Pages every day in the business, and so Lead Pages is great, ClickFunnels, Instapage. Use a tool that makes it super simple to create a landing page. They run all these tests, all these tools like Lead Pages or ClickFunnels for example, they run all kinds of tests, they know what’s working and what’s not, and so they’ll just give you these templates, they’ll make it available to you, that you can go in and quickly create a landing page that you can use.

Now I will say, you said as far as I got any special things to be thinking about, make sure there is consistency between the ad that you’re running and the landing page that you’re sending people to. There’s nothing worse than — think about how you would react if clicked on an ad, and you go this landing page and it looks nothing like the ad that you just clicked on. You’re like, am I on the right place here? Make sure there’s consistency there. That can greatly affect the conversion rate on that landing page.

So if you’re using an image in your ad for example, try and have that same image on your landing page. Or if there’s a headline that you’re using or words that you’re using copy you’re using in the ad, make sure that that copy and that headline is the same on the landing page as well. Or a color scheme, that sort of thing. Make sure there’s consistency between the two things.

Steve: Okay, can we talk about the campaign structure real quick. Like do you separate out each audience in different ad sets, and then how many creatives do you use like when you’re doing split testing?

Rick: Yes, so I’ll start with the audience question, and this is something that has shifted over the past let’s just say eight to ten months for me, because it used to be that we only put one target audience per ad set. And the reason for that is because Facebook in its reporting doesn’t break — if I put multiple targets within multiple target audiences within one ad set, Facebook isn’t going to break out which of those target audiences is performing the best for you, or performing the worst. So there is limited visibility there.

Now what we’re doing now, and we’ve been testing this is that we are now combining multiple interests, so cold audiences meaning other Facebook pages for example into one inch, into one ad set. And the reason for that is we’re trying to get that potential audience size up between say 500,000 and 2 millionish people. And the reason for that is we’re trying to give more data to Facebook’s algorithm. That algorithm has gotten very, very smart, and so this algorithm is sort of what’s sort of running in the background on your Facebook ads, and it’s what’s trying to get your results.

Facebook wants us to succeed, because what happens when we succeed is we’re going to spend more money. So Facebook does want us to succeed, and so the more data that we can give to Facebook to work with, the better. So that’s why we’re trying to get that audience size a little bit larger, and thus we’re combining interests within one ad set. Now when I say we do that, really think about combining similar interests. So let’s just say for example, I don’t want to target — I wouldn’t target Whole Foods and Yogurt Journal in the same ad set necessarily, because those are two different types of things.

Or if I’m targeting newspapers, I’m going to target Wall Street Journal and New York Times and whatever in the same ad set, because those are similar interests. So try to combine similar interests within one ad set. Then when we’re talking about warm traffic or warm audiences like our email list or our website visitors and stuff like that, we will look to combine those into one ad set. Again depending on — it all depends on how big that is for you, but we will combine those into one ad set again to try to increase that potential audience size.

Steve: Interesting, how did you come to that determination?

Rick: Just testing, it’s because the longest time is that for the longest time we were just putting one interests or one target group within the ad set. Let’s just say, okay now our audience size is like 60,000 people, let’s just say in this one ad set. Okay great, but we can kind of tap through that audience pretty quickly because it’s not that large. But then if we start combining it with two or three or four other interest there, maybe now we have like a million and a half people in the audience. We’re never going to reach all those people, but we’re getting data, we’re getting more data for Facebook’s algorithm to work with.

And when we’re using the Facebook pixel and we’re looking for these conversions and stuff like that, the algorithm is learning. So it’s learning the type of conversions that you’re getting, and then once it’s learning, it’s looking for more people like those people who are converting, and will show your ad to those people. So again it’s all about giving more data to the algorithm. And then to answer the question about split testing, the biggest thing I see that — the biggest mistake I see people make is that they get started and they start, they’re like okay I know I need to split test, I’m going to have ten different ads running.

And it’s like they don’t know what’s working and what’s not working. And so it can be very overwhelming if you kind of — you can lose track of that really quickly. Now the other thing that we don’t like to do, and again this is over, we’ve been testing this for about two years now. We just don’t get the results that we would hope that we get is we don’t put multiple ads within one ad set, and the reason for that – let’s just say I put three ads within an ad set, Facebook’s algorithm is set up to rotate those ads through and find out which of those ads performs the best for you, and sort of do that testing for you.

But what we’ve found is that it “declares a winner,” way too soon. So for example if I start my ads let’s say like six o’clock in the morning, within a few hours it has identified one of those ads that is performing the best, and it gives all of its like I’ll just say delivery love to that one ad, and then very little love to the other ones. When in fact like it happened too fast, when in fact those other couple of ads that you have running in there, they really could be actually good ads, but they just didn’t give –Facebook’s algorithm just didn’t give it a chance to run to actually truly see if they’re doing pretty well.

And so what we’ll do instead is we’ll actually break those up. So we’ll do one ad set with one ad, and then identical ads set we’ve had and we’ll split test another ad. And again it’s not a true 100% split test, but it’s more we’re trying to run it more evenly to now we can see which ad is performing better.

Steve: I just want to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I’ve put together a comprehensive six day mini course on how to get started in e-commerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell, all the way to getting your first sales online.

Now this course is free and can be obtained at mywifequitherjob.com/free. Just sign up right there on the front page via email, and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again that’s mywifequitherjob.com/free. Now back to the show.

Okay that’s a great tip. And then in terms of — so you wait three days and then do you immediately cancel the ones that aren’t doing as well, and just try to narrow down to one high performing ad?

Rick: Well I mean it really depends on how many we’re running here. So let’s just say that I have 25 different ad sets running. So I’m doing 25 different groups of targeting and I’m trying to see which of these is performing the best, I’m trying to figure out which ads are performing the best. We might end up with six ad sets that are better performing the best, and that’s what we run with, and we’re always trying to beat that best performing ad.

But it really depends on how many ad sets that you’re running and that sort of thing, but it goes into, all right after three days jump in your campaign, start to see what’s going on there and looking at what’s performing and what’s not performing, and really try to start to see like you’re going to have definite outliers, like you’re going to have things that just are not performing well at all for you. In that case there, okay cool, maybe we shut those off. Well while other ones they’re performing really well for you, then we start to scale those ads, and we want more of those good results.

And then you’re going to have sort of those sort of the middle tier if you will of ads that are — they’re not terrible, but they’re not really good either as good as your good ones. Well, what kind of changes can we make to those in order to try to improve those results? And then that goes back to looking at the stats that we talked about before.

Steve: Okay, so everything we’ve been talking about has been top of funnel so far. Can you talk about your middle of the funnel and bottom of the funnel, what that looks like?

Rick: Yeah so for sure. I mean the cool thing about Facebook is unfortunately too many people, and here we are actually talking about a webinar campaign which is you’re looking to get quick results. You’ve got to look at Facebook ads as a long term play. It’s you’re building — because Facebook is not like Google where people are physically searching on something, and you can just show an ad and then it’s relevant to what they just searched on, Facebook is more of an interrupted experience. Like they’re on there to share with their friends and family, look at a cat photos and stuff like that.

So whatever kind of ad that you’re showing needs to get their attention, always needs to be relevant to them, and really need to be focused on how you can be helping those people. And so if you think about it from that perspective, like all right, you know what, I’m going to come on to Facebook here, I’m going to play the long game, I’m going to provide value to attract my ideal audience. Then at the top of the funnel there, we could be going like providing free content and sending people to free downloads and free content videos and stuff like that.

Then we can move people further in that middle of the funnel there like we just talked about with the webinar and that sort of thing. Again we can start right there with the webinar if we want to, but again thinking about what is the long term play here? And then as we move further down the funnel, then we get into the more sort of advanced stuff with retargeting, and we can use — Messenger ads are all the rage right now on Facebook, and how can we use Facebook ads to have a more deliberate conversation with people to move them from, you know what I’m really not sure about buying this or enrolling in this or signing up with this service or whatever it is, to how to actually moving them to the sale.

So how can we use Facebook’s retargeting, how can we use Facebook’s engagement retargeting, how can we use Facebook’s Messenger ads to have actual conversations with people, to move them from maybe up there on the fence to having an actual purchase?

Steve: Yes, so Rick in my experience, and I don’t have a whole lot of clients, I just run the ads for myself. I discovered that running ads is just like content, and then retargeting them to like a webinar or landing page or a email sign up form has been dramatically cheaper than just going for the sale right away. Do you find that with your students and your clients?

Rick: Yeah absolutely. I mean we do quite a bit of running ad directly to webinars ourselves, but again going back to what we were just talking about is looking at Facebook as a long term play, and really starting to nurture that relationship with people. The example that gets thrown around there out so much, we were talking about this sort of stuff and it’s very relevant, it’s like you don’t walk up to somebody that you just met and ask them to get married. In this you get to build a relationship and then you go on a few dates and that sort of thing.

Well it’s the same thing here where if you are showing your ad to somebody who doesn’t have any idea who you are, you’ve got to build that relationship first. It’s not like, all right, I’m going to sign up for a webinar, and although this does happen, but you spend an hour with somebody, and then you’re pitching them $1,000 course let’s just say. I’m just, okay cool, I’m going to whip up my credit card and give you that money. Yes, and that does happen, but for the most part you’ve got to build that relationship, you got to what they call warm people up.

And that’s what you’re talking about Steve is or what we’re talking about here too is sending people from our ad to that free piece of content. You’re building goodwill if you will, you’re positioning yourself as an expert, they’re getting value out of it because your — it’s whatever a blog post or a podcast episode or a video, and they are able to take and implement that hopefully right in their business and get help. That starts to position you as the expert, and the more or the better the relationship that you can build, the further that you can take that person giving them free content and so forth, then you can move them through your funnel as we’ve been talking about here, closer to a sale.

Steve: Okay, and then I’m just curious like how often do you rotate your ads, like what frequency do you look at before that ad gets fatigued so to speak?

Rick: Yes so the frequency, great question — the frequency is a numbered score of — it’s the average number of times that one person is seeing your ad. And so the higher that number — we get in to what we call banner blindness, meaning like how many times have we seen the same ad over and over and over. What’s going to happen is you’re just going to tune it out. When you’re on Facebook, you’re just going to tune that ad out.

So I like to say if you’re in that one to four range for frequency, you’re doing pretty well, like you’re okay there. I would be looking at that, I’d be looking at, okay my frequency is getting a little bit high, and obviously the smaller the audience that you’re targeting, that frequency is going to increase more quickly because the audience size is smaller. But I try to stay in that one to four range.

Steve: Okay, interesting. For me at least I tend to just look when my conversion rates start plummeting and then it’s time to rotate.

Rick: Yeah I look at that frequency again is what I like when I’m troubleshooting numbers. It’s like all right what’s my cost per lead doing, okay is it starting to go up a little bit? Okay what’s going on with that? And then frequency number is one of those things that I’m going to look at to try to help determine why my cost per lead might be going up.

Steve: Okay and final question here since we’re running out of time. When you’re choosing your targeting, do you always go for conversions, or do you sometimes do website clicks or video use when you’re first starting out?

Rick: Yeah great question. So if our goal is to, okay this is why from the very beginning of our conversation we said it’s very important to understand what’s our strategy going to be, what are we going to kind of come out of the gates with here? And so if our goal here is to get people from ad to webinar, then I’m probably going to do website conversions as our objective. But if our goal here is to get people over, we’re going to send people from our ad to a free piece of content, and then retarget them; well then traffic would be our objective.

And why we’re choosing objective in very simplistic terms, you want to choose an objective that most aligns with what you’re trying to achieve. So if I choose traffic, essentially and there’s other different factors here, but you’re telling Facebook, show my ad to as many people in my target audience who are most likely to take this action, meaning click on my ad. All we want them to do is click on our ad over to the landing page, versus conversions is like we want people to convert.

And if we’re using say like video views, well video views is, okay I have this video here, and all I care about is just getting people to watch the video. I don’t necessarily care if they click or convert on the landing page; I just want people to see this video. And so it’s more of like an awareness type of play, but you’re using video to do that, and so that would be good. Again if all you want to do is just get people to watch your video, you can also use that to get people to watch your video, but also with the strategy of I want to build engagement audiences based on how long people are watching that video, so that I can turn around to retarget them.

Steve: Right cool. And I don’t know if you can sing the same thing, but like if I’m trying to drive traffic to an article, but indirectly I want to get an email sign up because there’s email sign up forms within our article. I found that paying for clicks is generally cheaper than paying for website conversions, at least in my experience, I don’t know if that’s true in your case?

Rick: Yeah, 100% because the experience when they land on your landing page isn’t an opt-in page, it’s actual piece of content. So we’re just trying to get people there because once they are on that page, the goal, yes you do you really truly want them to opt-in? Yes it is, but when they get to that, it’s a content experience; it’s not an opt-in experience. So if they opt in, it’s just sort of an added bonus there.

What you’re really trying to do is give them free content, warm them up, if they opt in great, if they don’t that’s okay, because we’re building those retargeting audiences, the people who are coming to that piece of content to try to get them onto our list after that. So yeah traffic is your objective to drive people over to that content.

Steve: Hey Rick we’ve been chatting for quite a while now, and I want to be respectful of your time. Lots of knowledge that you dropped on the audience today. Where can they find you online, what’s the name your podcast again, and what’s the name of your class?

Rick: Yeah its The Art of Paid Traffic is the podcast, and we talk a lot about Facebook ads on there, but also other forms of paid traffic and copywriting and stats and all that fun type of stuff. So that’s The Art of Paid Traffic. RickMulready.com is the website, and the FB Advantage is my training course for online programs, and I also have the FB Ad Manager for people who want to manage Facebook ads for other businesses, and the FB Advantage local for local business.

Steve: Cool, and then Rick also does a live event also where it’s like really hands on and it actually helps you launch your campaigns during the event, right?

Rick: Yeah absolutely, we call it FB Live, and it’s a multi-day live — I call it a workshop here in San Diego where it’s a lot of teaching. I get guest speakers to come in. I’m teaching a lot, but it’s also as you mentioned Steve, it’s very implementation focused. And so it’s very hands on, like I want you leaving there with stuff set up, whatever you’re trying to achieve like let’s get it set up for you by the time you leave.

Steve: Which is very cool, and I’ll link all these resources up in the show notes, so you guys don’t have to jot all that stuff down. But Rick, thanks a lot for coming on the show, I really learned a lot, thanks a lot.

Rick: Absolutely, thanks Steve.

Steve: Take care.

Hope you enjoyed that episode. Rick is actually one of my go to guys when it comes to Facebook ads for digital products, and you can find him at Social Media Marketing World in San Diego every single year. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitherjob.com/episode179.

And once again I want to thank SellerLabs.com. Their tool Scope has completely changed the way I choose keywords for both my Amazon listings and my Amazon advertising campaigns. Instead of making random guesses, Scope tells me exactly which keywords are generating sales, and within the first week of use I saw a 39% increase in sales. It is a no brainer. So head on over to Sellerlabs.com/wife and receive $50 off. Once again that’s sellerlabs.com/wife.

Now I also want to thank Klaviyo which is my email marketing platform of choice for ecommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on auto pilot. So head on over to mywifequitherjob.com/K-L-A-V-I-Y-O, once again that’s mywifequitherjob.com/ K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.

Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you’re interested in starting your own ecommerce store, head on over to mywifequitherjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email, and I’ll send you the course right away, thanks for listening.

Outro: Thanks for listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast, where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitherjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!